Quarterlytics / Industrials / Residential Construction / Barratt Developments

Barratt Developments

bdev · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker bdev
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Residential Construction
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Barratt Developments
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Building sustainable values

Annual Report and Accounts  
2016

B

a

r

r

a

t

t

D

e

v

e

l

o

p

m

e

n

t

s

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inside this report

2

46

105

164

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

2 A snapshot of our business
4 Our performance and financial highlights
6 How we create and preserve value
8 Chairman’s statement
10 Key aspects of our market
12 Chief Executive’s statement
19 Strategic Priorities

Our principles
36 Keeping people safe
37 Being a trusted partner
38 Building strong  
community relationships
39 Safeguarding the environment
40 Ensuring the financial health  
of our business

41 Risk management

46 The Board 
48 Chairman’s introduction
50 Corporate governance report – Overview
51 Corporate governance report – Leadership
62 Nomination Committee report
66 Audit Committee report
74 Safety, Health and Environment  
Committee report
76 Remuneration report
98 Other statutory disclosures
104 Statement of Directors’  
Responsibilities

106 Independent Auditors Report
110 Consolidated Income Statement
110 Statement of Comprehensive Income
111 Statement of Changes in  
Shareholder’s Equity – Group
112 Statement of Changes in  
Shareholder’s Equity – Company
113 Balance Sheets
114 Cash Flow Statements
115 Notes to the Financial Statements

Notice regarding limitations on Director's liability 
under English law
Under the Companies Act 2006, a safe harbour limits the 
liability of Directors in respect of statements in, and omissions 
from, the Strategic Report contained on pages 1 to 45 and the 
Directors’ Report contained on pages 46 to 104. Under English 
Law the Directors would be liable to the Company (but not to 
any third party) if the Strategic Report and/or the Directors’ 
Report contains errors as a result of recklessness or knowing 
misstatement or dishonest concealment of a material fact, 
but would not otherwise be liable.
Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
Pages 1 to 45 inclusive comprise the Strategic Report and 
pages 46 to 104 inclusive comprise the Directors’ Report, both 
of which have been drawn up and presented in accordance with, 
and in reliance upon, English Company Law and liabilities of the 
Directors in connection with the reports shall be subject to the 
limitations and restrictions provided by such law.
Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
The Group’s reports including this document and written 
information released, or oral statements made, to the public in 
future by or on behalf of the Group, may contain forward-looking 
statements. Although the Group believes that its expectations are 
based on reasonable assumptions, any statements about future 
outlook may be influenced by factors that could cause actual 
outcomes and results to be materially different.

Strategic Priorities

20

Customer first

24

28

32

Great places

Leading construction

Investing in our people

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Welcome to Barratt Developments

Our vision is to lead the future of 
housebuilding by putting customers first 
and at the heart of everything we do.

By investing in our people, we are  
leading construction to create great places 
where people aspire to live,  
and generating sustainable returns  
for our shareholders.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

1

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationA snapshot of our business

We are the nation’s leading housebuilder  
operating across Britain with 27 housebuilding divisions 
delivering 17,319 homes this year.

Our year in numbers1 

Our homes

Our customers

Homes legally completed2

Average active sites

Housebuilding divisions

We are a HBF4 5 Star housebuilder  
and create great places to live. We aspire  
to meet Building for Life 12 standards5  
on all of our developments.

We put our customers first.  
We build great homes and aim to provide 
customer service  
that exceeds expectations.

2016 completions by unit type

2016 completions by deal type

17,319

2015: 16,447

365

2015: 380

27

2015: 27

Owned and controlled  
land bank plot

Employees3

71,351

6,209

2016

2015

 1 and 2 bedroom houses

11% 12%

 Help to Buy

 3 bedroom houses

34% 33%

 Part Exchange

2015: 70,523

2015: 5,971

 4 bedroom houses

31% 28%

 Other Private

1   Unless otherwise stated, all numbers quoted exclude joint ventures (‘JV’) and are as at 30 June 2016 throughout this Annual Report and Accounts.
2   Total completions, including joint ventures, were 17,319 (2015: 16,447) for the year. Private completions for the year were 13,198 (2015: 12,746). 
Affordable completions for the year were 2,707 (2015: 2,853) and JV completions in which the Group had an interest were 1,414 (2015: 848).

3   Employee numbers, excluding sub-contractors, taken as at 30 June.
4  Home Builders Federation ('HBF').
5   Building for Life 12 is the industry standard, endorsed by the Government, for well-designed homes and neighbourhoods that local communities, 

local authorities and developers are invited to use to stimulate conversations about creating good places to live. 

 5 and 6 bedroom houses

 Flats London

 Flats non-London

5%

7%

4%

9%

12% 14%

 Investor

 Affordable

2016

2015

32% 31%

8%

8%

35% 32%

8% 11%

17% 18%

2

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur geographic spread (including JV's)

We are the nation’s leading housebuilder committed  
to operating throughout Britain1.

4

West

2,392 

homes

2015: 2,336

5

London

2,054 

homes

2015: 1,965

6

Southern

3,124 

homes

2015: 2,882

1

3

4

2

6

5

1

Northern

3,611 

homes

2015: 3,289

2

East

2,897 

homes

2015: 2,945

3

Central

3,241 

homes

2015: 3,030

Our brands

We have three main brands –  
Barratt Homes, David Wilson Homes  
and Barratt London.  
Commercial developments are delivered  
by Wilson Bowden Developments.

Total completions 
(including joint ventures)

+5.3%

on 2015

1   Housebuilding contributes 98.1% (2015: 98.5%) of revenues. We also have a commercial developments business which contributes 1.9% (2015: 1.5%) of revenues.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

3

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
Our performance  
and financial highlights

It has been a record year. We delivered our highest ever profit before  
tax and a strong performance against a number of our key metrics. 

Revenue £m

£4,235.2

+12.7%

Gross margin %

18.9%

-0.1ppts

4,235.2

3,759.5

19.0

18.9

16.8

3,157.0

2,606.2

2,323.4

13.8

12.7

KPI

KPI

Profit before tax2 £m

Earnings per share pence

£682.3

+20.7%

682.3

565.5

55.1p

+21.1%

55.1

45.5

390.6

31.2

192.0

110.7

7.0

7.7

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Target 

Disciplined growth  
in completion volumes 

Status

On target

1  FY refers to the financial year ended 30 June.
2   Profit before tax in 2012 and 2013 is calculated before exceptional items.

Target

At least 20%  
by FY17¹

Status  

On target

Target 

Target 

£645m profit before tax broadly in line with 
consensus at the start of the financial year

52.3p broadly in line with consensus at the 
start of the financial year 

Status

Achieved

Status 

Achieved

4

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KPI

88.7%

Total shareholder return for the  
three years ended 30 June 2016

30.7 pence

Total capital return per share1

Land bank years

Land approvals plots

Return on capital employed2 %

Year end net cash/(debt)3 £m

KPI

KPI

KPI

4.5 years

no change

4.3

4.4

4.7

4.5

4.5

24,387

+43.8%

21,478

18,536

16,956

24,387

27.1%

+3.2 ppts

27.1

23.9

19.5

£592.0

+£405.5m

592.0

12,085

11.5

8.3

186.5

73.1

(167.7)

(25.9)

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Target 

Target 

Target 

c. 4.5 years supply

16,000–18,000 plots approved for purchase

At least 25% by FY17

Target 

Year end net cash

Status

Achieved

Status

Achieved greater than target

Status 

On target

Status 

Achieved

1   The Board proposes a final dividend of 12.3 pence per share and a further special dividend of 12.4 pence per share under the special cash payment programme. An interim dividend of 6.0 pence per share was paid to shareholders on 20 May 2016.
2   Return on capital employed (‘ROCE’) is calculated as earnings before interest, tax, operating charges relating to the defined benefit pension scheme and operating exceptional items, divided by average net assets adjusted for goodwill and intangibles, tax, cash, loans and borrowings, 

retirement benefit assets/obligations and derivative financial instruments.

3  Net cash is defined as cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts, interest bearing borrowings and foreign exchange swaps.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

5

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
How we create  
and preserve value

Our business model focuses on delivering value across  
the housebuilding value chain, creating sustainable  
returns for shareholders and making a positive  
difference in the communities in which we operate.

What we do

Long term sustainable value

1

2

3

4

5

Targeted 
land buying 
and effective 
planning

Outstanding 
design

Construction 
excellence 
and 
efficiency

Innovative 
sales and 
marketing

Industry 
leading 
customer 
experience

Financial capital 

Our people  

See page 40

See page 32

6

Critical inputs

Local  
government 
engagement

Land owner 
engagement

Availability 
of building  
materials

Affordable  
mortgages

Shareholders

Total shareholder returns including dividends

– Three times dividend cover

– Special cash payment programme 
from November 2015 to November 2017

– In total £963m1 Capital Return Plan 
to November 2017

Customers and society

Quality homes

Local investment and regeneration

Job creation

Taxation revenues

1  See page 9 for further details.

Contractors 

Community  
relations 

See page 37

See page 38

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information1

2

3

4

5

Targeted land buying  
and effective planning

Outstanding  
design

Construction excellence 
and efficiency

Innovative sales  
and marketing

Industry leading 
customer experience

What we do

What we do

What we do

What we do

What we do

We purchase land in targeted locations 
which at least meets our hurdle 
rates of 20% gross margin and 25% 
ROCE. We then work closely with local 
communities and authorities to deliver 
effective planning permissions.
Our capability to deliver developments 
of all levels of complexity from standard 
housing to large and highly complex 
London schemes, and our wide 
geographical portfolio means we can 
manage risk through our diversity.
We also have a proven track record in 
delivering successful JV partnerships.

We design outstanding homes and 
places for our customers, using 
standard house designs, developed 
using customer research.
This means our quality products are well 
designed to fit our customers’ lifestyles 
with developments that enhance the 
local community, with our aim that all 
new developments meet Building for 
Life 12 standards.

We build quality homes efficiently, 
with centralised procurement and 
sharing of best practice, while 
ensuring high standards of health 
and safety. Our experienced teams 
help ensure efficient delivery of 
complex developments.
We have long standing relationships with 
material suppliers which are centrally 
contracted, managing our cost base and 
ensuring continuity of supply and strong, 
long standing relationships with local 
sub-contractors.

We constantly innovate our sales and 
marketing methods to customers and 
invest in IT to deliver strong sales rates.
We have strong, well-recognised brands 
– Barratt Homes, David Wilson Homes 
and Barratt London that have carefully 
defined market positions.

We focus on maintaining the very highest 
levels of quality seeking to understand 
customer needs and provide a first class 
customer experience. 
We are the only national housebuilder to 
achieve 5 Star HBF rating for customer 
satisfaction for seven consecutive years.

The value this creates

The value this creates

The value this creates

The value this creates

The value this creates

Increasing margins and return on capital 
employed with FY17 targets being at 
least 25% return on capital employed 
and 20% gross margin
Delivery of quality housing to help 
address Britain’s housing shortage
Investment in local facilities and 
infrastructure resulting from 
development
Regeneration of brownfield sites

Ability to achieve the best possible prices 
for the homes we sell, driving returns
Successful development enhances local 
relationships and reputation, helping 
source future sites, obtain effective 
planning permissions, community 
support and customers
Positive legacy for local communities 
by building great places to live
Efficient house design reduces energy 
consumption and helps to provide a 
more sustainable future

Improving return on capital employed 
through capital efficiency
Security of materials and sub-
contractor supply
High standards of health and safety on 
our sites
Job creation through over 12,700 
supplier and sub-contractor companies 
that we help support
Helping address the construction 
industry skills shortage through 
employing and training apprentices 
and graduates and improving the 
industry's reputation

Good sales rates and revenues 
delivering improved returns
Efficient sales process enhances the 
customer journey from reservation 
through to completion

Improved revenues and improved 
efficiency through reduced 
remedial costs
Customers who are satisfied with their 
new homes and would recommend us 
to their friends and families, generating 
further sales

The associated risks¹

The associated risks

The associated risks

The associated risks

 > Government regulation and 

planning policy

 > Construction and new technologies
 > Safety, health and environmental
 > Attracting and retaining high-

calibre employees

 > Economic environment, 

including housing demand and 
mortgage availability

 > Land purchasing
 > Liquidity
 > Government regulation and 

planning policy

 > Joint ventures and consortia
 > Attracting and retaining  
high-calibre employees

 > IT

 > Economic environment, 

including housing demand and 
mortgage availability
 > Attracting and retaining  
high-calibre employees

 > IT

 > Economic environment, 

including housing demand and 
mortgage availability

 > Land purchasing
 > Construction and new technologies
 > Availability of raw materials,  
sub-contractors and suppliers
 > Safety, health and environmental
 > Joint ventures and consortia
 > Attracting and retaining  
high-calibre employees

 > IT

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

The associated risks

 > Attracting and retaining  
high-calibre employees

 > Availability of raw materials,  
sub-contractors and suppliers

 > IT

1   The associated risks are discussed in greater detail 
in the Risk Management section on pages 41 to 45.

7

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChairman’s statement

This performance is particularly 
impressive, given it accompanies 
our industry-leading quality and 
customer service standards.

John Allan
Chairman

18.3p

Ordinary dividend per share 
(2015: 15.1p)

£963m

A year of strong performance 

This has been another year of excellent progress for the Group, with a strong financial 
and operational performance. We have grown completion volumes in a disciplined way, 
significantly grown profit and continued our delivery of industry leading build quality 
and customer service.

Whilst the outcome of the EU referendum has increased levels of economic and 
political uncertainty, the Group is in a strong position, with a substantial year end net 
cash balance, healthy forward sales position and an experienced management team. 
The Board will continue to monitor the market and economy and take appropriate 
action where necessary. The wider market for new homes remains healthy across 
Britain, with a long term undersupply of new homes, strong government support  
to the sector and a liquid mortgage market.

Consequently, we remain confident in the strong fundamentals of the housing sector 
and our business. 

Capital Return Plan 
over three years ending November 
2017 based on consensus earnings

Operationally, we have delivered our highest 
completion volumes for eight years, increasing 
completions by 5.3% to 17,319 homes,  
a performance that highlights the reliability 
and delivery capability of our housebuilding 
operations. This performance is particularly 
impressive, given it accompanies our 
industry-leading quality and customer 
service standards. 

As a result of this excellent operating 
performance, we were able to increase profit 
before tax by 20.7% and we ended the year  
with a net cash balance of £592.0m. 

The Group’s fast asset turn model, supported 
by a relatively short consented land bank, the 
use of deferred payment terms, high levels 
of standard products and the ability to sell 
through both Barratt and David Wilson Homes 
on larger sites, ensures a focus on driving 
return on capital employed. We made further 
progress in the year, driving return on capital 
employed up to 27.1%, an increase of 3.2 
percentage points. 

Investing in land
The land market remained attractive 
throughout FY16 in terms of land availability 
at acceptable prices and we have secured 
excellent development opportunities that meet 
or exceed our minimum hurdle rates of 20% 
gross margin and 25% site ROCE. In the year 
we approved £1,095.6m of operational land 
for purchase, which we expect to equate to 
24,387 plots. Our long term targets for land 
are to hold 3.5 years of owned and consented 
land and a further 1.0 year of controlled land. 
This strong performance helped us to end the 
year with 3.4 years of owned and consented 
land and a further 1.1 year of controlled land: 
4.5 years in total (2015: 4.5 years).

During the year we have also made good 
progress in securing a longer term pipeline  
of land through strategic options. 

8

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationHousing policy
The UK Government continues to recognise 
the need to see more homes built across 
the country as evidenced by its policies to 
improve land availability, planning and support 
for buyers. 

By increasing the number of homes that we 
are building, in a disciplined way, we are not 
only playing our part in reducing the housing 
shortage but are also generating significant 
economic activity, creating jobs and enhancing 
communities. During the year we estimate that 
we supported over 55,000 jobs either directly, 
indirectly or induced. 

Delivering returns for our shareholders
Our dividend plan was announced in 
September 2014 and aimed to deliver 
attractive future cash returns through an 
ordinary dividend of one-third of earnings and 

a special dividend, over three years, of £400m 
in aggregate.

As a result, the Board is pleased to propose 
a final dividend of 12.3 pence per share 
(2015: 10.3 pence per share). Under our Capital 
Return Plan, special dividends are proposed in 
addition to ordinary dividends with the second 
special dividend of £125.0m to be paid in 
November 2016, which equates to 12.4 pence 
per share. 

The total proposed capital return for the year 
is therefore 30.7 pence per share (2015: 25.1 
pence per share). 

Our employees
The outstanding progress made during the 
year would not have been possible without the 
capability and dedication of our employees 
whom I would like to thank on behalf of the 
Board for their contribution.

Capital Return PlanA

Paid to dateB

Proposed payment

November 2016

Year to November 2017

Total proposed payment

Total Capital Return Plan

Ordinary  
dividend  
£m

281

123D

159C,D

282C,D

563

Special dividend  
£m

Total Capital  
Return  
£m

100

125

175

300

400

381

248

334

582

963

Total pence  
per share

38.2p

24.7pD

33.2pD

57.9pD 

96.1pD

A   All ordinary and special dividends are subject to shareholder approval. The second special dividend will be subject to shareholder approval at the 

Annual General Meeting in November 2016 and subsequent special dividends will be subject to shareholder approval.

B   Comprises FY14 final dividend of 7.1 pence per share (£70m), FY15 interim dividend of 4.8 pence per share (£48m), FY15 final dividend of 10.3  
pence per share (£103m), FY15 special dividend of 10.0 pence per share (£100m) and FY16 interim dividend of 6.0 pence per share (£60m).

C   Based on Reuters consensus estimates of earnings per share of 47.5 pence for FY17 as at 2 September 2016 and applying a three times dividend 

cover in line with previously announced policy.

D  Based upon 30 June 2016 share capital of 1,003,607,066 shares for proposed payments.

We are delighted that our site managers were 
awarded 79 NHBC Pride in the Job Awards. 
This is the 12th year in succession that we have 
secured more Pride in the Job Awards than 
any other housebuilder. 

We are also very pleased that we have 
maintained the Home Builders Federation 
maximum five star rating for the seventh 
consecutive year, indicating that 90% of our 
homeowners would recommend us to a friend. 
This is a fantastic achievement and reflects 
the strength of our sales and customer 
service teams. 

The Board appointed Jock Lennox as a Non-
Executive Director of the Company with effect 
from 1 July 2016. Jock also joined the Audit, 
Nomination and Remuneration Committees 
with effect from the same date and will 
succeed Mark Rolfe as Chairman of the 
Audit Committee from the conclusion of the 
2016 AGM. 

The Board is confident that the Executive 
Directors – David Thomas, Steven Boyes and 
Neil Cooper – supported by an experienced 
and talented Senior Management team, will 
continue to lead the Group effectively. 

John Allan 
Chairman

6 September 2016

The Board
During the year there have been a number of 
significant changes to the Board. 

David Thomas, who joined us as Group 
Finance Director in 2009, succeeded Mark 
Clare as Chief Executive on 1 July 2015. 

Neil Cooper joined the Board on 23 November 
2015 as Chief Financial Officer. Neil was 
previously Group Finance Director of William 
Hill PLC and was Group Finance Director of 
Bovis Homes Group PLC from 2007 until 2010. 

After eight years’ distinguished service to the 
Board, Mark Rolfe will step down from his 
position as a Non-Executive Director of the 
Company with effect from the conclusion of 
the forthcoming AGM to be held in November 
2016. Mark will also stand down as the Senior 
Independent Director and Chairman of the 
Audit Committee on the same date.

Richard Akers will replace Mark Rolfe 
as the Senior Independent Director with 
effect from the conclusion of the Group’s 
AGM in November 2016. Richard has been 
a Non-Executive Director of the Group 
since 2012 and is also Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

9

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
Key aspects of our market

The market for new homes 
was generally strong in FY16, 
with the housing market as 
a whole being characterised 
by continued demand 
and undersupply.

144,290

English housing starts 20161 
(2015: 140,940) 
Source: DCLG

£216,823

Just outside the Peak 
District National Park, 
Octavia Gardens offers 
you rural living in an 
established community.

UK average house prices 20162 
(2015: £199,447) 
Source: Halifax

The UK economy and housing market
The UK economy continued to grow in 
the 12 months to 30 June 2016, with most 
economic indicators showing improvements 
on the prior year. 

The UK housing market has continued to 
show strength with UK residential housing 
transactions for the year to 30 June 2016 
increasing by 8% on the prior year to 
1.3 million transactions (source: HM Revenue 
& Customs (‘HMRC’)3). 

The London market saw growth in transaction 
volumes based on an extrapolation of data 
from the Land Registry, although transactions 
at the higher end have seen a number of 
negative sentiment impacts, including stamp-
duty hikes.

The market for new homes remains strong 
across Britain with the housing market as 
a whole being characterised by continued 
demand and undersupply.

Housing supply
The supply of new housing has increased 
slightly, with 144,290 new housing starts in the 
year to 30 June 2016 in England, an increase of 
2% on the prior year (source: Department for 
Communities and Local Government (‘DCLG’)), 
although housing completions were up 6% on 
the previous year to 139,030 (2015: 131,510)1. 
Whilst this represents a positive move, new 
housing starts remain over 35,000 lower 
than the pre-downturn peak and significantly 
lower than that required to meet demand. 
DCLG projects that 210,000 homes need to be 
built in England, per year, through the period 
2014 – 2039. 

10

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationObtaining planning permission continues to 
be a constraint for new build developments. 
A number of amendments have been made 
to the planning system in recent years, with 
an increase of 9% in planning approvals to 
292,089 in the year to March 2016 across 
Great Britain (source: HBF4).

Help to Buy and mortgage availability
Help to Buy (Equity Loan) continues to be an 
important enabler for new housebuilding, 
supporting 81,014 purchases in England from 
the scheme’s inception in April 2013 until 
March 2016, with 81% of purchasers using 
the scheme being first time buyers (source: 
DCLG). However, the scheme has had a limited 
impact on the wider housing market in the 
UK as it represented only 2.6%5 of HMRC 
residential housing transactions in England 
for the same period. 

Average quoted household interest rates 
remain at affordable levels and mortgage 
transaction volumes increased over the last 
year. The number of mortgage approvals 
for house purchases rose by 11% to 836,082 
approvals in the year to 30 June 2016 and 
the value of mortgage approvals for house 
purchases rose by 17% to £146,126m (source: 
Bank of England6).

House prices
The shortfall in the supply of housing stock and 
a continued availability of mortgage finance 
at low interest rates meant that house prices 
rose in the year. The ONS7 house price index 
rose by an average of 8.7% per annum across 
the UK in the year to June 2016. The increase 
was particularly marked in the East, London 
and the South East of England, where the ONS 
house price index rose by 14.3%, 12.6% and 
12.3% respectively in the year to June 2016. 
The lowest annual growth was in the North 
East, where prices increased by 1.5% over the 
year. According to the Halifax, the UK average 
house price in June 2016 was £216,823, which 
was £17,376 higher than at June 2015.

Housing outlook
The underlying demand for new housing is 
expected to remain strong as supply is unlikely 
to meet demand in the medium term. We are 
committed to do our part to help address the 
existing undersupply in the market. 

The Government is committed to increasing 
the supply of new homes, we have greater 
clarity on housing policy, and in particular 
believe the extension of the Help to Buy (Equity 
Loan) scheme through to 2021 in England will 
support an increase in new housing supply.

Following the EU referendum, we are mindful 
that the immediate outlook for the UK 
economy is less clear. Risks lie around the 
short term impact on buyer sentiment and 
any longer term negative impact on the wider 
economy. Offsetting this we have seen positive 
changes in mortgage interest rates following 
the vote. In the round, it is too early to say 
what the impact of the uncertainty facing our 
industry will be.

Duddingston Gardens, a 
development of a two, three 
and four bedroom homes and 
stylish apartments, just a few 
miles south east of Edinburgh 
city centre.

1   DCLG House Building Release June Quarter 2016, England, non-seasonally adjusted. 

The DCLG published revised figures for the year ending 30 June 2015 and therefore the prior 
year comparative has been restated.

2   Halifax House Price Index June 2016. Halifax’s standardised average price is calculated using 
its HPI mix adjusted methodology and therefore the prior year comparative has been adjusted. 

3   HMRC UK Property Transaction Statistics June 2016.
4   HBF New Housing Pipeline Q1 2016 Report. 
5   DCLG Help to Buy (Equity Loan) purchases divided by HMRC residential transactions 

in England for the 36 months ending 31 March 2016.

6   Bank of England Approvals for lending secured on dwellings (Table A5.4, not 

seasonally adjusted).

7   Office of National Statistics ('ONS') House Price Index June 2016.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

11

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChief Executive’s statement

Improving the efficiency of our 
operations and controlling costs 
continues to be a high priority 
for the Group.

David Thomas
Chief Executive

£682.3m

Profit before tax 
(2015: £565.5m)

Our results 

The Group traded successfully throughout the financial year, delivering a strong 
performance. We made a record profit before tax of £682.3m, up 20.7% on the 
prior year (2015: £565.5m), and our highest ROCE in ten years at 27.1% (2015: 23.9%). 

We have also significantly strengthened our Balance Sheet, ending the year with 
net cash of £592.0m (2015: £186.5m) and with net tangible assets¹ of £3,118m 
(2015: £2,819m). 

£m unless otherwise stated

Housebuilding

Commercial

Total completions including JV’s (plots)

27.1%

Revenue

Gross margin (%)

Profit from operations 

Operating margin (%)

Return on capital employed 
(2015: 23.9%)

Share of post-tax profit/(loss) from joint ventures and associates 

1  Group net assets less other intangible assets and goodwill.

17,319

4,153.3

19.1%

662.4

15.9%

72.4

–

81.9

10.3%

6.0

7.3%

(0.3)

Total

17,319

4,235.2

18.9%

668.4

15.8%

72.1

Our businesses
Our improved financial results have been 
driven by a strong and disciplined operational 
performance in both our housebuilding 
and commercial developments businesses. 

Housebuilding

Housebuilding results

We saw good consumer demand across 
our regions throughout our financial year, 
with some slowdown in the higher value 
London market. Throughout the year, the 
mortgage market remained positive, with 
increased competition amongst lenders 
and new market entrants resulting in good 
availability of attractive mortgage finance for 
our customers. 

The sales rate in the year was 0.69 (2015: 0.64) 
net private reservations per active outlet per 
week, with a sales rate in the second half of 
0.72 (2015: 0.70) net private reservations per 
active outlet per week. During the year, we 
operated from an average of 365 active outlets 
(2015: 380). 

In London, we have seen strong demand at 
price points up to £600,000, reflecting the 
benefit of the increase in the Help to Buy 
(Equity Loan) qualifying value limit to 40% in 
London. Above this price point, sales rates 
have slowed.

We delivered our highest completion volumes 
for eight years, being 17,319 units including 
JV’s (2015: 16,447). Private completions 
increased by 3.5% to 13,198 (2015: 12,746), 
affordable completions were 2,707 
(2015: 2,853), and JV completions in which the 
Group had an interest were 1,414 (2015: 848). 

We continue to increase the proportion of 
completions that are on more recently acquired 
higher margin land and these accounted for 
86% (2015: 76%) of the total in the year.

12

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur total average selling price (‘ASP’) 
increased by 10.5% to £259,700 
(2015: £235,000) in the financial year with 
our private average selling price increasing 
by 10.4% to £289,800 (2015: £262,500). 
The year on year increase predominately 
reflects mix changes, with the average size 
of total completions rising by 4.6% from 
1,013 to 1,060 sq ft and with the selling price 
per square foot benefiting from locational 
improvement and underlying house price 
inflation. Affordable average selling price 
increased by 0.8% to £113,200 (2015: £112,300) 
reflecting changes in mix, with affordable 
completions representing 17% (2015: 18%) 
of total completions.

Our JV’s have performed well and our 
share of profits from JV’s in the year for the 
housebuilding business increased to £72.2m 
(2015: £45.6m). As at 30 June 2016 we were 
selling from 11 (2015: 16) JV outlets. We expect 
our share of profits from JV's to be around 
£45m in FY17.

Housing policy

The UK Government recognises the need for 
more new homes to be built, given ongoing 
levels of household formation and historical 
undersupply, as evidenced by its policies to 
improve land availability, planning and support 
for buyers. In this regard, we noted in July this 
year the publication of the most recent DCLG 
publication updating household formation 
rate projections for England: now estimated at 
210,000 per year through the period 2014-2039.

We were also pleased to see the extension 
of the Help to Buy (Equity Loan) programme 
in England through to 2021, as well as the 
increase in February 2016 of the Government’s 
equity loan to 40% in London. Help to Buy 
(Equity Loan) provides support on house 
purchases up to £600,000 in England with 
equivalent support at lower house values in 
Scotland and Wales. Our customers, especially 

first time buyers, have found this a very 
attractive proposition with 32% (2015: 31%) 
of our total completions using the scheme 
during the year. In FY16, 95% of the private 
homes (including JV’s) that we completed 
had a selling price below £600,000. In FY17 
we expect this to be around 93%, reflecting 
our forecast London mix.

Increasing our housing supply
With housing demand remaining strong, we 
have continued to invest, in a disciplined way, 
to increase housing production, with over 
£4.8bn approved for the purchase of over 
93,400 plots of land over the last five years. 
There remains a long term housing shortage 
of all tenures that can only be addressed 
through additional supply; we are committed 
to playing a leading role in addressing this 
issue without compromising our operational 
or financial strength. 

Over the last five years we have built more 
than 75,000 homes (including JV’s) of which 
over 13,600 were affordable homes (including 
JV’s) sold to registered providers and we have 
invested in our employees, including in FY16 
268 new apprentices, trainees, graduates and 
undergraduates to further expand our skilled 
workforce, enabling further delivery of supply.

The key dimensions underpinning 
delivery of our strategy
In addition to the generally favourable market 
conditions during the year, the increase in our 
housebuilding profitability has benefited from 
our successful land investment strategy and 
from improvements in operating margin. 

The showhomes at Silkwood 
Gate, Wakefield which is a 
development of three, four 
and five bedroom homes.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

13

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChief Executive’s statement continued

Executive Committee

Regional Managing Directors

In addition to David Thomas and Neil Cooper, 
the Executive Committee consists of: 

The Group operates through six geographic housebuilding regions and a commercial  
division, each of which has a Managing Director as follows:

1 Steven Boyes

3 Jeremy Hipkiss 

5 John Reed

7 Richard Brooke

8 Chris Burton 

10 Alastair Baird

Chief Operating Officer  
and Deputy Chief Executive 
See page 46.

2 Rob Tansey

Group HR Director
Rob has responsibility for the 
Group’s human resources 
strategy, including recruitment, 
remuneration and benefits, talent 
and performance management.
Career and Experience
Rob joined the Group on 1 August 
2012 from Dairy Crest Plc where he 
was Group HR Director for six years. 
Before joining Dairy Crest, Rob was 
HR Director at Travis Perkins Plc 
and previously held senior HR roles 
at Celesio AG and Wickes.

Group Sales  
and Marketing Director
Jeremy is responsible for the 
Group’s overall Sales, Marketing 
& Customer Experience strategy 
and delivery.
Career and Experience
Jeremy joined the Group in 2008 and 
has wide experience in Marketing 
and Retail Operations. Jeremy held 
a similar role at the Spirit Group. 
Prior to that, Jeremy worked for 
Allied Domecq and Marstons  
having graduated in Economics  
at Leeds University.

4 Tina Bains

Company Secretary
See page 47.

Regional Managing Director, 
Northern
John is responsible for the Group's 
operations in the Northern Region 
which consists of six divisions.
Career and Experience
John joined the Group in 1989. 
Formerly Managing Director of 
Barratt York he was appointed to his 
current role in January 2006.

6 Bernard Rooney

Regional Managing Director, 
Central
Bernard is responsible for the 
Group’s operations in the Central 
Region which consists of five 
divisions. In addition he heads 
up Barratt Partnerships which 
is responsible for identifying 
and securing public land and 
partnering opportunities.
Career and Experience
Bernard joined the Group in 1981. 
Formerly Managing Director of 
Barratt Newcastle, he was appointed 
to his current position in July 2010.

Regional Managing Director, East
Richard is responsible for the 
Group’s operations in the East 
Region which consists of four 
divisions. He is also responsible 
for the Group's procurement and 
commercial functions.
Career and Experience
Richard joined the Group in 
2007 following the acquisition of 
Wilson Bowden plc, where he was 
Operations Director and previously 
Finance Director for David Wilson 
Homes. He was appointed to his 
current position in July 2008.

Regional Managing Director, West
Chris is responsible for the Group's 
operations in the West region which 
consists of four divisions.
Career and Experience
Chris joined the Group in 1985. 
Formerly Managing Director for the 
Barratt Yorkshire West Division, he 
was appointed to his current role in 
July 2012. 

9 Gary Ennis

Regional Managing Director, 
Southern
Gary is responsible for the Group's 
operations in the Southern region 
which consists of five divisions.
Career and Experience
Gary joined the Group in 1995. 
Formerly Managing Director of 
Barratt North London he was 
appointed to his current role in 
January 2006.

Regional Managing Director, 
London
Alastair is responsible for high-
value complex residential and 
mixed-use developments across 
the capital including three divisions.
Career and Experience
Alastair joined the Group in 1987 
as an Engineer. Formerly Managing 
Director for Barratt East & West 
London divisions he was appointed 
to his current role in 2010.

11 Nick Richardson

Managing Director,  
Wilson Bowden Developments
Nick is responsible for the 
commercial business, Wilson 
Bowden Developments.
Career and Experience
Nick joined Wilson Bowden in 1991 
and was appointed to his current 
role in 1999. Nick joined the Group 
in 2007 following the acquisition 
of Wilson Bowden plc. Nick is 
a Chartered Surveyor. 

3

11

10

4

1

6

8

2

5

7

9

14

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information£289,800

Private ASP 
(2015: £262,500)

£1,096m

Approved land purchases 
(2015: £957m)

Commercial developments
Greater occupier confidence in the second 
half of calendar 2015, particularly from within 
the logistics sector, encouraged institutional 
funding back into the market enabling us 
to enter into agreements to commit to over 
1 million sq. ft. of speculative forward funded 
logistics buildings.

During the year we successfully secured 
a planning permission for a Regional 
Distribution Centre on a parcel of strategic 
land that we subsequently sold to a 
supermarket group. We also completed the 
final phase of our retail and leisure scheme 
at Hinckley. This final phase is 80% let and 
further transactions are in legals.

As we move forward we will continue to 
carefully manage our risk profile by seeking 
to secure forward commitments; accordingly 
our activity levels are very much determined 
by securing occupiers up front, which in turn 
is governed to a large extent by sentiment and 
occupier confidence.

Commercial development revenue was £81.9m 
(2015: £57.2m) with an operating profit of 
£6.0m (2015: £6.1m).

Land and planning

A key enabler of the growth of our 
housebuilding business in recent years has 
been our land investment strategy, which has 
boosted absolute profit and led to increased 
completion volumes.

The land market remained attractive 
throughout the financial year and we 
secured excellent opportunities that meet 
or exceed our minimum hurdle rates of 
20% gross margin and 25% site ROCE¹. 
In the period, we approved the purchase of 
£1,095.6m (2015: £957.0m) of land, equating 
to 130 sites (2015: 114 sites) and 24,387 plots 
(2015: 16,956 plots).

We continue, under normal market conditions, 
to target a regionally balanced land portfolio 
with a supply of owned land of c. 3.5 years 
and a further c. 1.0 year of controlled land. 
Our target for a shorter than sector average 
land bank reflects our focus on ROCE and a 
rapid asset turn. At 30 June 2016 we achieved 
this target with a 4.5 years land supply 
(excluding JV’s) comprising 3.4 years owned 
land and 1.1 years controlled land, with the 
owned land bank including land with both 
outline and detailed planning consents. 

Following our success with planning over the 
past 12 months we are very well positioned, 
with 99.7% of expected FY17 completions 
(2015: 100% of FY16 completions) having 
outline or full planning consent. 

Improving efficiency and reducing costs

Improving the efficiency of our operations 
and controlling costs continues to be 
a high priority for the Group, as it will 
further enhance margin. Efficiency can be 
improved through increasing throughput, 
as we have done in the year, but we are also 
focused on improving efficiency through 
business simplification including further 
standardisation of our layouts and product 
range and through driving process efficiency 
across key aspects of our business, with wide-
ranging reviews underway, for example in the 
areas of commercial, construction and sales 
and marketing. 

We have a robust and carefully managed 
supply chain with 90% of the house build 
materials sourced by our centralised 
procurement function denominated in Sterling. 
We have effectively sourced the raw materials 
required to underpin our controlled volume 
growth and the cost of c. 75% of our centrally 
procured materials is now fixed until the end 
of FY17. 

Whilst we have seen an increase in the supply 
of skilled sub-contractors over the past year, 
there remains an industry shortage in the UK, 
with increases in labour costs remaining the 
largest driver of overall build cost inflation. 
We are currently well placed with the 
necessary labour to meet our operational and 
quality requirements. We are also seeking 
to increase efficiency through the use of 
timber frame on over 1,300 plots during FY17 
and through the use of alternative offsite 
manufacturing options.

We expect that overall build cost inflation 
for FY17 will be c. 2-3%.

1   Site ROCE on land acquisition is calculated as site operating profit 

(site trading profit less sales overheads less allocated administrative 
overheads) divided by average investment in site land, work in 
progress and equity share.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

15

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAspect is a new development 
in Anlaby, East Yorkshire, with 
a fabulous selection of luxury 
3, 4 and 5 bedroom homes in 
a highly desirable village.

Chief Executive’s statement continued

Going forward our commercial division 
will continue to work closely with our 
housebuilding business to develop mixed- 
use schemes, and will seek to develop 
independent commercial schemes where  
they can be forward funded by third parties 
prior to commencement.

Our strategic objectives
Our strategic objectives remain clear – 
maintain disciplined growth, improve our 
key financial metrics and continue to deliver 
attractive cash returns. 

Our key financial metrics
Our gross margin was broadly flat at 18.9% 
(2015: 19.0%) with an improvement in margin 
arising from the reduction in the mix of legacy 
assets, offset by adverse business mix and 
other net impacts. Operating margin grew 
by 0.5 ppts, from 15.3% to 15.8%, reflecting 
improved overhead leverage levels and an 
absolute fall in net administrative expenses.

We have made further good progress against 
our ROCE objective in the year with ROCE 
increasing by 3.2 ppts to 27.1% (2015: 23.9%). 
This is benefiting from the absolute reduction 
in legacy assets: the disposal of £85.4m of 
loans arising from equity share programmes 
early in our second half for £82.9m of cash has 
contributed. We have also been successful 
in driving business growth levels ahead of 
growth in working capital levels, reflecting our 
effective balance sheet discipline. It remains 
a core part of our strategy to drive ROCE 
performance further, in line with our fast asset 
turn model.

We remain committed to delivering our FY17 
targets of at least 20% gross margin and at 
least 25% ROCE. 

Maintaining an appropriate 
capital structure
As at 30 June 2016 the Group had a net cash 
balance of £592.0m (2015: £186.5m), reflecting 
a strong financial year. This was ahead of 
expectations, partly driven by our completion 
volumes and the timing of land payments. 
We also benefited from timings of other 
working capital payments.

We seek to defer payment for new land where 
possible to drive a higher ROCE, and land 
creditors as at 30 June 2016 were 38% of the 
owned land bank (30 June 2015: 35%). 

The Group continues to maintain a balanced 
capital structure with land and long term  
work in progress funded by shareholders’ 
funds and land creditors. Net tangible assets 
were £3,118m (£3.11 per share) of which land 
net of land creditors and work in progress 
totalled £3,180m (£3.17 per share).

We continue to secure attractive deferred 
payment terms on land and expect land 
creditors as a proportion of the owned land 
bank to be around one-third at 30 June 2017,  
in line with our operating framework.

Dividend
Our strong financial performance supports 
the Group’s Capital Return Plan and dividend 
policy. We are delighted to propose a final 
dividend of 12.3 pence per share (2015: 10.3 
pence per share) resulting in a total ordinary 
dividend for the year up 21% to 18.3 pence 
per share (2015: 15.1 pence per share) and 
the second of our special dividends totalling 
£125m, equivalent to 12.4 pence per share, 
payable in November 2016. This reflects 
our ordinary dividend policy of the dividend 
being covered three times by earnings, 
supplemented by the special dividends to 
November 2017 totalling £400m.

Health and safety
We were deeply saddened that two employees 
of our sub-contractors lost their lives in 
separate incidents on two of our sites during 
the year. Both of these incidents have been 
thoroughly investigated by our internal health 
and safety (SHE) team. We are fully co-operating 
with the Health and Safety Executive during 
their ongoing investigations into each of  
the incidents.

Increased activity levels across the industry in 
terms of site openings and production volumes 
combined with shortages of skilled staff has 
contributed to an increased risk of accidents 
on sites. We remain fully committed to the 
highest standards of health and safety upon 
our sites. In the year, our reportable incident 
rate has increased slightly with 385 (2015: 381) 
reportable incidents per 100,000 employees. 

16

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationWe believe that a strongly performing business benefits from a focus on its wider priorities which for us are: Customer First, Great Places, Leading Construction and Investing in our People.  
Each of these priorities has a work plan to drive improvements across the business and they are supported by a set of principles and financial discipline which underpins all of our operations. 

Our priorities

Customer first

Great places

Leading construction

Investing in our people

A key focus of our business continues to be 
building relationships with landowners to 
ensure that we can acquire the right land 
and then create outstanding places to live. 
Our objective is to be the partner of choice for 
landowners by demonstrating our ability to 
achieve planning permission and create value. 

We continue to be focused on a ‘right 
first time’ approach as the most efficient 
way of operating across all aspects of 
our building processes with a continuous 
focus on improving build quality which 
will reduce remedial costs and improve 
customer satisfaction.

During the period we made significant 
progress in terms of securing the right 
operational land and increased investment 
in longer term strategic sites. 

We are implementing a number of key 
initiatives in terms of increasing construction 
efficiency, for example we have built 988 
timber frame homes in FY16. 

We continue to focus upon design and all of our 
developments are reviewed against our ‘Great 
Places’ design standard at the pre-application 
stage. ‘Great Places’ enables us to meet 
Building For Life 12, the industry standard for 
the design of new housing developments.

Our site managers continue to lead the 
industry and in 2016 we won 79 NHBC 
Pride in the Job Awards. This was the 12th 
year in succession that our site managers 
have won more of these awards than any 
other housebuilder. 

The building and construction industry 
continues to face a shortage of skilled workers 
and attracting and retaining the best people is 
an important priority for the business. We aim 
to have a diverse workforce that reflects the 
communities in which we operate, delivering 
excellence for our customers and business 
by drawing on a broad range of talents, skills 
and experience. 

We have continued with our graduate and 
apprentice programmes, with 268 employees 
joining us on these programmes in this period.

We also continue to support the wider industry 
focus on addressing the skills shortage. 

We place customers at the heart of our 
business by building outstanding homes 
and anticipating the changing needs of 
home buyers. 

We are the only major national housebuilder 
to achieve the HBF 5 Star Customer 
Satisfaction rating for seven consecutive 
years, with over 90% of customers being 
prepared to recommend us to a friend. 

We continue to improve the quality and 
efficiency of the way in which we deal with 
customers through the sales process. 
During the period we invested in our customer 
service systems to speed up and improve the 
efficiency of our service. 

We worked with suppliers, customers and 
industry experts to produce the ‘Future Home 
Report’ to inform design direction in terms 
of customer trends and preferences. As well 
as carefully defining customer segments and 
their design preferences, our project with 
The Architects’ Journal to select new house 
design features to meet these requirements 
concluded in the year. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

17

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationThe sales performance of the 
group has been positive, with 
0.75 net private reservations 
per active outlet per average 
week, as compared to 0.71 in the 
comparable period.

Chief Executive’s statement continued

Current trading
The sales performance of the Group has been positive, with average weekly net private reservations 
since 1 July 2016 of 267 (FY16: 265), resulting in net private reservations per active outlet per average 
week of 0.75 (FY16: 0.71). Regionally, trading conditions in the North and Midlands have been stronger 
than those seen in the South.

Our total forward sales (including JV’s) as at 4 September 2016 were up 4.1% on the strong prior 
year figures at a value of £2,416.5m (6 September 2015: £2,321.9m), equating to 11,364 plots 
(6 September 2015: 10,755 plots).

Forward sales

4 September 2016

6 September 2015

Variance

Private

Affordable

Sub total

JV

Total

£m

1,545.9

707.4

2,253.3

163.2

2,416.5

Plots

4,723

5,957

10,680

684

11,364

£m

1,332.3

512.2

1,844.5

477.4

2,321.9

Plots

4,788

4,487

9,275

1,480

10,755

%

16.0

38.1

22.2

(65.8)

4.1

We expect FY17 wholly owned completions to grow modestly versus the comparable period, with 
around 700 completions delivered through our JV portfolio. 

Outlook
We have started the new financial year in a good position, with £592.0m year end net cash, a healthy 
forward order position and an experienced management team in place. We have industry leading 
quality and customer service, and talented employees. There remains an undersupply of new 
homes, strong government support including Help to Buy (Equity Loan), and a mortgage market 
willing to lend. As a result, we remain confident in the underlying fundamentals of both the 
housing sector and our business. 

Our sales trends since the start of the new financial year have been encouraging, and underpin 
an increasingly ‘business-as-usual’ stance whilst we continue to monitor consumer, economic 
and other lead indicators closely following the EU referendum vote.

I am proud to lead our first class team and we are all determined to build on this year’s 
outstanding operational and financial performance in the future, as well as delivering on our 
targets for key financial metrics and our capital return plans in FY17.

David Thomas 
Chief Executive

6 September 2016

18

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Priorities

Customer  
first

Great  
places

Leading 
construction

Investing in 
our people

See page 20

See page 24

See page 28

See page 32

Keeping  
people safe

Being a trusted  
partner

Our principles

Building strong  
community  
relationships

Safeguarding the  
environment

Ensuring the 
financial health  
of our business

See page 36

See page 37

See page 38

See page 39

See page 40

Delivering sustainable  
shareholder value

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

19

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Building excellence by putting 
Customers first

Jill Timmins 
2015 Barratt Sales Adviser of the Year

20

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Strategic priority

Our priority is building great homes and providing an  
outstanding customer experience. We seek to anticipate  
our customers’ evolving needs by continuously improving  
the homes and places we build.

Key highlights

The challenge

Only national housebuilder  
to be awarded HBF 5 Star status  
for seven consecutive years

Continued investment  
in customer service 

Mortgage market remains good 

KPI

HBF 5 Star Homebuilder

Britain needs more homes to address its 
housing shortage, with continued demand 
in the market and continued undersupply 
of new homes. Home buyers are supported 
by a good mortgage market in terms of 
both availability and rates, as well as the 
Government’s Help to Buy (Equity Loan) 
scheme in England, Scotland and Wales. 

The industry is seeking to increase 
volumes, maintain customer satisfaction 
and build quality and at the same time 
address the constraint created  
by a shortage of skilled people. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

21

Priorities and principles in action 
Customer first

Affordability of homes and accessibility 
to home ownership
We build a wide range of product, from homes 
for first time buyers to larger family homes. 
Our private average selling price for the year 
was £289,800 (2015: £262,500); £275,000 
(2015: £246,800) outside of London. 

During the year, the mortgage market 
remained positive. Our customers have 
access to mortgage finance that allows them 
to buy with a 5% deposit through the Help 
to Buy (Equity Loan) scheme and there is 
also a range of higher loan to value products 
which do not use the Help to Buy scheme 
available. We continue to work with a broad 
set of lenders through our approved brokers 
to ensure that our customers have access 
to independent advice and a wide range of 
mortgage products. 

We delivered 2,707 (2015: 2,853) affordable 
homes built for registered providers, equating 
to 17% (2015: 18%) of our total completions 
(excluding JV’s) in the year. We have a team 
which engages with housing association 
partners at local, regional and national levels. 

We place customers at the 
heart of everything we do, with 
their satisfaction being a key 
performance indicator at all  
levels of management.

2,707

We delivered 2,707 (2015: 2,853) 
affordable homes built  
for registered providers

Mr and Mrs Atkinson 
purchased a three 
bedroom home at Garnett 
Wharfe, Otley.

22

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCustomer satisfaction 
We place customers at the heart of everything 
we do, with their satisfaction being a key 
performance indicator at all levels of 
management. All of our team are responsible 
for delivering customer satisfaction and 
we operate a Customer Service Academy 
comprising both classroom and online training 
to ensure that our employees understand how 
to deliver right first time, every time. 

We are pleased that we have increased our 
completions delivery, including JV’s, by 5.3% 
during the year whilst retaining our HBF 5 Star 
status for the seventh successive year, the only 
national housebuilder to do so. We regularly 
review the results from the NHBC customer 
survey with the insights gained being used to 
aid our decision making. 

We continue to drive customer service, 
investing in technology from developments to 
our customer service systems and our onsite 
systems to aid our quality control inspections. 
Each home we build is repeatedly inspected 
at key stages and, as a minimum, is approved 
by the site manager, contracts manager and 
sales staff before handover to our customers. 
Management throughout the business are 
responsible for customer service and monitor 
customer satisfaction survey performance on 
a weekly basis.

Increasing customer insight
To ensure that we continuously reflect our 
customers’ needs we have worked with 
suppliers, customers and industry experts 
to produce the ‘Future Home Report’ to 
inform design direction in terms of customer 
trends and preferences. As well as carefully 
defining customer segments and their design 
preferences, our project with The Architects’ 
Journal to select new house design features 
to meet these requirements concluded during 
this financial year. 

We are pleased that we have 
increased our completions 
delivery, including JV’s, by 5.3% 
during the year whilst retaining 
our HBF 5 Star status for the 
seventh successive year, the only 
national housebuilder to do so. 

Mr and Mrs Patel purchased 
a beautiful five bedroom 
home at our prestigious David 
Wilson Homes, Cane Hill Park 
development using the  
part-exchange scheme.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

23

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Building excellence by developing 
Great places

Megan Brooks 
Technical Manager  
2015 Barratt Individual  
Excellence Award Winner

24

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Strategic priority

Our priority is building long term relationships to secure  
good value land where people aspire to live. We design  
developments which look great, are a pleasure to live on,  
and will enhance local communities for years to come.

Key highlights

Land market remained attractive 
throughout FY16

Transformation of our land bank  
to more recently acquired higher margin 
land is well progressed 

Detailed or outline planning permission on  
99.7% of FY17 expected completions and 
94.2% of FY18 expected completions

KPI

Owned and controlled land bank  

4.5 years 

(2015: 4.5 years)

Land approved for purchase  (plots)

2012: 12,085

2013: 18,536

2014: 21,478

2015: 16,956

2016: 24,387

The challenge

The future of our business depends upon 
securing the right land in the right place 
that achieves our investment hurdle rates.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

25

Priorities and principles in action continued 
Great places

Securing the best land
We continue to see high quality land 
opportunities that at least meet our required 
hurdle rates of a gross margin of 20% and 
a site ROCE of 25%1. 

Our success in buying land is based on the 
extensive local knowledge of our divisional 
land teams and strong local relationships 
with land owners, combined with detailed 
assessments of local market conditions. 
We target locations based on the availability 
of land, housing market conditions and the 
likelihood of obtaining planning consent.

We continue, under normal market conditions, 
to target a regionally balanced land portfolio 
with a supply of owned land of c. 3.5 years 
and a further c. 1.0 year of controlled land. 
Our target is for a shorter than sector average 
land bank reflecting our focus on ROCE  
and a rapid asset turn. At 30 June 2016 we 
achieved this target with a 4.5 year land  
supply (excluding JV’s) comprising 3.4 years 
owned land and 1.1 years controlled land,  
with the owned land bank including land with 
both outline and detailed planning consents. 

Land approved for purchase

Total

Total (plots)

Year ended 
30 June 2016

Year ended 
30 June 2015

£1,095.6m

£957.0m

24,387

16,956

1   Site ROCE on land acquisition is calculated as site operating profit 
(site trading profit less overheads less allocated administrative 
overheads) divided by average investment in site land, work in 
progress and equity share.

Designing great places is 
fundamental to our business: 
our customers want to live  
in great places.

37.0%

ROCE on completed new sites 
acquired since 2009 

c. 11,700

Acres of strategic land 
(2015: c. 11,100)

Mount Oswald, Durham 
offers a premium collection 
of 60 bespoke homes with 
spectacular views of the 
surrounding woodland and 
open areas.

26

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur land bank
The transformation of our land bank from 
older, lower margin land to more recently 
acquired higher margin land is well 
progressed. As at 30 June 2016, 93% (30 June 
2015: 90%) of our owned and controlled land 
is higher margin, newer land. On the 232 sites 
that we have acquired and completed since 
2009 we have achieved an average site gross 
margin of 20.9%, and an average site ROCE 
of 37.0%, demonstrating sustained delivery 
above our hurdle rates on this more recently 
acquired land. 

Whilst maintaining a first class operational 
land bank, we remain focused on securing 
a longer term land pipeline through the 
acquisition of strategic land options. In the year 
4,558 plots (2015: 5,239 plots) were transferred 
from strategic land to our owned land bank 
and 22% of our completions (2015: 17%) during 
the year were on strategically sourced land. 
We remain on track to deliver our target of 
c. 25% of completions to be delivered from 
strategic land.

We use land creditors to defer payments for 
land acquisition where possible to drive a 
higher ROCE and as at 30 June 2016, the land 
creditor position totalled £1,086.8m (30 June 
2015: £999.0m) representing 38% (30 June 
2015: 35%) of the owned land bank. We are 
targeting land creditors at around one-third 
of the owned land bank for FY17. 

Effective planning permission
Bringing land through the planning system 
quickly and into production is important to 
support our business objectives. We support 
the work the Government is currently doing to 
speed up the planning process, in particular 
in relation to quicker resolution of planning 
conditions which can hold up prompt progress. 
A faster planning process will enable housing 
supply to increase faster.

We have maintained good momentum in 
achieving planning consents, and during the 
year we secured planning on 20,249 plots 
(2015: 17,092 plots). We now have full or outline 
planning permission in place for 99.7% of our 
expected completions in FY17 and 94.2% of 
expected production in FY18.

Designing great places
Designing great places is fundamental to 
our business: our customers want to live 
in great places; the vendors of the land we 
purchase want to work with developers who 
leave behind a legacy of design quality; and 
local people want developments that enhance 
their communities. 

We are focused upon ‘placemaking’ 
throughout our business and use our internal 
‘Great Places’ design standards, assessing 
every development against these at the pre-
application stage. Our ‘Great Places’ design 
standards are aligned to the requirements of 
Building for Life, and we run annual awards 
to recognise our best developments. We also 
review our development layouts to ensure they 
achieve both design quality and efficient land 
use, and have an internal urban design team 
to provide specialist expertise. 

Our land bank

Owned and unconditional land bank (plots)

Conditionally contracted land bank (plots)

Owned and controlled land bank (plots)

Number of years’ supply based upon completions in the financial year

JV’s owned and controlled land bank (plots)

Strategic land (acres)

Land bank carrying value

30 June 2016

30 June 2015

53,849

17,502

71,351

51,640

18,883

70,523

4.5 years

4.5 years

5,309

6,325

c. 11,700

c. 11,100

£2,880.2m

£2,826.1m

Located in the picturesque 
village of Tettenhall is 
Woodthorne, a beautiful 
new development sitting 
amongst mature trees 
and wonderful green 
open space.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

27

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Building excellence by 
Leading construction

Mark Summersgill 
2015 Barratt Site Manager of the Year

28

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Strategic priority

We deliver the highest quality homes by focusing on excellence across  
all aspects of construction. We are embracing the best new methods  
of on and offsite construction to increase build efficiency.

Key highlights

KPI

Focused on a ‘right first time’ approach  
to drive operating efficiency

Long term relationships with  
suppliers and sub-contractors

Considering and implementing  
new construction methods  
where appropriate

Total completions including  
joint ventures (units)

+5.3%

Total completions including joint ventures (units)

2012: 12,857

2013: 13,663

2014: 14,838

2015: 16,447

2016: 17,319

The challenge

The housing shortage has increased 
demand for the building of new homes, 
which has resulted in pressures upon the 
availability of materials and skilled labour 
and sub-contractors. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

29

Priorities and principles in action continued 
Leading construction

We put customer satisfaction 
at the heart of our construction 
processes with a focus upon 
getting it right first time.

79

NHBC Pride in the Job Award 
winners for 2016

David Wilson Homes East 
Midlands’ 10 Pride in the Job 
Award Winning Site Managers.

Delivering high quality homes
We put customer satisfaction at the heart of 
our construction processes with a focus upon 
getting it right first time, which also drives 
operating efficiencies in the build process. 
Our site managers continue to lead the 
industry, winning 79 NHBC Pride in the Job 
Awards. This is the 12th consecutive year that 
we have won more of these awards than any 
other housebuilder. 

Partnering with our supply chain
We have a centralised procurement team 
which has built long term relationships with 
our suppliers. This ensures the consistency 
of specification and technical performance of 
the materials used in our homes. Long term 
relationships have enabled us to ensure the 
continuous availability of materials as demand 
increased. We also use many local sub-
contractors in the construction of our homes, 
who our divisions partner with at a local level 
to ensure the availability of the skilled trades 
that we require.

We engage in continuous communication with 
our suppliers and hold regular performance 
and business reviews, training days and an 
annual supplier conference. We are a signatory 
of the Prompt Payment Code. 

We purchase substantial amounts of timber 
and have implemented a sustainable 
procurement and timber sourcing policy. 
Since December 2013, all timber and 
timber products that we purchase via group 
agreements are FSC/PEFC certified and 
originate from well managed forestry sources. 
Further information is available in the 
Sustainability Report for 2016.

30

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationKirk Raine, Webbs Meadow 
Site Manager – Winner of 
the NHBC Supreme Large 
Housebuilder Pride in the 
Job Award for 2015.

Innovating to improve efficiency
The majority of our homes are built with 
traditional brick and block construction, 
although we are increasing the use of timber 
frame on some of our sites and have built 
988 homes using this method during FY16. 
We have also completed a successful small 
scale trial of Light Gauge Steel Frames which 
are lighter, safer and quicker to put together 
than traditional construction methods. 
In addition, as the parts are manufactured 
offsite, the level of waste generation is 
reduced. We will be undertaking a larger scale 
trial of this technology in FY17. 

Another offsite technology that we have 
successfully trialled, in FY16, is the use of 
prefabricated utility cupboards, with pre-
installed features such as boilers, storage 
tanks and heating controls. These take 1-2 
hours to install rather than a whole day, 
enabling us to make better use of skilled 
tradespeople and increase build speed. 

We have engaged with our suppliers to 
find, understand and consider innovative 
products and services including foundation 
systems, roofing and mechanical and 
electrical solutions. 

We are also researching smart technologies 
and their use in future homes to improve 
the ability of customers to save energy and 
have undertaken divisional pilots of smart 
thermostats, which give customers the ability 
to remotely control their heating systems. 
We will be extending their availability to 
customers in FY17.

We are also researching smart 
technologies and their use 
in future homes to improve 
the ability of customers to 
save energy.

988

Timber frame homes built in FY16

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

31

With over 200 metres of Thames 
river frontage, Enderby Wharf 
offers studios and one, two, three 
and four-bedroom apartments 
and penthouses, each with floor-
to-ceiling windows and private 
outdoor space.

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Building excellence by 
Investing in our people

Suzanne Flynn 
Graduate and Future Talent Manager 
2015 Barratt Individual Excellence 
Award Winner

32

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Strategic priority

We aim to attract and retain the best people by  
investing in their development and success. We seek to  
create a great place to work, founded on an open and  
honest culture that embraces diversity and inclusion.

Key highlights

KPI

Focus upon employee retention

Upper quartile employee engagement 

Highly engaged workforce

Committed to providing an inclusive 
working environment

77%

(2015: 78%)1

The challenge

The building and construction  
industry continues to face a shortage  
of skilled workers and attracting and 
retaining the best people is a key priority  
for our business. 

1   Assessed against the UK all sectors comparator group by IBM Kenexa.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

33

Priorities and principles in action continued 
Investing in our people

Attracting people to our industry
Together with other housebuilders we are 
working with the HBF, the Construction 
Industry Training Board and schools, 
universities and the West Midlands University 
Technical College ('UTC') upon targeted 
projects to help address the industry-wide 
skills shortage. 

Employee retention
During the year employee turnover reduced by 
2% to 17% (2015: 19%) reflecting our focus in 
this area. However, there is significant demand 
and many opportunities for skilled employees 
elsewhere in the industry. We therefore 
continue to focus upon developing talent within 
our business, including succession planning, 
to ensure that we have the necessary skills 
within our business for continued operational 
delivery as well as focusing on remuneration 
and benefits to ensure retention measures are 
in place and effective. 

Developing talent
We are committed to the development of 
our people in order to drive our success. 
We offer both vocational and leadership 
training programmes, as well as in-house 
schemes promoting employee development, 
engagement and recognition.

We continue to invest in and develop our 
‘Future Talent’ strategy, recruiting graduates, 
apprentices and paid interns into our business. 
We have local Apprentice Champions who 
oversee the apprenticeship experience from 
attracting new trainees, to working with our 
sub-contractors and aiding our apprentices’ 
development. 

We continue to invest in and 
develop our ‘Future Talent’ 
strategy, recruiting graduates, 
apprentices and paid interns into 
our business.

17%

Employee Turnover  
(2015: 19%)

268

Number of graduate and apprentice 
programme employees

Our South Wales Division 
took on the Welsh 3 Peaks 
challenge, raising £7,942 
for their charity of the year.

34

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationThe table opposite shows the number of 
men and women employed, as at 30 June 
2016, across our business split between PLC 
Directors, Senior Managers and employees.

The diversity policy relating to the appointment 
of PLC Directors is set out on page 65 of the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

After a successful pilot last year, we have 
started diversity and inclusion training across 
our business, which we will continue to rollout 
during FY17. Our 2015 graduate cohort have 
also been promoting a campaign called ‘Built 
by Both’ to encourage women into the industry 
and have held a number of work experience 
days for women studying at universities. 

Human rights
We support the United Nations’ Universal 
Declaration of Human Rights and have policies 
and processes in place to ensure that we act 
in accordance with our principles in relation 
to areas such as anti-corruption, diversity, 
whistleblowing and the requirements of the 
Modern Slavery Act 2015.

The Barratt Academy continues to provide 
structured, bespoke training to support 
individual development across three 
separate disciplines; apprentices, site 
managers and technical/commercial roles. 
Courses combine professional training 
(onsite and in the classroom) with industry 
recognised qualifications.

Engaging our people
As a business we believe that an engaged 
workforce is critical to our success. 
We conduct an annual employee engagement 
survey in order to gain valuable insight into 
how our people feel about working for us. 
We are delighted that in our annual employee 
engagement survey we achieved our upper 
quartile target with an index of 77%, which is 
5% above the UK employers’ norm of 72%. 
We develop and implement action plans 
following each survey to strengthen our 
business and to continue our position of being 
an employer of choice. 

We recognise the outstanding contributions 
of our people through quarterly awards for 
sales staff, apprentices and site managers 
as well as through individual and team 
excellence awards. 

Diversity and inclusion
We are committed to providing an inclusive 
working environment where everyone 
feels valued and respected. We aim to 
have a diverse workforce that reflects the 
communities in which we operate, delivering 
excellence for our customers and business 
by drawing on a diverse range of talents, 
skills and experience. 

Men and women employed

30 June 2016

30 June 2015

                Men

           Women

Total

                Men

           Women

Total

Number

% Number

% Number

Number

%

Number

%

Number

PLC Directors

Senior Managers

Employees

Total workforce

7

251

4,103

4,361

78

87

69

70

2

36

1,810

1,848

22

13

31

30

9

287

5,913

6,209

6

250

3,875

4,131

75

87

68

69

2

37

1,801

1,840

25

13

32

31

8

287

5,676

5,971

Jordan Brown 
2015 Barratt Apprentice 
of the Year.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

35

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationSury Patel 
Project Manager at 
Barratt London and 
SHE award winner.

Our principle

We are committed to achieving 
the highest industry health and 
safety standards. Health and 
safety is a key principle for which 
all of our people are responsible. 

KPI

 > Health and safety compliance rate 96% 

(2015: 96%)1

 > Reportable injury incidence rate 

per 100,000 employees including  
sub-contractors 385 (2015: 381)

Health and safety compliance rate (%)
2012: 96
2013: 97
2014: 96
2015: 96
2016: 96

Reportable injury rate per 100,000 employees 
(including sub-contractors)
2012: 511
2013: 329
2014: 379
2015: 381
2016: 385

Key highlights

 > Achieved target health and safety 

compliance rate

 > Positive external recognition for our 

performance from NHBC and British 
Safety Council

1   Key performance indicator used to assess performance 

for annual incentive scheme.

36

Our principles

Keeping  
people safe

The challenge and our response
Increased activity levels across the industry in 
terms of site openings and production volumes 
combined with shortages of skilled staff has 
contributed to an increased risk of accidents 
on sites. We seek to maintain stringent safety 
standards and have a continuous focus on 
health and safety. Getting the basics right, 
good leadership, and commitment to health 
and safety from all levels of management 
is what delivers good health and safety 
performance in our business. 

Our Safety, Health and Environmental 
management system (‘SHE’) is subject to 
continuous review and improvement. All of our 
trading divisions are certified to OHSAS 18001 
(Occupational Health and Safety Management 
Systems) and adhere to our SHE guidelines 
with their ongoing compliance being verified 
by a programme of internal and external 
audits. During the year, we carried out 6,184 
(2015: 6,269) monitoring visits and achieved an 
average compliance rate of 96% (2015: 96%). 
We also maintained our 5 Star rating from 
the British Safety Council for the second year 
in succession. 

Our overall aim is to have an injury free 
working environment, and whilst we believe 
that all injuries are avoidable, our objective 
for the year was to have an improvement in 
our reportable Injury Incidence Rate (‘IIR’). 
During the year, our IIR increased slightly to 
385 (2015: 381) per 100,000 persons employed 
(including sub-contractors). We have 
continued to operate our 5 Steps to Safety 
Campaign and during the year have reviewed 
and restructured our health and safety training 
strategy for employees at all levels within 
our business, in order to continue to seek to 
improve our performance. 

Our site managers have again been successful 
at the NHBC Health and Safety Awards, 
achieving more awards than any other 
housebuilder, with nine commendations 
and five going on to receive the highly 
commended status. 

We were deeply saddened that two employees 
of our sub-contractors lost their lives in 
separate incidents on two of our sites during 
the year. Both of these incidents have been 
thoroughly investigated by our internal 
health and safety (SHE) team. We are fully 
co-operating with the Health and Safety 
Executive during their ongoing investigations 
into each of the incidents.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBeing a trusted  
partner

Our principle

We build meaningful, long term 
relationships that make us 
the developer of choice for our 
partners. We are innovating with 
our supply chain to drive efficiency 
and meet our customers’ needs.

Key highlights

 > Continue to work with a variety of partners 

to bring forward land for development

 > Continue to invest in the relationship with 

our suppliers and sub-contractors

The challenge and our response
Housebuilding is a long term business and 
the development of sustained business 
partnerships with landowners, suppliers and 
sub-contractors, is critical to our success. 

We continue to work with private landowners, 
operators and agents to identify and bring 
forward land for development. Divisional land 
teams continue to work hard to try and 
ensure we are regarded as the housebuilder 
of choice by the local landowners and 
agency community. 

Our suppliers and sub-contractors are 
critical to the delivery of our strategic 
objectives and we invest in our relationships 
with them. We hold a national supply chain 
conference and regular review meetings 
with our suppliers and seek to develop long 
term business relationships. We also work 
with our suppliers to help them to introduce 
the new technologies that we need to meet 
increasingly challenging building standards. 
We also work with our sub-contractors to 
help them to improve their environmental 
and safety performance.

Georgina McLean 
Group Procurement Manager – who 
has taken the lead on the partnership 
relationship building with the 
Supply Chain Sustainability School, 
supporting a diverse, capable supply 
chain who can help us achieve our 
sustainability goals.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

37

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur principles continued

Building strong  
community relationships

Our principle

We engage fully with local 
communities and customers 
when creating new developments. 
We seek to ensure that our work 
creates a positive legacy that 
helps local communities to thrive.

Key highlights

 > Estimated that our activities support  
over 55,000 jobs directly, indirectly  
or induced in the economy

 > Work closely with local authorities

The challenge and our response
Housebuilding has a direct impact upon local 
communities. It is therefore important that 
they are engaged in the creation process and 
that our development creates a positive legacy.

As a Group we contribute social and economic 
benefits to the communities in which we are 
working, which are far-reaching and long-
lasting. By building more homes we are 
generating substantial amounts of economic 
activity and we estimate that during the 
year we supported over 55,000 jobs either 
directly, indirectly or induced. The homes we 
build for new communities are high quality: 
for example, the average size of new private 
homes sold in the year by Barratt was 1,114 sq 
ft, 12% larger than the average UK home¹.

We work closely with local planning 
authorities to negotiate and deliver or fund 
social infrastructure such as highways and 
public transport improvements, new schools 
and school places, sports facilities and 
medical centres. 

Engagement with local communities to seek 
to address any impact that our developments 
may have on the environment is also 
important. By holding public consultations, 
we invite stakeholders to talk to our specialist 
planners and architects about their concerns 
and aspirations for our developments. 
We believe that a genuinely collaborative 
approach will deliver more land and housing 
and in this regard 62% (2015: 54%) of our active 
developments have held a public consultation.

We continue to support and promote a wide 
range of charitable giving and community 
volunteering initiatives with each division 
focusing on the charitable activities that best 
reflect the needs of their local community 
and the issues that impact upon their 
employees. We have launched a Charity of 
the Year Scheme, where we match every 
pound raised for each division’s charity of the 
year up to a set maximum. Our employees 
have raised £603,776 for charity this year, 
including £46,402 donated by Barratt through 
the Charity of the Year Scheme. In addition we 
have launched a volunteering policy whereby 
every employee can take one day’s paid leave 
to volunteer for a charity of their choice. 

 > Actively engage with local communities

1  Based on 2012/13 English Housing Survey.

St James C of E Primary School 
pupils were given a tour of 
Ribble Meadow, Clitheroe by 
our mascot Barry Barratt.

Children from Allington Primary 
School visit The Orchards 
development to find out just what it 
takes to design and plan a community 
of new homes.

38

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
Safeguarding the  
environment

The challenge and our response
As the demand for new housing increases, 
we recognise the need for our business to 
become more resource and energy efficient 
and to produce less waste and generate 
fewer carbon emissions. All of our divisions 
are certified to ISO 14001, the environmental 
management standard. 

Designing out construction waste

During the year, we have been focusing upon 
waste elimination and seeking to significantly 
reduce both waste tonnage and costs, rather 
than increasing recycling rates. 

A key to waste reduction is designing waste out 
and one area where we have been successful 
is plasterboard. We engaged with other 
members of our industry and worked with our 
supplier to re-size plasterboard to meet the 
requirements of modern builds. This means 
that 100mm no longer needs to be cut off  
every plasterboard section, which reduces  
our costs, and is expected to cut our waste  
by 1,300 tonnes each year.

We segregate waste for recycling as standard 
across our sites and have achieved a recycling 
rate of 95% (2015: 95%) for the year.

Our principle

We strive to minimise the 
environmental impact of our 
operations and supply chain, 
which increases the energy 
and resource efficiency of our 
homes. We seek to enhance 
habitats, biodiversity and local 
environments across all  
of our developments.

KPI

 > 95% of construction waste segregated 

onsite for recycling (2015: 95%) 

 > Carbon intensity reduced by 5.5% 
to 2.23 tonnes CO2 per 1,000 sq. ft. 
(2015: 2.36 tonnes)

Construction waste segregated onsite for recycling
2012: 96
2013: 95
2014: 94
2015: 95
2016: 95

Key highlights

 > Focused on waste reduction through 

reducing waste generation

Being energy efficient and reducing 
emissions

Our direct and indirect operational greenhouse 
gas emissions are shown in the table below. 
This is based on the energy used in our 
offices, on our live developments and for 
business travel.

Greenhouse gas 
emissions (Tonnes CO2e)

Year ended  
30 June  
2016

Year ended  
30 June  
2015

Year ended  
30 June  
2014

Scope 1 emissions

Scope 2 emissions

Scope 3 emissions

20,211

10,804

9,303

18,224

11,843

9,150

17,315

14,053

8,981

Total

40,318

39,217

40,349

Tonnes of emissions 
per 1,000 sq. ft. 

2.23

2.36

2.78

Our operational greenhouse gas emissions 
have reduced to 2.23 (2015: 2.36) tonnes 
of emissions per 1,000 sq. ft. this year. 
We continue to drive awareness and seek 
to improve energy and greenhouse gas 
performance across our business.

Enhancing habitats, biodiversity and local 
environments across our developments

During the year we built 48% (2015: 57%) 
of our homes on brownfield sites. We have 
continued our national partnership with the 
RSPB, the UK’s largest nature conservation 
charity. Our ‘Great Places’ guide includes 
ecology and biodiversity to help ensure that 
they are considered from project inception 
through to completion. During the year within 
our developments, 521 (2015: 634) hectares 
of open space were created and 638,136 
(2015: 554,819) trees or shrubs were planted 
or retained.

DeVessey Village, a beautiful 
development of three, four and 
five bedroom homes, surrounded 
by woodland and next door to 
Sleaford Golf Course.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

39

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOur principles continued

Ensuring the financial  
health of our business

Our principle

Our people take individual 
responsibility appropriate to 
their level of seniority for driving 
the financial management and 
performance of the business. We 
maintain financial discipline across 
all aspects of our operations. 
KPI

 > Profit before tax £682.3m (2015: £565.5m)1
 > Earnings per share 55.1 pence  

(2015: 45.5 pence)2

 > Return on capital employed 27.1% 

(2015: 23.9%)2

 > Total shareholder return2 for the three 
years ended 30 June 2016 88.7% (three 
years ended 30 June 2015: 362.9%)

 > Year end net cash £592.0m 

(2015: £186.5m)

 > Land creditors as a percentage of owned 

land bank 38% (2015: 35%)

Key highlights

 > Continued to build profitability, increasing 

operating margin by 0.5 ppts to 15.8%
 > Achieved a 3.2 ppt increase in ROCE 

to 27.1%

 > On track for our targets of at least 20% 
gross margin and at least 25% ROCE

 > Maintained an appropriate 

capital structure 

1   Key performance indicator used to assess performance for 

annual incentive scheme.

2   Key performance indicator used to assess performance for long 

term incentive schemes.

Our performance
Our strategic objectives remain to maintain 
disciplined growth, deliver on our targets for 
key financial metrics and continue to deliver 
attractive cash returns. 

We have made significant progress on these 
objectives during the year, achieving a 5.3% 
growth in completion volumes, a 20.7% increase 
in profit before tax, a 3.2 ppt improvement 
in ROCE to 27.1% and are proposing a 22.3% 
increase in total dividend per share, including 
special dividend, to 30.7 pence per share for 
the financial year. 

Profit for the year

The improved performance in our 
housebuilding business resulted in an 
operating profit of £668.4m (2015: £576.8m) 
at an operating margin of 15.8% (2015: 15.3%).

The finance charge for the year was £58.2m 
(2015: £57.0m), consisting of a cash finance 
charge of £24.1m (2015: £27.4m) and £34.1m 
(2015: £29.6m) of non-cash charges: the main 
component of the non-cash charge relates 
to the unwind of the discount factor from 
deferred term land creditors. 

Profit before tax for the year was £682.3m 
(2015: £565.5m), the highest profit the Group 
has ever achieved. The increase of £116.8m 
was driven by increased completion volumes, 
growth in average selling prices, an increased 
contribution from joint ventures and from an 
increase in sundry income.

The tax charge for the year was £132.0m 
(2015: £115.2m) at an effective tax rate of 19.3% 
(2015: 20.4%). The rate of tax assessed for the 
year is slightly below the standard effective 
rate of corporation tax of 20.0% (2015: 20.75%) 
mainly due to land remediation relief and the 
tax rate reduction on deferred tax.

Profit after tax for the year was £550.3m 
(2015: £450.3m), resulting in a basic earnings 
per share of 55.1p (2015: 45.5p).

Return on capital employed

The Group’s fast asset turn model, supported by 
a relatively short consented land bank, deferred 
payment terms, high levels of standard product, 
and the ability to sell through our David Wilson 
Homes and Barratt brands on larger sites, is 
focused on driving ROCE.

For FY16 ROCE increased by 3.2 ppts to 27.1% 
(2015: 23.9%). This growth benefited from 
reductions in legacy assets following the 
disposal of £85.4m of our available for sale 
assets in the second half of 2016 together 
with rates of profit growth running ahead of 
working capital growth rates.

Net cash and capital structure

We maintain an appropriate capital structure, 
with land and long term work in progress 
funded by shareholders’ funds and land 
creditors, and with net cash at our year 
end. During the year we generated £652.9m 
(2015: £184.0m) of cash inflow from operating 
activities and £12.7m of cash inflow from 
investing activities. This was in part applied 
to £268.0m of financing activities: of which 
£263.2m related to dividends paid during the 
year. Together with opening cash of £360.4m, 
the Group’s net cash increase in the year 
of £397.6m led to closing cash of £758.0m 
and net cash at 30 June 2016 of £592.0m 
(2015: £186.5m). At 30 June 2016 land creditors 
were 38% (2015: 35%) of the owned land bank.  

The factors behind the strong growth in 
cash inflow from operating activities include 
increased profit from operations, £82.9m of 
cash inflow from the disposal of the bulk of 
our available for sale assets and favourable 
movements in trade and other payables. 

As we make scheduled payments on agreed 
new land and build work in progress to deliver 
spring 2017 completions, we expect net cash 
at 31 December 2016 to be in line with normal 
seasonal trends (31 December 2015: £24.2m). 
It remains our objective for FY17 to maintain an 
appropriate capital structure with year end net 
cash and land creditors at around one-third 
of the owned land bank.

Capital Return Plan

The Board proposes to pay a final ordinary 
dividend of 12.3 pence (2015: 10.3 pence) 
per share for the financial year ended 
30 June 2016, which subject to shareholder 
approval, will be paid on 21 November 2016 
to shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 28 October 2016. Together with 
the interim ordinary dividend of 6.0 pence per 
share, which was paid in the year, this gives 
a total ordinary dividend for the year of 18.3 
pence per share (2015: 15.1 pence per share). 
The ordinary dividend was covered around 
three times by basic earnings per share. 

Under the special cash payment programme 
the Board is proposing a payment of £125.0m 
(12.4 pence per share), which subject to 
shareholder approval, will be paid by way 
of a special dividend on 21 November 2016 
to shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 28 October 2016. The Board 
anticipates a further payment of £175.0m to 
be proposed with our FY17 results payable in 
November 2017. 

In total, the Capital Return Plan is expected to 
return around £963m of cash through ordinary 
dividends (based on consensus earnings) 
and special dividends to the Company’s 
shareholders over the three years ending 
November 2017.

40

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRisk  
management

Effective risk management is fundamental to 
the achievement of our strategic objectives. 
Risk management controls are integrated 
into all levels of our business and across all 
of our operations. We continually assess our 
exposure to risk and seek to ensure that risks 
are appropriately mitigated.

Roles and responsibilities 

The Board is responsible for the overall stewardship of our 
system of risk management and internal control. It has 
undertaken a robust assessment of the principal risks in our 
business and has established the appropriate level of risk that 
is acceptable in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and has 
set appropriate policies to govern this. It has also set delegated 
authority levels to provide the executive framework for assessing 
risks and ensuring that they are escalated to the appropriate 
levels of management, including up to the Board where 
appropriate, for consideration and approval.

The roles and responsibilities of the Board, its committees and 
all levels of management from a risk management perspective 
are summarised on this page:

Board

Overall responsibility for corporate strategy, 
governance, performance, internal controls and 
risk management
Defines the Group’s appetite for risk and monitors 
risks to ensure they are effectively managed, 
including agreeing actions where necessary

Audit 
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Safety, Health and 
Environmental Committee

Reviewing the effectiveness 
of internal controls, including 
systems to identify, assess 
and monitor risks

Ensuring an appropriate 
balance of skills, knowledge 
and experience on the Board

Assessing the appropriate 
incentivisation of the 
Executive Directors and 
Senior Management

Responsibility for the 
stewardship of safety, 
health and environmental 
performance

Executive Committee

Monitoring business and operational performance and changes in key risks 
facing the business and providing regular reports to the Board
Responsible for ensuring that the risk management policy is implemented and 
embedded within the business and appropriate actions are taken to manage risks

Operations  
Committee

Risk  
Committee

Treasury Operating  
Committee

Land  
Committee

Health and Safety  
Operating Committee

Reviewing regional 
operating performance

Consideration of 
identified risks and 
their mitigation
Identification of new 
and emerging risks

Management of liquidity 
and counterparty risk 
and ensuring that 
treasury policies are 
implemented and 
embedded within 
the business

Reviewing and 
authorising all proposed 
land acquisitions to 
manage land acquisition 
risk

Reviewing the 
effectiveness of health 
and safety policies and 
establishing controls 
and procedures to 
manage these risks

Responsible for risk identification, management and control within their region or division

Regional and Divisional Management

Maintaining an effective system of risk management and internal control at their site including 
construction risks, sub-contractor risks and health and safety

Site Management

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

41

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationWhy and how our principal risks change

Principal risks probability

Whilst the Principal Risks for the Group 
related to the execution of its business 
strategy have not changed since 2015, 
the likelihood of the risk factors occurring 
may have changed. The diagram on 
this page shows the estimated residual 
likelihood of each risk following our risk 
mitigation strategies in both 2016 and 
2015. The diagram does not consider the 
relative size of the associated financial 
or reputational impacts for each Principal 
Risk item.

A

Economic environment,  
including housing demand 
and mortgage availability

B

Land Purchasing

C

Liquidity

D

Attracting and retaining  
high-calibre employees

E

F

G

H

Availability of raw 
materials, sub-contractors 
and suppliers

Government regulation  
and planning policy

Construction and  
new technologies

Joint ventures  
and consortia

I

Safety, health  
and environmental

J

IT

Risk management continued

2015

2016

Medium

High

Medium

High

Managing risk – health and safety

Maintaining high standards of health and safety 
is an integral element of the Group’s principles 
and is the number one priority for all our business 
activities. We have implemented a detailed 
strategy for continuous improvement in this area 
which is supported by our well established policy 
and procedures.
The Group Board Safety, Health and 
Environmental (SHE) Committee which is chaired 
by one of our Non-Executive Directors and 
attended by our Deputy Chief Executive, provides 
oversight and stewardship of our operational 
performance. (Refer to the SHE Committee report 
on page 74 for further information.)
The SHE Operations Committee reports directly 
to the SHE Board Committee and is responsible 
for implementing the overall SHE improvement 
strategy for the Group.
The Group employs an internal team of 23 SHE 
Managers who assist with operational compliance 
and monitor our sites at least once per month. 
They work independently of our operational 
Divisions and carry out over 6000 monitoring visits 
to our sites every year. They report on levels of 
compliance to operational management and an 
overview of the performance of each operational 
Division including reportable injuries and near 
misses, is provided on a monthly basis to our 
Group Board.
All our operational units are accredited to the 
international standard OHSAS 18001 and as 
part of the compliance process are audited 
internally each year by our in-house team and 
externally audited by our accreditation body 
Ocean Certification.
The Group has for the second year arranged 
for the British Safety Council to carry out a 
comprehensive review of our management 
systems and associated arrangements. The audit 
model evaluates leadership at all levels of the 
business and continuous improvement which 
are continually assessed throughout the audit 
process. The Group achieved a compliance score 
of 96% and was again awarded the highest five 
star status. This is an excellent achievement and 
reflects on our approach to health and safety 
management throughout the business.

42

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNew risks

No new principal risks have emerged during the financial year

Increased risk profile

Why?

A

D

E

 Economic environment, including 
housing demand and mortgage 
availability

Following the vote to leave the European Union (‘EU’) in the recent referendum 
there is increased uncertainty within the UK economy and it is too early to say 
what the impact of this will be.

 Attracting and retaining  
high-calibre employees

There is high competition for skilled employees within the housebuilding industry 
which has been driven by both the growth in industry volumes and the skills 
shortage within the industry. 

 Availability of raw materials,  
sub-contractors and suppliers

A significant proportion of the skilled sub-contractors upon our sites are 
nationals of other EU countries. Following the vote to leave the EU in the recent 
referendum, it is too early to say what impact this will have upon the availability 
of sub-contractors.

Whilst the majority of our raw materials are sourced from UK suppliers, some 
such as timber, are sourced from outside the UK. In addition, some components 
contain materials sourced from outside the UK. The decrease in the value of 
the pound following the EU referendum may, subject to other factors such as 
demand, lead to an increase in the cost of these materials and components. 

IT

J

There has been an increased level of attempted cyber-attacks against the Group’s 
IT systems during the year. 

Decreased risk profile

Why?

Liquidity

C

The Group’s average debt decreased to £60.0m (2015: £271.3m) for the year, 
resulting in more headroom against the Group’s committed facilities. 

Viability Statement

In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2014, the Directors 
have assessed the prospects and financial viability 
of the Group, taking into account both its current 
position and circumstances, and the potential 
impact of its principal risks. The Directors 
consider that a three-year period is appropriate for 
this assessment. 
The Group’s objective is for a shorter than sector 
average land bank reflecting its focus on return 
on capital and a rapid asset turn. Our target is a 
regionally balanced land portfolio with a supply 
of owned land of c. 3.5 years and a further 1.0 
years of controlled land. Accordingly, we consider 
it appropriate that our viability review period is 
broadly aligned with the expected longevity of our 
owned land supply. 
By using a three-year timeframe, the Viability 
Statement review period is also aligned with 
the Group’s bottom up three-year planning and 
forecasting cycle, during which a wide range 
of information relating to present and future 
business conditions is considered, including those 
impacting on expected profitability, cash flows, and 
funding requirements.

The Group is subject to a number of Principal Risks 
(as set out in more detail in pages 44 to 45), and its 
Viability Statement review considers the impact 
that these risks (particularly those related to the 
economy and to mortgage availability) might have 
on its ability to meet its targets. This is undertaken 
through the performance of sensitivity testing, 
using appropriately challenging scenarios which 
reflect severe but plausible impacts based on 
current market conditions and applying estimates 
for the impact of these risks to ensure that the 
quantified mitigation actions available to it are 
sufficient. This process involves consideration of 
the impact of our chosen scenarios on key business 
drivers, including the volume of legal completions 
achieved, average selling prices and build costs. 
Several scenarios are modelled to ensure that the 
Board can carefully evaluate the range of plausible 
outcomes being assessed and mitigation factors 
are based on those identified and successfully 
deployed during the previous downturn in 2007-
2008 following the ‘credit crisis’.   
Based on this review, the Directors confirm that 
they have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities over this three-year period. 

Managing risk – Addressing the skills shortage

We continue to invest in our people to ensure that 
they can maximise their potential, but we are 
equally focused on the need to attract new talent 
into our business to address the skills shortages 
in our industry.
For the medium to long term, we have our Future 
Talent strategy. Our annual intake of apprentices 
(trade and professions) and graduates continues. 
We have made good progress against our 2020 
aspiration and have recruited over 900 graduates, 
trainees and apprentices including those that will 
join us in 2017. Numbers on our foundation degree 
in residential development and construction 
introduced three years ago continue to grow and 
last year we became patrons of the West Midlands 
Construction UTC. Providing mentors from 
our West Midlands division and Group Support 
Centre. This is the first UTC to offer a construction 
curriculum and provide students with a work 
based mentor. 

We have launched a schools career toolkit which 
includes six housebuilding activities linked to the 
school curriculum, a teachers’ and parents’ guide 
and a student guide to promote our professions. 
Many of our regionally based employees, including 
our Apprentice Champions, have visited schools 
and use the toolkit as a way of demonstrating the 
many careers within housebuilding. The toolkit 
educates young people on roles and careers advice 
and provides teachers with material to embed 
and reference the industry within the curriculum. 
This is a completely new initiative for the industry 
and is intended as a resource for influencers 
(teachers, careers advisers, governors and 
parents) and students. The toolkit is intended to: 
challenge industry perceptions, misconceptions 
and stereotyping, promote the industry as a diverse 
organisation, challenge the underrepresentation 
of females in the industry, address the lack of 
diversity in the workforce, challenge teacher / 
parent attitudes towards careers in construction. 

This supports our diversity and inclusion 
programme which aims to attract talent from more 
diverse backgrounds. 
In the short term we are actively seeking to 
recruit talent from other industry backgrounds, 
and providing transitional training for a career in 
housebuilding. We have signed up to the Armed 
Forces Covenant and have launched a site 
manager transitional training programme for 
armed forces personnel which allows them to 
undertake a year’s transition programme whilst 
working as an Assistant Site Manager. We currently 
employ 28 armed forces personnel and plan to 
significantly grow this over the period ahead. 
We advertise our vacancies on diversityjobs.co.uk 
and launched a profile page on thebigidea.co.uk 
which promotes us as an organisation from a 
diversity perspective. We have launched numerous 
programmes to help appeal to a wider audience 
of potential recruits. For example, teaming up 
with RICS, CBRE and others on our ‘Built by Both’ 

campaign to attract young women professionals 
into careers in housebuilding; developing a 
housebuilding app game; and relaunching an 
enhanced recruitment website.
We are working closely with Construction Industry 
Training Board (CITB) through the Go Construct 
project, providing many case studies for them and 
the HBF which helps to improve the image of our 
sector as a career choice. This work also includes 
support to the House Building Skills Partnership 
which aims to provide new training and 
qualifications to more than 45,000 new entrants 
to our sector.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

43

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
Risk management continued

Principal risks

B

Land Purchasing

C

Liquidity

D

E

Attracting and retaining  
high-calibre employees

Availability of raw materials,  
sub-contractors and suppliers

The ability to secure sufficient consented 
land and strategic land options at 
appropriate cost and quality to provide 
profitable growth.

Unavailability of sufficient borrowing 
facilities to enable the servicing of 
liabilities (including pension funding) and 
the inability to refinance facilities as they 
fall due, obtain surety bonds, or comply 
with borrowing covenants. Furthermore, 
there are risks from management of 
working capital such as conditional 
contracts, build costs, joint ventures and 
the cash flows related to them.

Inability to recruit and/or retain 
employees with appropriate skill sets or 
sufficient numbers of such employees.

Shortages or increased costs of 
materials and skilled labour, the 
failure of a key supplier or the inability 
to secure supplies upon appropriate 
credit terms could increase costs and 
delay construction.

Risk

Potential 
impact

A

Economic environment,  
including housing demand and  
mortgage availability

Changes in the UK and European 
macroeconomic environments, including 
but not limited to unemployment, flat 
or negative economic growth, buyer 
confidence, availability of mortgage 
finance particularly for higher loan to 
values including government backed 
schemes, interest rates, competitor 
pricing, falls in house prices or land 
values, may lead to a fall in the demand 
or price achieved for houses, which 
in turn could result in impairments of 
the Group’s inventories, goodwill and 
intangible assets.

Mitigation

 > Board, Executive Committee, regional 
and divisional management review 

 > Quarterly site valuations 

 > Comprehensive sales policies and 
procedures including transparency 
towards mortgage lenders

 > Committed bank facilities and private 

 > Comprehensive Human Resources 

 > All potential land acquisitions are 
subject to formal appraisal and 
approval by the Land Committee 

placement notes of around £850m with 
maturities ranging from 2016 to 2021 

 > Divisional, regional and Group review of 
land currently owned, committed and 
identified against requirements

 > Regular forecasts of working capital 

and cash requirements and compliance 
with banking covenants 

 > Policy requiring minimum headroom 

of £150m of drawings against 
committed facilities

programme including apprenticeship 
schemes, a graduate development 
programme, succession planning 
and training academies tailored to 
each discipline  

 > Monthly monitoring of employee 
statistics including turnover 
and absence  

 > Exit interviews  

 > Annual employee engagement survey   

 > Remuneration benchmarked against 

industry competitors

 > Centralised team procures the majority 
of the Group’s materials from within the 
UK including sub-contractor materials, 
ensuring consistent quality and costs 
and security of supply  

 > Seek to establish and maintain long 
term supplier and sub-contractor 
partnerships with all of our significant 
supply agreements fixed in advance, 
usually for 12 months  

 > Group policies include tendering, the 

requirement for multiple suppliers for 
both labour contracts and material 
supplies and establish contingency 
plans should any key supplier fail

Sufficient material and skilled sub-
contractor availability will enable 
disciplined volume growth. 

The 
opportunity

The majority of our customers 
require mortgages to purchase their 
new home. Buyer confidence, the 
availability of mortgages and mortgage 
interest rates are affected by the 
economic environment. 

Securing more sites that at least meet 
our hurdle rates of 20% gross margin 
and 25% ROCE will enable disciplined 
volume growth.

Availability of sufficient committed and 
surety facilities ensures that the Group 
can manage changes in the economic 
environment and take advantage of 
appropriate land buying and operational 
opportunities and deliver sustainable 
shareholder value.

Skilled employees are critical to deliver 
the Group’s strategy of disciplined 
growth, improving key financial metrics 
through a focus on efficiency and 
the continued delivery of attractive 
cash returns.

Business 
model link

1

3

4

1  Targeted land buying and effective planning.
2  Outstanding design.
3  Construction excellence and efficiency.
4  Innovative sales and marketing.
5  Industry leading customer experience.

1

3

1

1

2

3

4

5

3

5

44

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationF

G

H

I

Risk

Government regulation and planning policy

Construction and new technologies

Joint ventures and consortia

Safety, health and environmental

J

IT

Principal risks

Potential 
impact

Inability to adhere to the increasingly 
stringent and complex regulatory 
environment, including planning and 
technical requirements affecting 
the housing market and regulatory 
requirements more generally.

Failure to identify and achieve key 
construction milestones, due to factors 
including the impact of adverse weather 
conditions, the failure to identify 
cost overruns promptly, design and 
construction defects, and exposure to 
environmental liabilities, which could 
delay construction, increase costs, 
reduce selling prices and result in 
litigation and uninsured losses. There are 
also risks associated with climate change 
and the use of new technology in the 
build process e.g. materials related to 
carbon reduction.

Large development projects, some of 
which involve joint ventures or consortia 
arrangements and/or commercial 
developments, are complex and capital 
intensive and changes may negatively 
impact upon cash flows or returns.

Health and safety or environmental 
breaches can result in injuries to 
employees, sub-contractors and site 
visitors, delays in construction or 
increased costs, reputational damage, 
criminal prosecution and civil litigation.

Failure of the Group’s IT systems 
(whether due to cyber-attacks or other 
causes) in particular those relating to 
surveying and valuation, could adversely 
impact the performance of the Group.

Mitigation

 > Considerable in-house technical 
and planning expertise devoted 
to complying with regulations 
and achieving implementable 
planning consents

 > Rigorous design standards for the 

homes and places we develop

 > Policies and technical guidance 

manuals for employees on regulatory 
compliance and the standards of 
business conduct expected

The 
opportunity

Securing sufficient, appropriate planning 
permissions upon new sites will 
enable the Group to deliver disciplined 
volume growth.

 > Executive Committee, regional and 

 > All potential joint ventures are subject 

 > Health and safety team

 > Centrally maintained IT systems

divisional reviews

 > Any alternative forms of construction 
and building technologies and the 
quality of materials are subject to 
evaluation by external and internal 
technical experts, including the NHBC, 
to ensure compliance with all building 
and other regulations

 > Quarterly site valuations

 > Monitoring of environmental 

impact indicators

 > Maintenance of appropriate 

insurance cover

Modern construction methods are 
being assessed and implemented 
where appropriate to reduce the risks 
inherent in the construction process and 
to help address the shortage of skilled 
trades people.

to formal appraisal and approval by the 
Group’s Land Committee and the Board 

 > Once operational, the performance of 

joint ventures and consortia are subject 
to regular review

 > Regular health and safety audits and 

development monitoring visits

 > Fully-tested disaster 
recovery programme

 > Group health and safety and 

 > Regular reviews to seek to reduce 

environmental policies and procedures

the risk of successful cyber-attacks

 > Board health and safety visits reinforce 
the importance of Health, Safety and 
Environmental compliance

Securing more joint venture sites that 
at least meet our hurdle rates of 20% 
gross margin and 25% ROCE will enable 
disciplined volume growth.

Continued focus upon health and 
safety to seek to reduce injury rates 
and manage the risks inherent in the 
construction process.

Integrated IT systems enhance business 
control and drive efficiency.

Business 
model link

1

2

2

3

1

2

3

1

3

4

5

The Strategic Report on pages 2 to 45 was approved by the Board and is signed on its behalf by:

David Thomas 
Chief Executive

6 September 2016

1  Targeted land buying and effective planning.
2  Outstanding design.
3  Construction excellence and efficiency.
4  Innovative sales and marketing.
5  Industry leading customer experience.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

45

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
The Board
The Board

John Allan

Non-Executive Chairman 

David Thomas

Chief Executive  

Appointment to the Board: 
David joined as an Executive Director and 
Group Finance Director on 21 July 2009 
and was appointed Chief Executive on 
1 July 2015.
Committee membership: 
Member of the Nomination Committee.
Career and experience: 
David brings a wealth of financial and 
leadership experience acquired over a 
number of years in senior positions. He is 
an Associate of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales. He was 
formerly Group Finance Director and 
Deputy Chief Executive of The GAME Group 
plc (2004-2009). Before that he was the 
Group Finance Director at Millennium and 
Copthorne Hotels plc (1998-2004) and held 
senior financial roles with House of Fraser 
plc and Forte plc.

Appointment to the Board: 
John joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 August 2014 and became 
Chairman on 12 November 2014.
Committee membership: 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee and 
a member of the Remuneration Committee. 
Career and experience:
John brings a broad range of business and 
retail experience to the Board. He became 
Chairman of Tesco PLC on 1 March 2015 
and also of London First on 1 January 2015. 
He is a Non-Executive Director of Worldpay 
plc and a regent of the University of 
Edinburgh. Previously John was Chairman 
of Dixons Retail plc until its merger with 
Carphone Warehouse Group plc. He then 
became Deputy Chairman of the combined 
business, Dixons Carphone plc, until 2015. 
He was also a Non-Executive Director of 
Royal Mail PLC (2013-2015), National Grid 
plc (2005-2011), 3i plc (2009-2011) and of 
various other public companies in the UK, 
Germany and Denmark. His other previous 
appointments also include CFO of Deutsche 
Post until 2009 and Chief Executive of Exel 
plc until 2005.

Steven Boyes

Neil Cooper

Mark Rolfe

Chief Operating Officer  
and Deputy Chief Executive
Appointment to the Board: 
Steven joined the Board as an Executive 
Director on 1 July 2001 and subsequently 
Chief Operating Officer on 5 July 2012. 
He became Deputy Chief Executive 
on 24 February 2016 and continues 
to be responsible for the Group’s 
housebuilding operations.
Committee membership:
Member of the Safety, Health and 
Environmental Committee. 
Career and experience: 
Steven became a trustee of the UK Green 
Building Council in September 2015. 
He has over 38 years’ experience in the 
housebuilding industry having joined 
Barratt in 1978 as a junior quantity surveyor 
and progressing through the business to 
assume the roles of Technical Director and 
Managing Director of Barratt York before 
being appointed Regional Director for 
Barratt Northern in 1999.

Chief Financial Officer 

Senior Independent Director 

Appointment to the Board: 
Neil joined the Board as an Executive 
Director and Chief Financial Officer 
on 23 November 2015. 
Career and experience: 
Neil is an experienced finance professional 
bringing to the Board significant 
international experience from a variety of 
sectors. Neil is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Pennon Group Plc. He was 
previously Group Finance Director of 
William Hill PLC (2010-2015) and Finance 
Director of Bovis Homes for three years 
(2007-2010). Before that he spent eight 
years in a variety of finance roles with 
Whitbread PLC and has held financial 
and consultancy roles with Reckitt & 
Colman PLC (now Reckitt Benckiser) 
and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Appointment to the Board: 
Mark was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 May 2008 and became Senior 
Independent Director on 14 November 
2012. Mark will step down from each of his 
positions with the Group at the conclusion of 
the Company’s 2016 AGM.
Committee membership: 
Chairman of the Audit Committee 
and a member of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees.
Career and experience: 
Mark is an experienced Non-Executive 
Director with a strong financial and retail 
background. He is currently a Non-
Executive Director of Debenhams plc 
and a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales. 
Mark was formerly a Non-Executive 
Director of The Sage Group plc (2007-2013) 
and Hornby plc (2008-2014), Chairman 
of Lane Clark & Peacock LLP (2008-
2014), and Finance Director of Gallaher 
Group Plc (2000-2007). His career with 
Gallaher spanned 20 years during which 
time he served in various finance and 
executive roles.

46

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRichard Akers

Tessa Bamford

Nina Bibby

Jock Lennox

Tina Bains

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director  

Company Secretary 

Appointment to the Board: 
Tessa was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 July 2009.
Committee membership: 
Member of the Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees. 
Career and experience: 
Tessa brings broad business experience to 
the Board. She is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Wolseley plc and a consultant 
at Spencer Stuart. Tessa was formerly a 
Director of Cantos Communications (2001-
2011) and a Director of J Henry Schroder 
& Co with whom her career spanned over 
12 years in various roles (1986-1998).

Appointment to the Board: 
Nina joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 3 December 2012.
Committee membership: 
Member of the Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees. 
Career and experience: 
Nina brings a wealth of marketing 
experience to the Board and is currently the 
Marketing and Consumer Director at O2 
UK, Telefonica. She was formerly the Global 
Chief Marketing Officer at Barclaycard, 
the payments subsidiary of Barclays plc 
until 2013. Prior to Barclaycard, Nina 
was SVP Global Brand Management at 
InterContinental Hotels Group plc (2006-
2009) and worked at Diageo (1997-2006), 
latterly as Commercial Strategy Director.

Appointment to the Board: 
Richard joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 2 April 2012. Richard will 
become the Senior Independent Director 
from the conclusion of the 2016 AGM.
Committee membership: 
Chairman of the Remuneration and 
the Safety, Health and Environmental 
Committees and a member of the Audit and 
Nomination Committees. 
Career and experience: 
Richard has a broad range of property 
knowledge and experience. He is a 
Non-Executive Director of Emaar Malls 
PJSC, a member of the Advisory Board 
for Battersea Power Station Development 
Company and a Fellow of the Royal 
Institution of Chartered Surveyors. 
Richard was a senior executive of Land 
Securities Group plc (1995-2014), joining 
the main Board in May 2005 following his 
appointment as Managing Director of the 
Retail Portfolio. He was also a Director and 
President of the British Council of Shopping 
Centres (2009-2012), the main industry body 
for retail property owners.

Appointment to the Board: 
Tina was appointed to the role of Company 
Secretary on 1 January 2016.
Career and experience:
Tina joined the Group in 2008 as Assistant 
Company Secretary and was promoted 
to the role of Deputy Company Secretary 
in 2011. Prior to this, Tina held various 
Company Secretarial positions within the 
private and professional services sectors 
including TMF Corporate Secretarial 
Services Limited and Ernst & Young LLP. 
Tina is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Secretaries and Administrators.

Appointment to the Board: 
Jock joined the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director on 1 July 2016.
Committee membership: 
Jock is a member of the Audit Committee 
and will become its chair from the 
conclusion of the Company’s 2016 AGM. 
Jock is also a member of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees. 
Career and experience: 
Jock, a Chartered Accountant, is an 
experienced Non-Executive Director 
bringing to the Board a wealth of business 
and finance experience. He is currently 
Non-Executive Director and Chairman of 
the Audit Committee of Dixons Carphone 
plc, A&J Mucklow Group plc, Enquest plc 
and Hill and Smith Holdings plc. He is also 
the Senior Independent Director of Oxford 
Instruments plc. Jock will be stepping down 
from his positions at Oxford Instruments plc 
and A&J Mucklow Group plc in September 
2016 and November 2016 respectively. 
Previously, Jock spent 30 years with Ernst & 
Young LLP (including 20 years as a partner) 
during which time he led a number of 
relationships with international clients and 
held a number of leadership positions both 
UK and globally.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

47

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChairman’s introduction

I am pleased to present my second corporate 
governance report to you and to explain 
how your Board has used the authority and 
trust you place in it to drive your Company 
forward as it strives to deliver sustainable 
shareholder value.

Now more than ever good corporate 
governance will play a key part in the long 
term success of any business. The UK’s 
decision to leave the EU has created great 
uncertainty, not only in the UK but more widely. 
Whilst I cannot predict what may happen in the 
future, I can assure you that we have a strong 
business led by an equally strong and talented 
Board. The Board is continually monitoring 
events and will make decisions based on firm 
facts to ensure that it exploits opportunities as 
they arise.

Good corporate governance is more than 
simply adhering to the principles of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code: it is the basis 
of good management practice. We are 
focused on ensuring that good governance is 
embedded in our culture across disciplines 
and all areas of the business, in order to create 
a stable foundation upon which our business 
and long term success is built. The Board 
takes time to receive regular updates on 
changes in corporate governance and best 
practice and strives to adopt the spirit, in 
addition to the letter of the regulations or best 
practice provisions.

Together with overseeing a strong financial 
performance, the following key changes have 
been addressed by the Board during the year:

Board Changes
David Thomas took over as Chief Executive 
from Mark Clare on 1 July 2015 and retained 
the position of Group Finance Director 
until Neil Cooper joined as Chief Financial 
Officer on 23 November 2015. David received 
support from the Board and from Mark Clare 
throughout his transition to Chief Executive. 
Information on the induction process for David 
and Neil can be found on page 58. 

Mark Rolfe, after eight years of service, has 
decided to stand down after the 2016 AGM. 
Mark is a highly valued member of the Board 
and during his tenure has contributed greatly 
to the Company’s success.

We undertook a full and formal process to 
find a new Non-Executive Director (more 
information is available on page 64) and we 
are pleased to have secured the services 
of Jock Lennox. Jock joined the Board on 
1 July 2016 and will take over as Chair of the 
Audit Committee following the 2016 AGM. 
His biography can be found on page 47 and 
details of his induction can be found on 
page 59.

Good corporate governance is the 
foundation of effective management. 
We place governance at the heart of 
everything we do. It is embedded in our 
procedures and processes throughout 
our business from Board level to our 
divisional operations. 

John Allan
Chairman

48

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationChanges to Regulation
Numerous changes have taken place to 
the regulatory framework within which we 
operate. The Board took time to discuss 
and consider each of these in detail. 
Particular areas of focus were:

Long term viability statement

The Audit Committee robustly assessed 
the internal control and principal risks of 
the business on behalf of the Board. It also 
considered the period over which the viability 
of the Company should be assessed and 
analysed the outcome of the assessment 
of long term viability over that timescale. 
The results of this assessment can be seen on 
page 43 of the Strategic Report. 

Modern Slavery Act

During the year, the Company assessed the 
effect of the Modern Slavery Act (‘MSA 2015’) 
on its processes, procedures and contracts 
in addition to our relationships with suppliers 
and contractors. The Modern Slavery Act 
Statement as required by MSA 2015 is 
currently being prepared and will be published 
on our website, following approval by the 
Board, no later than 31 December 2016. 

Market Abuse Regulation

The Board reviewed the impact of the Market 
Abuse Regulation including its treatment 
of inside information; the relationship with 
our brokers and analysts; the obligations 
of Persons Discharging Managerial 
Responsibilities; and the Company’s Share 
Dealing Code. Following its review and in 
accordance with best practice, the Board 
approved the establishment of a Disclosure 
Committee, adopted a revised Share 
Dealing Code and updated its procedures 
and processes to ensure the Company's 
compliance with the new regulations. 

Auditor independence and non-audit 
fees policy

During the year the Audit Committee reviewed 
the policy on auditor independence and non-
audit fees to take into account the prescribed 
prohibited non-audit services with effect 
from June 2016. A cap on fees for permissible 
non-audit services of 70% (based on the 
average of the previous three years of audit 
fees) has been imposed and will be effective 
from the year commencing 1 July 2019. 
Further information is contained on page 72.

FY17
Our areas of focus during FY17, amongst other 
matters, will be:

 > to continually assess the impact on the 

business of the decision to leave the EU and 
flex our strategy accordingly;

 > to assess and fully comply with the principles 

and provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code issued in 2016;

 > to implement the recommendations arising 
from the 2016 externally facilitated Board 
effectiveness review (see page 56); and

 > to conduct a formal process to tender our 

external audit and taxation services.

You have a strong and experienced Board 
managing your Company through these 
uncertain times. The actions that they take 
over the coming months will be in line with 
good governance and, in the opinion of the 
Board, in your best interests.

The following pages set out our governance 
structures, processes and the work 
undertaken by the Board and its Committees 
during FY16. 

John Allan 
Chairman

6 September 2016

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

49

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate governance report – Overview

Leadership

Effectiveness

Accountability

Relations with shareholders

Your Board is collectively responsible for the 
long term success of your Company. The roles 
are clearly defined with Executive Directors 
managing the business on a day to day basis 
and the Non-Executive Directors providing 
an appropriate level of scrutiny, challenge 
and support. In this way proposals relating 
to strategy, performance, responsibility and 
accountability are constructively challenged 
and the Board ensures that all decisions are 
well considered, justified and of the highest 
quality. In addition, Board processes are 
set up to ensure adequate oversight of the 
implementation of those decisions.

This section details the structure and 
composition of the Board and its Committees, 
how responsibilities are divided amongst 
the Board, its Committees and individual 
Directors, the main activities of the Board 
in FY16 and its main focus areas for FY17.

Your Board continuously reviews its balance 
of skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge to ensure that they remain 
appropriate to enable it to discharge its duties 
and responsibilities effectively. The Board 
undertakes an annual evaluation of its own 
effectiveness and that of its Committees and 
of individual Directors. 

This section outlines the independent Board 
evaluation process undertaken in FY16 and 
the outcomes. It also sets out the progress 
made with the actions arising from the FY15 
evaluation as well as the induction process 
for new Directors.

Your Board is mindful of the risk environment 
in which it operates when making 
any decisions. It maintains sound risk 
management and internal control systems 
and regularly reviews the principal risks 
and assesses the appropriate appetite for 
risk in striving to achieve the Company’s 
strategic objectives.

This section details the Board’s approach to 
risk management, its internal controls and 
risk management systems and its processes 
for evaluating that the Annual Report and 
Accounts of the Company are fair, balanced 
and understandable.

Your Board recognises the importance 
of maintaining open dialogue with its 
shareholders, both private and institutional. 
A number of events and communications 
take place on an annual basis to regularly 
communicate with shareholders and to 
encourage their participation.

This section summarises how the Board 
and individual Directors engaged with 
shareholders throughout FY16 and how 
shareholders can communicate with 
the Company.

See pages 51–55

See pages 56–59

See page 59

See pages 60–61

Remuneration

The Board, through its Remuneration Committee, has established a 
formal and transparent procedure for developing its policy on executive 
remuneration. The Group’s Remuneration Policy was presented to, and 
approved by, shareholders at the 2014 AGM and is designed to promote 
the long term success of the Group. No changes are proposed to the 
policy for FY17. 

This section summarises the Group’s Remuneration Policy, how the 
policy operated during FY16 and how it will be applied in FY17.

See pages 76–97

50

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate governance report – Leadership

Board composition, diversity and experience as at 30 June 2016

Board composition

Non-Executive Director tenure 
(including the Chairman)

Gender split

20%

40%

0-3 years

3+ years

40%

6+ years

Experience

 Chairman

 Executive Directors

 Independent Non-Executive Directors

1

3

4

 Male

 Female

75%

25%

Business

Finance

Retail  
development

Housebuilding/ 
Construction

Marketing

Commercial  
development

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

51

See page 65 for details on Board diversity

See page 35 for details on diversity in the workforce

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
Corporate governance report – Leadership continued

Corporate Governance Statement
The Board confirms that during the year ended 30 June 2016, and as at the date of this report, the 
Company has fully complied with the main and supporting principles of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘Code’) issued in September 2014 (a copy of which is available from www.frc.org.uk). 
This report, together with the Other Statutory Disclosures, reports from the Audit, Nomination, Safety, 
Health and Environment and Remuneration Committees, provide details of how the Company has 
applied the principles and complied with the provisions of the Code during the year under review. 
We describe how we have applied the main principles throughout pages 50 to 97. 
We are aiming to be fully compliant with the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the FRC in 2016 
which is applicable to the Company for FY17. The Company has also complied with the requirements 
under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the Listing Rules and the BIS Directors’ Remuneration 
Reporting regulations and narrative reporting requirements. 

Board balance
The names, responsibilities and other details of each of the Directors of the Board are set out on pages 46 
and 47 with the composition of the Board on page 51. The Board believes it has an appropriate balance of 
Executive and independent Non-Executive Directors having regard to the size and nature of the business. 
In addition, the combination of the experience and calibre of the Non-Executive Directors collectively, 
having regard to their diverse backgrounds, experience and their varying lengths of service, further 
enhances this balance and mitigates the risk of ‘group think’. 

Board independence
The Company recognises the importance of its Non-Executive Directors remaining independent 
throughout their appointment, it enables them to provide objective advice and guidance to the 
Executive Directors (and Senior Management) through the application of their wide business and 
commercial experience and diverse backgrounds. This independence allows the Non-Executive 
Directors to constructively challenge and scrutinise the performance of the Executive Directors 
and provide an independent perspective on business strategy, performance and the integrity of 
the financial information considered by the Board and disclosed to the Company’s shareholders. 
In addition, their independence is of the utmost importance when considering the appointment or 
removal of Executive Directors and in the determination of succession planning for Board positions 
and other Senior Management roles within the Group. All Non-Executive Directors remained 
independent in character and judgement during the financial year. It was confirmed as part of the 
annual conflict of interests review that none of the Non-Executive Directors have business or other 
relationships with the Group (or other outside interests) that might influence their independence  
or judgement (see page 65). Details of their interests in shares of the Company are contained  
in Table 15 on page 89 of the Remuneration report. 

John Allan was considered to be independent on appointment to the Board and on taking up the role 
of Chairman. As part of the FY16 annual review of the Chairman’s effectiveness, the Non-Executive 
Directors led by Mark Rolfe, as Senior Independent Director, considered John’s significant commitments 
(page 46) and confirmed that they do not impinge upon his availability to fulfil his duties to the Company. 
John Allan has demonstrated this throughout the year by ensuring full attendance at each of the 
Board and majority of the committee meetings, being available to Board members whenever required, 
spending time out in the business and within the Group’s corporate offices in London. John Allan 
continues to show dedication to his role and commits the time necessary to discharge his duties. 

Key responsibilities of the Board 
The Board has overall responsibility for providing clear, entrepreneurial, responsible and 
executive leadership to the Group and for:

 > promoting the long term success of the Group;

 > conducting the business of the Group;

 > ensuring that the obligations to shareholders and other stakeholders are understood and met;

 > setting the strategic direction of the Group; and

 > ensuring the Company has adequate resources and the appropriate controls, values and 
standards to deliver its strategy within a framework that enables risk to be identified and 
managed appropriately.

Operational decisions are delegated to Board and Management Committees as illustrated 
on page 55.

The Board has an annual standing agenda which has been set in accordance with its 
terms of reference and matters reserved specifically to it, see the Company’s website at 
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance/governance-policies

Membership and attendance at Board meetings
Members of the Board throughout the financial year and attendance at each of its scheduled 
meetings are set out in Table 1.

Table 1
Member

John Allan

David Thomas¹

Steven Boyes

Neil Cooper2

Richard Akers

Tessa Bamford

Nina Bibby

Mark Rolfe

Former Director

Mark Clare3

Role

Chairman

Chief Executive

Chief Operating Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Senior Independent Director

Executive Director

Number of meetings attended

9/9

8/9

9/9

6/6

9/9

9/9

9/9

9/9

1/1

1   David Thomas was unable to attend one meeting due to personal reasons. He reviewed the papers and provided comments to the Chairman  

prior to the meeting.

2  Neil Cooper joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer on 23 November 2015. 
3   Mark Clare stepped down from his position as Group Chief Executive on 30 June 2015 and from the Board on 31 July 2015.
Note:
9/  Number of meetings attended whilst a Director;  
/9 Number of meetings held whilst a Director.

52

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationMain activities undertaken during the financial year (including Matters Reserved)
The Board had nine scheduled meetings during the financial year to review and approve various key business proposals including those matters specifically reserved to it.  
The key responsibilities of the Board and its multi-dimensional work programme throughout the year are set out below:

Board activity FY16

Other

 > Undertook collective visits to the West and Central 

regions and attended site visits in the locality.
 > Reviewed and demonstrated commitment to the 

culture, values and ethics of the Group.
 > Conducted health and safety site visits.
 > Reviewed and updated management succession plans.

Board composition and effectiveness

 > Implemented the induction process for the new Chief 

Executive and Chief Financial Officer.

 > Appointed a new Non-Executive Director / Chairman 

of the Audit Committee and a new Company Secretary.

 > Undertook an external evaluation of its own 
performance and that of its Committees and 
individual Directors.

 > Considered and approved the re-appointment of 

Nina Bibby as a Non-Executive Director.
 > Considered potential conflict of interests.

Governance

 > Received updates on changes in regulations such as 

the Market Abuse Regulation and the Modern Slavery 
Act and assessed their impact.

 > Reviewed share dealing control processes. 
 > Received updates from each of its Committees.
 > Reviewed and approved the Group’s 

sustainability framework.

 > Reviewed and approved the Board’s principal policies.
 > Reviewed and approved matters reserved to it, its own 
terms of reference and those for the Chairman, Chief 
Executive and Senior Independent Director.

 > Reviewed the Group’s operating structure to ensure 

it remains fit for purpose.

Strategy and management

 > Full day offsite strategic review in January focusing 

on performance against strategy, objectives, business 
plan and budget.

 > Received presentations from business functions 
on strategic opportunities and further developed 
future strategy.

 > Reviewed and approved various material land 

investments/transactions.

 > Hold a number of detailed strategy sessions 

throughout the year rather than holding a one 
day offsite.

 > Discussed the implications of the result of the EU 

Referendum and agreed to continually monitor the 
situation and to adjust strategy if necessary.

Shareholder engagement

 > Reviewed shareholder feedback on half and full year 

results and outcomes from investor roadshows.

 > Received presentations from the Group’s 

corporate brokers.

 > Met with shareholders at the 2015 AGM.
 > Reviewed the 2015 AGM proxy voting figures.
 > Reviewed and approved the 2015 AGM Notice.

Financial reporting and controls

 > Reviewed monthly reports on performance against 

budget and forecast.

 > Reviewed the proposed three-year business plan.
 > Reviewed and approved half and full year results 

and announcements.

 > Assessed if the Annual Report and Accounts were  

‘fair, balanced and understandable’.

 > Approved the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts.
 > Approved payment of an interim dividend and agreed 

to recommend payment of a final dividend and 
special dividend under the Group’s Special Cash 
Payment Programme.

 > Reviewed the Group’s financing agreements.
 > Reviewed and approved process for satisfaction of 

awards under share performance schemes and block 
listing requirements.

 > Reviewed the long term viability of the Company over 
a period of three years and approved the long term 
viability statement to be included in the Annual Report 
and Accounts following the recommendation of the 
Audit Committee.

Risk management and internal controls

 > Robustly reviewed and approved the effectiveness 
of internal control and risk management systems.

 > Reviewed the Company’s appetite for risk and 
approved the principal risks and uncertainties 
affecting the business.

 > Received regular updates from the Audit Committee 
in respect of internal and external audit reviews. 

 > Undertook six-monthly in-depth health and 

safety reviews. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

53

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate governance report – Leadership continued

Board roles and their responsibilities

The Chairman

 > Leads and manages the Board in the achievement of its objectives, sets its agenda and chairs its meetings;
 > facilitates the effective contribution of Non-Executive Directors and constructive relations between Executive and Non-Executive Directors;
 > makes certain that the continued development needs of each Director are identified and addressed; and
 > ensures effective communication with shareholders and participates in corporate relations activities including meetings with shareholders 

and other stakeholders as appropriate. 

Chief Executive

 > Responsible for the development of the Group’s strategy for the enhancement of long term shareholder return and its recommendation 

to the Board for approval;

 > ensures the delivery of Group Strategy approved by the Board;
 > responsible for the day to day leadership and management of the operational activities of the Group in accordance with overall strategy 

Chief Operating Officer

Chief Financial Officer

The Senior Independent Director 

and policy as determined by the Board;

 > chairs the Executive Committee through which he carries out his duties;
 > responsible for corporate relations with shareholders and other stakeholders; and
 > responsible for the sustainability policies and practices of the Group.

 > Responsible for the Group’s housebuilding operations; and
 > chairs the operations committee meetings, the other members of which include the Regional Managing Directors.

 > Responsible for devising and implementing the Group’s financial strategy and policies; 
 > responsible for managing the Group Legal, Internal Audit and Investor Relations departments; 
 > supports the Chief Executive with his corporate relations responsibilities with shareholders and other stakeholders; and
 > manages the Company's relationship with the external auditor.

 > Responsible for evaluating the performance of the Chairman, at least annually;
 > responsible for ensuring that, where required, he is available to shareholders to:  

(i) address any material issues or concerns which the Chairman and/or Chief Executive have failed to resolve; and  
(ii) listen to their views in order for the Company to gain a balanced understanding of their issues and concerns; and

 > act as a sounding board for the Chairman and, if necessary, an intermediary for the other Directors.

Independent Non-Executive Directors

 > Constructively challenge the Executive Directors;
 > develop proposals on strategy; and
 > monitor the implementation of the Group’s strategy within its risk and control framework.

Company Secretary

 > Supports the Chairman and Chief Executive in fulfilling their duties;
 > available to all Directors for advice and support;
 > keeps the Board regularly updated on governance matters;
 > ensures Group policies and procedures are maintained and updated on a regular basis; and
 > attends, and maintains a record of the matters discussed and approved at Board and Committee meetings.

54

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBoard committees and delegation

Board Committees

Audit Committee

Responsible for monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements 
and its systems for internal control and risk management. It also 
monitors the independence, objectivity and tenure of the external auditor, 
considers whether the Annual Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and 
understandable; and assesses the long term viability of the Company. 
See page 66 for full report 

Nomination Committee

Responsible for monitoring the composition and balance of the Board 
to ensure that it has the appropriate skills, experience and diversity to 
successfully deliver the strategy of the Group and ensuring progressive 
refreshing of the Board and its Committees. See page 62 for full report 

Remuneration Committee

Responsible for designing and implementing the Group’s overall remuneration 
strategy and policy and for setting the remuneration of the Executive Directors 
and members of Senior Management directly below the Board.  
See page 76 for full report 

Safety, Health and Environmental Committee

Responsible for the stewardship of the safety, health and environmental 
issues impacting the business including, but not limited to, the Group’s 
compliance with the safety, health and environmental management system. 
It also monitors any significant safety, health and environmental risks and 
exposure to the business and the steps taken to mitigate against these. 
See page 74 for full report  

The Disclosure Committee

Responsible for ensuring that the Company remains compliant with the 
requirements of the Market Abuse Regulation. 

Board

The  
Board

Chief Executive 

Executive Committee

Supports the Chief Executive in carrying out the day-to-
day management of the activities of the Group. 

Group Management Committees

The Risk Committee

Reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control policies and 
procedures for the identification, assessment and reporting of risks and 
assessing individual key risks on a rolling basis. 

The Land Committee

Reviews and approves all land acquisition proposals across the Group. 
Depending on the value of the land acquisition or its complex nature  
e.g. high rise apartments or joint venture arrangements, Board approval  
may also be required. 

The Treasury Operating Committee

Reviews the Group’s funding requirements and approval of new debt facilities. 
Additional approval from the Board may be required for certain types of 
funding and where the level of funding is over and above the levels delegated 
to the Treasury Operating Committee. 

The Allotment Committee

Responsible for approving the allotment of shares within dilution limits and 
the authority obtained from shareholders. 

The Health and Safety Operations Committee 

Develops the health and safety strategy for the Group; ensures that health 
and safety policies and procedures are adequately implemented and adhered 
to throughout the Group; monitors the effectiveness of the Group’s health 
and safety systems and keeps abreast of changes in legislation surrounding 
safety, health and the environment. 

Chief Operating Officer 

Responsible for managing operational performance. 

The Operations Committee 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

55

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate governance report continued

Effectiveness

Board and Committee Evaluation
In accordance with the Code, the Board is responsible for undertaking a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of its own performance and that of its committees and individual Directors.  
In 2015 this process was conducted internally and in FY16 we appointed an external company to facilitate the evaluation. Details of progress made on the outcomes of the 2015 review and  
the results of the 2016 review are set out below.

Update on 2015 Board performance evaluation outcomes 

Table 2 

2015 outcomes

Progress in FY16

Board composition
Ensure satisfactory skills, experience and knowledge are 
maintained to help deliver the Company’s long term strategy 
and objectives.
Reviewed the skills required to achieve the Group’s strategy and 
completed the appointment of Jock Lennox as Non-Executive 
Director and Audit Committee Chair designate. Completed the 
appointment of Neil Cooper as Chief Financial Officer. 

Succession planning
Increased focus on succession planning for the Board as a 
whole but more specifically for Non-Executive Directors and 
Senior Management.
David Thomas appointed as Chief Executive, he previously 
held the role of Group Finance Director.

Identified that Mark Rolfe was coming up to nine years’ service 
and appointed Jock Lennox as a new Non-Executive Director.

Diversity review of the business undertaken and steps 
identified and implemented to increase diversity levels 
throughout the Group. 

Board meetings
Maintain the disciplines enshrined in Board processes such as 
streamlined papers and pre-allocation of sufficient time to consider 
and discuss matters fully.
Refocus agenda to give greater prominence to items for discussion 
and requiring a decision as well as items of strategic significance to 
make the Board decision making process as effective as possible.

Progress towards strategic actions now being considered in more 
detail at each meeting.

Reduction of the size of Board and Committee packs to allow for 
important information with supporting documentation to be included 
in the exhibit book.

Board performance evaluation 2016 
We last conducted an externally facilitated Board evaluation in respect of FY13. In accordance 
with the Code, we therefore engaged the services of Independent Board Evaluation ('IBE') to 
undertake the evaluation review for FY16. IBE also undertook the external evaluation for FY13 
giving them a greater insight into how the Board and its procedures have developed over the 
years. IBE has no other connection with the Company. 

Board evaluation process
IBE attended meetings of the Board and its committees and interviewed all Board members 
and key members of Senior Management. Their review covered the following:

 > The performance of the Board and its principal committees generally and individually; 

 > board contribution to strategy and shareholder accountability; 

 > risk management; 

 > financial and operating reporting; 

 > succession planning (including diversity); 

 > inter-relationships between the Board and its Committees and between the Executive 

and Non-Executive Directors; 

 > board Committees and decision making; and

 > effectiveness of each Director. 

56

Evaluation of the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
As part of the 2016 Board Evaluation, IBE evaluated the effectiveness of the Chairman. 
Interviews were held with each member of the Board and the result was unanimous support. 
Of particular note was the Chairman's ability to steer the Board in a way that encourages 
openness and transparency. In addition, his knowledge of the important issues requiring Board 
debate and his focus on them during Board meetings was seen as a key strength. These findings 
were presented to the Senior Independent Director who shared them with the Board (without the 
Chairman being present) before providing feedback to the Chairman. 

IBE also assessed the effectiveness of each Board Director, including the Non-Executive 
Directors and provided feedback to the Chairman. The Chairman subsequently held one to one 
meetings with each Director to discuss the findings and agree any areas of improvement or 
training / development identified. There were no issues of any substance arising from this review. 

In addition, in accordance with the requirements of the Code, the Chairman met at least once 
with the Non-Executive Directors independently of the Executive Directors. The Non-Executive 
Directors meet without the Executive Directors being present usually prior to or immediately 
following Committee meetings.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information2016 External Board Effectiveness Evaluation Outcomes
IBE delivered their report to the June Board meeting. The results were generally positive and identified governance processes, shareholder accountability and relations,  
selection of new Board members and Board culture as areas of particular strength. The areas of improvement identified were: 

Table 3

2016 outcomes

Actions for 2017

2016 outcomes
Actions for 2017

Succession planning 
Further work required to identify talent within the business 
and to ensure that potential successors to Board roles are 
developed.

Increased focus required on diversity (ethnic and gender) 
throughout the business. 
Executive Directors together with HR to focus on identifying 
employees below Board level as potential future successors.

A programme on diversity led by the Chief Executive, has 
commenced in FY16 and will be developed further in FY17.

Training and Development
To assess the requirements for Board training and development 
for individual Directors. 

Strategy
To have a longer term view on strategy for the Group.

Each Director to provide suggestions and an annual timetable 
for training and development to be maintained.

Specific sessions to be held throughout the year to focus on 
strategic issues identified by the Board.

Nomination Committee
All Committees are operating effectively with members understanding what is expected of them to undertake and discharge their responsibilities as well as their regulatory requirements.
To support the Board in identifying successors for Board and 
committee members as well as Senior Management.

Continue the focus on simplifying remuneration structures over 
the coming year. 

Remuneration Committee

Audit Committee

The Committee is well versed in the detail of audit issues and 
focus over the next year will be to include a more strategic view 
of financial and audit issues.

Focus on diversity throughout the business especially with 
regards to gender and ethnic diversity.

Information and support
The Chairman, with the assistance of the Company Secretary, ensures that the Board receives 
accurate, timely and clear information. Each Director is issued with an agenda, briefing papers 
and comprehensive operating and financial management reports for the period under review, 
generally five working days before any Board meeting. The Company Secretary attends all 
Board and Committee meetings and all Directors have access to her advice and, if necessary, 
to independent professional advice at the Company’s expense to assist with the discharge  
of their responsibilities as Directors.

All Directors are provided with a rolling three-year schedule of proposed meeting dates. 
Any Director who is unable to attend a meeting is invited to provide their views to the Chairman 
ahead of that meeting, having reviewed the agenda, briefing papers and management 
information. Reasons for non-attendance are recorded by the Company Secretary and either 
she or the Chairman will meet with any absent Director to go through any action points which 
are of relevance. Formal minutes of each Board meeting are prepared, circulated and submitted 
for approval at the next meeting.

Training
The Chairman regularly reviews training requirements of, and annually agrees development 
needs with, individual Directors. A number of internal presentations and updates are provided to 
Directors as part of the Board and strategy agenda. This forms part of the training the Directors 
receive for their role. Subjects are chosen based on their impact on the business and include 
(but are not limited to) general economic and market updates, government and regulatory 
environment, our customers, financial updates and planning, sales and product development.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

57

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate governance report – Effectiveness continued

Induction

On joining the Company, each new Director participates in a full and formal induction process. 
The aim of the induction is to assist the Director to familiarise himself with the business and 
its culture in addition to the roles and responsibilities of the Board and each member of Senior 
Management. Site and divisional / functional visits are arranged so the Group’s business is 
seen in operation. Each new Director is provided with an induction pack containing general 
and specific information relating to their role such as a schedule of meetings, copies of Board 
minutes, various policies and procedures, details of their duties as a Director of a listed plc and 
other obligations under the various regulations governing the Company.

Neil Cooper's induction
Neil Cooper was provided with a tailored induction process which included, amongst other 
matters, health and safety training, site visits, meetings with all Board members and the 
Company Secretary, key external advisers and senior and operational management teams 
across the business. This enabled him to gain a greater understanding of our products, 
processes and policies. Neil met with the Group's brokers and analysts to gain an external 
perspective of items of importance to the Group. He also met major shareholders of the 
Company during investor meetings. 

David Thomas' induction
David Thomas' induction was focused on his new role as Chief Executive given that he was 
already familiar with the Group's operations having previously held the position of Group 
Finance Director. He worked closely with Mark Clare to gain a more in-depth view of the role 
and the associated responsibilities to ensure a smooth transition. During this period David met 
with external analysts and stakeholders and internal management allowing him to gauge for 
himself the priorities of the business. 

Neil Cooper visiting the Group Urban Design team at the Group Support Centre in Leicestershire.  
Pictured with Phillip Livesley, Senior Urban Designer.

David Thomas on a health and safety visit to our Saxon Rise site at Mercia. Pictured with Group SHE Director,  
Vince Coyle and Projects Manager, Ian Green.

58

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationJock Lennox's induction
Jock Lennox’s induction began as soon as he accepted his appointment. He was sent various 
documents for him to begin to understand the Company and its culture. As an experienced 
Non-Executive Director, Jock was already familiar with his obligations as a plc Director of a 
listed company. Meetings were arranged with all Board members and members of Senior 
Management. Jock also visited various regional offices and sites across the country including 
the Group Support Centre in Leicestershire. 

Jock Lennox visiting a sales office at our Malbank Waters site in the Central region.  
Pictured with Angela O’Neill-Walker, Sales Adviser.

Accountability

Internal controls and risk management
In accordance with provision C.2.3. of the Code, the Board monitors and regularly reviews the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls, including those related to material 
financial, operational and compliance performance and the risk management systems (see 
the Audit Committee report on pages 66 to 73). A risk framework has been developed for 
all business processes by the Internal Audit function and approved by the Audit Committee. 
This framework forms the basis of the internal control audit plan for the year ahead, which tests 
if key controls are being applied effectively in each operating division. Material issues identified 
during internal audits and follow-up action plans are reviewed by the Executive Directors and 
by the Board on a quarterly basis. Any necessary actions are immediately taken to remedy any 
significant failings in the internal control system.

The Group’s system of internal controls is designed to manage risks that may impede the 
achievement of the Group’s business objectives rather than to eliminate those risks entirely. 
The system of internal controls therefore provides only reasonable, not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. The system of internal controls does, however, provide 
reasonable assurance that potential issues can be identified promptly and appropriate remedial 
action taken. Further details can be found in the risk management section of the Strategic Report 
(pages 41 to 45). 

The Group operates internal controls to ensure that the Group’s Financial Statements are 
reconciled to the underlying financial ledgers. A review of the consolidated accounts and 
Financial Statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and 
results of the Group are appropriately reflected.

The Board has not identified nor been advised of any failings or weaknesses which it has 
determined to be significant. Therefore, a confirmation of necessary actions has not been 
considered appropriate.

Fair, balanced and understandable
As part of its considerations, the Board reflected upon the feedback shareholders provided in 
respect of our 2014/15 Annual Report and Accounts. It also set aside adequate time to review 
and discuss significant areas of the 2015/16 Annual Report and Accounts. 

The Board assessed the tone, balance and language of the document being mindful of the 
requirements of the Code and the need for consistency between the narrative section of the 
Report and the Financial Statements in arriving at its conclusion. The Board's formal statement 
on the Annual Report and Accounts being fair, balanced and understandable is contained 
within the Director's Responsibility Statement on page 104. The process undertaken by the 
Audit Committee to assist the Board in assessing if the Annual Report and Accounts were fair, 
balanced and understandable can be found on page 69.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

59

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationCorporate governance report continued

Relations with shareholders

2015 
Activity

July

August

September

October

November

December

 > Post year end trading update.
 > Analyst hospitality event. 

 > Full year results preparation.
 > Annual update on 

remuneration to major 
investors and principal 
investor advisory groups.

 > Full year results 

announcement and 
analyst presentation.
 > UK and US roadshows 
following the full year 
results announcement.
 > Institutional broker sales 

desk briefings.
 > Private client 

brokers roadshow.

 > Annual Corporate 

Governance meetings with 
major shareholders. 

 > Trading update and Annual 

 > Private client brokers 

General Meeting.

 > Institutional broker sales 

desk briefings.

 > Top shareholders and key 

investor roundtable chaired 
by Chief Executive and Senior 
Management team.

group meeting.
 > Chief Financial 

Officer introductory 
analyst meetings. 

Ad hoc meetings with existing and potential investors and sell-side analysts

The Board recognises the importance of having an effective relationship with its shareholders 
and other stakeholders. The Group has arrangements in place which enable it to communicate 
effectively with shareholders in respect of business strategy, governance, remuneration and any 
Senior Management or Board changes. It also conducts regular institutional investor meetings 
after the release of the annual and half year results and following the publication of each of our 
trading updates. 

Trading Updates

We are fully aware that the Disclosure and Transparency Rules have removed the requirement 
for companies to publish interim management statements to the market in between the full and 
half year results. We therefore undertook a review of our reporting frequency and, given the 
cyclical nature of our business, we believe that it is imperative that we keep our shareholders 
fully informed of the performance of the business on a regular basis. In addition, given that we 
only publish short trading updates four times a year, two of which are in preparation for the half 
and full year results, the burden on management time is not deemed to be excessive. We will 
therefore continue to publish trading updates in FY17 four times a year and will keep the position 
under review. 

Any announcement published via the Regulatory Information Service including the half year 
and annual results, trading updates and other Company announcements can be found on the 
Company’s website at www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/investors. 

investor relations activities, including updates from the Company’s brokers. Additionally, the 
Company’s brokers presented an analysis of investor feedback during the year under review.

Investor Meetings

The Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer meet regularly with investors and analysts 
in order to convey an understanding of the market and the Group’s operations and objectives. 
These meetings take place throughout the year but particularly after the annual and half year 
results announcements. In FY16, the Directors attended a total of 161 investor meetings (133 one 
to one meetings and 28 group meetings). In addition, they attended a number of conferences and 
investor roadshows in the UK and the US. The Chairman and other Non-Executive Directors also 
have the opportunity to attend meetings with major shareholders at the request of either party. 
The Senior Independent Director is available to meet with major shareholders, as and when 
required, to gain an understanding of any issues and concerns. 

Remuneration Committee

During the year, the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee consulted with major investors 
and the principal investor advisory groups on the proposed remuneration outcomes for FY15 
and the Group’s approach to remuneration for FY16, in accordance with the Remuneration Policy 
approved at the 2014 AGM. This process was also repeated in August 2016 in respect of the FY16 
outcomes and proposals for FY17.

Board Updates

Annual General Meeting

In order to ensure that all Directors are aware of, and have a clear understanding of, the views of 
major shareholders, the Chief Financial Officer reports regularly to the Board on the Company’s 

All Directors, including the Chairmen of the Committees, attend the AGM and are available to 
answer shareholder questions. The notice of each AGM and related papers are circulated to all 
shareholders at least 20 working days before the meeting. 

60

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information2016 
Activity

2016 
Activity

January
January
 > Post half year end 
 > Post half year end 
trading update.
trading update.

 > Institutional broker sales 
 > Institutional broker sales 

desk briefings.
desk briefings.

February
 > Half year results 
 > Half year results 

February

announcement and 
announcement and 
analyst presentation.
analyst presentation.

 > UK roadshow 
 > UK roadshow 

following the half year 
following the half year 
results announcement.
results announcement.
 > Institutional broker sales 
 > Institutional broker sales 

desk briefings.
desk briefings.

March
March
 > US roadshow following the 
 > US roadshow following the 

half year results. 
half year results. 

 > Private client brokers group 
 > Private client brokers group 

meeting. (Edinburgh).
meeting (Edinburgh).

April
 > Private client 
 > Private client 

April

brokers roadshow.
brokers roadshow.

 > Institutional broker sales 
 > Institutional broker sales 

desk briefings.
desk briefings.

 > Paris roadshow following the 
 > Paris roadshow following the 

half year results.
half year results.

May

May
 > Q3 trading update.
 > Trading update.
 > Institutional broker sales 
 > Institutional broker sales 

desk briefings. 
desk briefings. 

 > Goldman Sachs Small & Mid 
 > Goldman Sachs Small & Mid 

cap Symposium.
Cap Symposium.
 > Deutsche Bank 
 > Deutsche Bank 

Housebuilding conference.
Housebuilding Conference.

June
 > Institutional broker sales 
 > Institutional broker sales 

June

desk briefings. 
desk briefings. 

 > UBS UK Housing Seminar.
 > UBS UK Housing Seminar.
 > Peel Hunt Builders, 
 > Peel Hunt Builders, 

Industrials and Support 
Industrials and Support 
Services Conference.
Services Conference.

Ad hoc meetings with existing and potential investors and sell-side analysts
Ad hoc meetings with existing and potential investors and sell-side analysts.

Major shareholders 
In accordance with the UKLA’s Disclosure and Transparency Rules (the ‘DTRs’), 
all notifications received by the Company are published on the Company’s website 
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk and via a Regulatory Information Service.

As at 30 June 2016, the persons set out in Table 4 have notified the Company, pursuant  
to DTR 5.1, of their interests in the voting rights in the Company’s issued share capital.

Between 1 July 2016 and 6 September 2016 the following changes in respect of interests in the 
voting rights in the Company’s issued share capital have been notified to the Company: 

Name 

BlackRock, Inc.

Number of 
voting rights1

50,693,351

% of total  
issued share 
capital1

5.05

Nature of  
holding

Indirect

Table 4 – Notifiable Interests

Name 

BlackRock, Inc.
Capital Research and Management Company
FMR LLC
Standard Life Investments Ltd

Number of 
voting rights1

50,694,370
89,384,141
34,579,199 
47,711,714

% of total issued  
share capital  
when notified

1  Based on the Total Voting Rights as at the relevant notification dates. 

The Total Voting Rights of the Company as announced on 1 September 2016, are 1,003,771,524.

Nature of  
holding

On behalf of the Board

5.05
8.97
8.24
4.94

Indirect
Indirect
Indirect
Direct & Indirect

John Allan 
Chairman

6 September 2016

1  Represents the number of voting rights last notified to the Company by the respective shareholder in accordance with DTR 5.1. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

61

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNomination Committee report

Statement from the Chairman of the Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee plays a vital role within the business. It ensures that the Company 
is headed by an effective Board which is collectively responsible for the long term success of 
the Company. Through the strategic focus of the Nomination Committee, we can ensure that 
the Board has the optimum skills and experience for achieving its long term strategy and goals. 
We aim to build a responsive, open and transparent culture, where contributions are valued,  
so it is imperative to get the appointment process right. 

A key focus of the Nomination Committee during the year under review was the appointment  
and re-appointment of Non-Executive Directors and the external Board evaluation.

One of our key areas of focus for the next financial year will be to oversee the implementation  
of the recommendations of the performance evaluation of the Nomination Committee.

John Allan 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

6 September 2016

This has been a year of 
consolidation for the Nomination 
Committee following the changes 
to the Executive Directors in FY16.

John Allan
Nomination Committee 
Chairman

62

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNomination Committee activity FY16

Main activities undertaken during the financial year
The Nomination Committee met formally on three occasions during the year to fulfil the responsibilities delegated to it by the Board. 

The main areas of focus for the Nomination Committee during the year were as follows:

Board composition and balance

 > Reviewed skills, experience and knowledge of each 
Board member and of the Board as a whole, against 
the needs of the Board.

 > Considered and recommended to the Board the  
re-appointment of Nina Bibby as Non-Executive 
Director (pages 64 and 65).

Succession planning

 > Conducted external recruitment process for a new 

Non-Executive Director (page 64).

 > Considered and recommended Richard 

Akers as a successor to Mark Rolfe as Senior 
Independent Director.

 > Assessed the tenure of Board members and held 
discussions with Directors on expected length 
of service in order to inform the succession plan 
(page 65).

Governance

 > Considered and confirmed the independence 
of, and commitment to the role of, each Non-
Executive Director.

 > Considered and recommended to the Board the 

authorisation of the potential conflict of interest arising 
from Neil Cooper’s role as Non-Executive Director  
of Pennon Group PLC.

 > Undertook an annual review and recommended to 

the Board the renewal of the authorisation of existing 
Directors’ potential conflict of interests. 

 > Approved a new procedure for conflicts and potential 
conflicts to be reviewed by Directors at each Board 
meeting and not just annually (page 65).

 > Reviewed and approved its annual agenda and terms 

of reference.

Committee effectiveness

 > Reviewed and made progress against matters arising 

from the 2015 annual evaluation.

 > Undertook an external evaluation of its own 

performance and reviewed and devised an action  
plan to address issues arising (page 57).

Nomination Committee Terms of Reference: www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance/governance-policies

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

63

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNomination Committee report continued

Role
The role of the Nomination Committee includes:

 > monitoring the structure, size and composition of the Board;

 > evaluating the balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of each 

of the members;

 > making recommendations to the Board in respect of any changes required; 

 > leading the process for Board appointments; 

Appointment and re-appointment of Directors 
The Nomination Committee leads the process for appointments to the Board and makes 
recommendations to the Board when suitable candidates have been identified. When a vacancy 
arises the Nomination Committee evaluates the balance of skills, experience, independence 
and knowledge on the Board and considers this against current and future needs to deliver 
its strategy. It then prepares a description of the roles and capabilities required for that 
appointment. The search for Board candidates is carried out, and appointments made, on merit 
with due regard for Board diversity and the need to maintain an appropriate balance of skills and 
experience. External recruitment consultants are used where appropriate.

 > giving full consideration to succession planning for Directors and Senior Management  

in the course of its duties;

Appointment of Jock Lennox

 > regularly reviewing the time commitment required from the Chairman and the  

Non-Executive Directors to satisfactorily fulfil their roles; and

 > considering and, if deemed appropriate, authorising potential conflict of interests.

Membership and attendance at meetings
The membership of the Nomination Committee and the attendance at each of its scheduled 
meetings is set out in Table 5. In accordance with Code provision B.2.1. the majority of Committee 
members are considered independent by the Company and their biographies and qualifications 
are shown on pages 46 and 47.

Table 5
Member

John Allan
Richard Akers
Tessa Bamford
Nina Bibby
Mark Rolfe
David Thomas¹

Role

Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member

Number of meetings attended

3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
2/3

1   David Thomas was unable to attend one meeting due to personal reasons. He reviewed the papers and provided comments  

to the Chairman prior to the meeting. 

Note: 
3/ Number of meetings attended whilst a Director.
/3 Number of meetings held whilst a Director.

During the year, the Nomination Committee began a formal process to identify a suitable 
candidate to replace Mark Rolfe who indicated his intention to step down from his position 
through an orderly transition following eight years of service. Consideration was given to the 
skills and experience required of the new Director and a job description was produced. The Zygos 
Partnership, an independent recruitment agency, with no other connection to the Company, were 
then briefed in order that they could assist with the search. A list of candidates of both genders 
was prepared and reviewed by the Nomination Committee. Four candidates were shortlisted and 
met with the Chairman and Senior Independent Director. The two preferred candidates then met 
the remaining members of the Board. Jock Lennox, who is the Chair of a number of other Audit 
Committees and who demonstrated that he had the relevant financial experience, was selected 
to take on the role of Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Committee felt that his considerable 
and wide ranging experience would be an asset to the Group and recommended his appointment 
to the Board for approval. John Allan absented himself from the final decision to appoint Jock 
Lennox due to his previous working relationship with Jock at Dixons Carphone plc.

Re-appointment of Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive Directors are appointed by the Board for an initial three-year term and normally 
serve a second three-year term, subject to re-election by shareholders and statutory provisions 
relating to the removal of Directors. Beyond this a third term of up to three years may be 
served subject to particularly rigorous review and taking into account the need for progressive 
refreshment of the Board. The Articles, in accordance with the Code, require any Non-Executive 
Director who has served nine years or more on the Board continuously to be subject to annual 
re-appointment. 

The letters of appointment of all Non-Executive Directors (alongside the service contracts for the 
Executive Directors) are available for inspection by any person at the Company’s registered office 
during normal office hours or via the Company’s website (www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk). 
Copies will also be available at the 2016 AGM for 15 minutes before and throughout the 
meeting. The letters of appointment clearly set out the time commitment expected from each 
Non-Executive Director to ensure they satisfactorily perform their duties. The required time 
commitment is reviewed annually by the Board. Each Non-Executive Director confirms that 
they are able to allocate the time commitment required at the time of their appointment and 
thereafter as part of their individual annual effectiveness review undertaken by the Chairman.

64

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDuring the year, the Nomination Committee considered the re-appointment of Nina Bibby. 
The Nomination Committee was satisfied that Nina remains independent in character and 
judgement and has no other relationship or circumstance that would affect this. Nina confirmed 
that she would be able to continue to dedicate sufficient time to fulfil her role as a Non-Executive 
Director of the Company. Accordingly, the re-appointment of Nina for a second three-year term 
was recommended to the Board, which it fully endorsed.

Retirement and re-election of Directors
The Articles currently require Directors to submit themselves for re-election by shareholders 
at the first AGM following their initial appointment to the Board and thereafter at intervals of no 
more than three years. All Board members will, however, in accordance with the Code, stand for 
re-election by shareholders at the 2016 AGM irrespective of their date of appointment and length 
of service on the Board.

Biographical details of each of the Directors and supporting statements for their re-election 
are set out on pages 46 and 47 of this report and in the Notice of the 2016 AGM. Details of the 
Executive Directors’ service contracts can be found in the Remuneration report on page 83. 

Each of the Directors has been subject to a formal performance evaluation process and the 
Nomination Committee, and the Board, are satisfied that they each continue to be effective in, 
and demonstrate commitment to, their respective roles. The Board, therefore, recommends  
that shareholders approve the resolutions to be put forward at the 2016 AGM relating to the  
re-election of all Directors.

Succession Planning – Executive Directors
During the year, the Board undertook its annual review of the Group's succession plans. 
This involves a review of succession plans for Executive Directors and other Senior Management 
roles below Board level. The aim of this review is to identify suitable individuals who are capable 
of filling senior managerial positions and ensure that their development needs are identified 
and addressed. It also seeks to ensure that the Board's future needs are met. As part of their 
development, senior managers who are not of Board level will be invited to attend part of a Board 
meeting to present on their specialist area. This also enables the Board to assess the quality of 
internal talent and for the individual to get a greater understanding of the workings of the Board. 

In order to assist with the development of senior managers, they are able to take on non-
executive roles with other organisations in order that they can widen their experience. 
The Nomination Committee plays an active part in this process. It intends to place a greater 
focus on succession planning during the next year in response to the outcomes of the recent 
external effectiveness review. 

Succession Planning – Non-Executive Directors
The Nomination Committee reviews annually the length of service of the Non-Executive 
Directors and holds conversations with the longer serving members to create a plan for the 
progressive refreshment of the Board. 

Directors’ conflict of interests
The Board has, in accordance with the Articles and best practice guidelines, authorised the 
Nomination Committee to oversee the process for reviewing and making recommendations to the 
Board concerning any actual or potential conflict of interests which may arise for any Board member, 
including details of any terms and conditions which it deems necessary to impose on any authorisation 
given. This process was carried out satisfactorily during the year in respect of all Directors. 

The Company Secretary maintains a register of Directors’ conflict of interests which is reviewed 
annually with recommendations made to the Board in respect of any changes to the authorisations 
that may be required. Following the annual review for 2015, it was agreed that the register of 
conflicts would be reviewed at each Board meeting. This enables each Director to review their 
entries and notify the Chairman and/or the Board of any new conflict or possible conflict and of any 
change in circumstances relating to authorisations already given. The Board, when authorising 
any conflict or possible conflict of interests, does not count in the quorum the Director whose 
conflict or possible conflict is being discussed and reserves the right to exclude a Director from 
a meeting whilst a conflict or possible conflict is being considered. The Board may revoke or vary 
any authorisation at any time.

Board diversity policy
During the year, the Nomination Committee reviewed the Group’s policy on diversity, including 
professional, international and gender diversity. This policy was in turn also considered by the 
Board. The Nomination Committee’s primary goal remains to identify the most suitable candidate to 
join the Board and for other senior positions within the Group. However, it also seeks to ensure that, 
in managing an appointment and in succession planning, it has regard to the benefits of diversity, 
including but not restricted to gender diversity and its impact on effective decision making. 

In terms of gender diversity the Board will continue to work only with recruitment search consultants 
who have adopted a voluntary code of conduct addressing gender diversity. The Board has agreed 
not to impose a quota regarding gender balance preferring instead to appoint strictly on merit. 
The Nomination Committee and the Board do recognise the need to ensure that the business reflects 
a diverse workforce, at all levels of seniority, whilst always seeking to ensure that each post is offered 
to the best available candidate. Promoting diversity at a Senior Management level and more generally 
within the workforce is an objective for the Chief Executive and HR Director. Progress has been made 
with promoting diversity within the business (see page 35, Diversity and inclusion).

Barratt Developments PLC – Diversity Policy  
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/sustainability/our-policies

This report forms part of the Corporate governance report and is signed on behalf of the 
Nomination Committee by:

John Allan 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

6 September 2016

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

65

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee report

Statement from the Chairman of the Audit Committee
I am very pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the financial year ended 30 June 
2016. During the year, as required by the Code, we have addressed the requirements of the new 
long term viability statement and the Board has accepted our recommendations on the form 
of that statement and the related review period (see page 43 of the Strategic Report).

In this year's Committee meetings, we have had frequent discussions on key accounting 
judgements and the impact of the pipeline of new accounting standards. We have also held 
in-depth sessions with Senior Management on a variety of topics important to the business 
including: revenue recognition, tender processes, IT resilience, cyber security and pension 
provision and funding. This enables the Committee to truly understand the practical aspects 
of the important issues facing the Group and their related accounting judgements and policies. 

In performing our role we work closely with both internal and external audit teams in order 
to ensure our internal control processes remain robust, our financial reporting remains clear 
and concise and our accounting judgements are appropriate.

Areas of focus for FY17
FY17 is shaping up to be another busy year. After eight years as Chairman of this Committee, 
I will be stepping down at the 2016 AGM and I am delighted to be handing over to Jock Lennox, 
a very experienced Audit Committee Chairman. Jock joined the Board on 1 July 2016 and we 
have been working together since then to ensure a smooth transition of ongoing matters relating 
to the Audit Committee. 

We will be tendering the Group's external audit during FY17. The Group's tax compliance and 
advisory services will also be put out to tender. Further information is available on page 71.

The Audit Committee has been given its authority by the Board and acts in accordance with its 
written terms of reference which are available on the Company’s website. In undertaking its role, 
the Committee has complied with its duties under the Code and will take all necessary steps to 
ensure compliance with the 2016 Code during FY17. Set out in the following pages is more detail 
of how we have discharged those duties in respect of the financial year under review.

It has been a pleasure to serve you and the Company during my period in office.

Mark Rolfe 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

6 September 2016

The Audit Committee has continued to implement 
the changes to Corporate Governance best practice 
and monitor developments in accounting standards. 
We have reviewed the risk landscape of the business 
and considered in detail our principal risk areas. 
We are comfortable that the risk management and 
internal control framework in operation throughout 
the year was appropriate and effective.

Mark Rolfe
Audit Committee  
Chairman

66

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee activity FY16

Main activities undertaken during the financial year
The Audit Committee follows an annual work programme; this covers the principal responsibilities as set under its terms of reference, which was fully completed during the year.  
The main areas of focus for the Audit Committee during the year were as follows:

Going concern and viability statement

 > Assessed the Group’s available facilities, headroom 

and banking covenants.

 > Reviewed and challenged management’s 

detailed analysis, which included forecasts and 
scenarios considering potential downturns in the 
housing market.

 > Satisfied itself, and recommended to the Board, that 
the going concern basis of preparation continues  
to be appropriate (page 68).

 > Assessed the long term prospects of the Company in 
order to agree a viability statement for disclosure in 
the FY16 Report and Accounts (page 43). 

Committee effectiveness

 > Considered and made progress against matters 

arising from the 2015 annual evaluation. 

 > Undertook an external evaluation of its performance.
 > Reviewed and devised an action plan to address 

the issues arising from the 2016 annual evaluation 
(page 57).

Governance

 > Agreed to the appointment of Jock Lennox as Audit 

Committee Chairman designate prior to Mark Rolfe's 
retirement from the position after the AGM (page 64).

 > Considered and recommended for approval the 

proposed corporate governance disclosures for the 
2016 Annual Report and Accounts including fair, 
balanced and understandable (page 69).
 > Received updates on general corporate 

governance requirements, including proposals and 
recommendations for the viability statement in line 
with the Code.

 > Reviewed and updated its terms of reference.

External audit

 > Agreed external audit plans for the half and full year ends.
 > Considered the external auditor's reports on half and full year 

financial statements.

 > Met with the external audit partner without management being present.
 > Assessed the effectiveness and performance of the external audit (page 71).
 > Assessed and confirmed the independence of the external auditor (page 72).
 > Considered the process and timing for retendering the Group’s external 

audit (page 71).

 > Regularly reviewed the ratio between audit and non-audit fees (page 72).
 > Reviewed and updated the policy on auditor independence and  

non-audit fees (page 72).

Internal Audit

 > Received regular updates from the Chief Internal 

Auditor on matters arising from audits undertaken 
throughout the business.

 > Met with the Chief Internal Auditor without 

management being present.

 > Reviewed and agreed the Internal Audit plan for FY17 
with due regard to the principal risks of the Company.

 > Assessed the effectiveness of the Internal Audit 

function during FY16.

Integrity of financial statements 
and announcements

 > Analysed drafts of half and full year results 

announcements.

 > Reviewed and addressed key accounting judgements 

and significant issues (see pages 68 and 69).

 > Assessed proforma financial statements for FY16.
 > Reviewed process established to confirm if Annual 

Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and 
understandable (page 69).

 > Considered and approved material accounting policies, 

estimates and judgements. 

 > Assessed and approved pension assumptions. 
 > Received updates on the implications of new 

accounting standards and key regulatory changes. 

Internal control and risk management systems

 > Monitored and regularly reviewed the effectiveness of 
internal controls and risk management systems in the 
context of the Company’s ‘appetite for risk’ (page 70). 
 > Considered regular updates from the Risk Committee.
 > Considered regular updates from the Chief Internal 
Auditor upon whistleblowing and suspected frauds 
and related investigations (page 73).

 > Reviewed and updated the policy framework and the 

policies specifically allocated to it.

 > Kept under review the updating of the Group’s 

Delegation of Authority Matrix.

 > Received updates on the Group’s disaster recovery 

policies and processes.

 > Reviewed and recommended to the Board for approval 
the principal risk disclosures for inclusion in the FY16 
Annual Report and Accounts (page 42).

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

67

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee report continued

Role of the Audit Committee 
The role of the Audit Committee is to:

 > monitor the integrity of the Group’s financial statements and any proposed formal 

announcements relating to the Group’s financial performance, including any significant 
financial reporting judgements and whether the Annual Report and Accounts are ‘fair, 
balanced and understandable’ and review and assess whether it provides sufficient 
information to assess the Company's position, performance, business model and strategy;

Table 6 
Member

Mark Rolfe
Richard Akers
Tessa Bamford
Nina Bibby

Role

Chairman
Member
Member
Member

 > assess the prospects of the Company over a period of time agreed by the Board and consider 

and confirm whether there is a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to 
continue in operation;

Note: 
4/ Number of meetings attended whilst a Director. 
/4  Number of meetings whilst a Director. 

Number of meetings attended

4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4

 > monitor and review the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function;

 > review the Company’s principal risks, systems of internal control and risk management; and

 > keep under review the relationship between the Group and the external auditor, including 

their re-appointment, independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the external audit 
process, whilst continually monitoring and, where required, challenging the ratio between 
audit and non-audit fees. 

Audit Committee terms of reference – www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/investors/
corporate-governance/governance-policies

In addition to the Company Secretary, the Chief Internal Auditor and representatives from 
Deloitte LLP attended each of the Audit Committee meetings. The Audit Committee met 
(independently of management and the Chairman of the Board) the Chief Financial Officer, 
the Chief Internal Auditor and Deloitte LLP. The Chief Executive and other members of Senior 
Management also attended meetings (or parts thereof), by invitation. After each meeting, 
the Chairman reports to the Board upon the business undertaken by the Audit Committee. 

Significant issues considered during the financial year 
The significant issues considered by the Audit Committee during the financial year and how 
each of them was addressed were as follows:

Membership and attendance at Audit Committee meetings
In compliance with the Code, the Committee comprises exclusively of Non-Executive Directors 
and each of the members is considered to be independent by the Company. John Allan is not a 
member of the Audit Committee. The Board is satisfied that, Mark Rolfe has recent and relevant 
financial experience to Chair the Audit Committee. Jock Lennox, who joined the Board on 1 July 
2016, will succeed Mark Rolfe as Chair of the Audit Committee in November 2016. Jock is a 
chartered accountant and Chairman of a number of other Audit Committees and is therefore 
well qualified to undertake this role effectively. There were four scheduled meetings during the 
year. Details of the members and attendance at each of the meetings is shown in Table 6 and 
the biographies and qualifications of the members are shown on pages 46-47.

Going concern

The Audit Committee:

 > assessed the Group’s available facilities, headroom and banking covenants;

 > reviewed management’s detailed analysis, which included forecasts and scenarios considering 

potential downturns in the housing market; 

 > satisfied itself, and subsequently the Board, that the going concern basis of preparation 
continues to be appropriate in the context of the Group’s funding and liquidity position; 

 > considered the revised disclosure requirements on going concern under the Code; and

 > performed a detailed sensitivity analysis following the UK's decision to leave the EU.

Further details on the Group’s going concern assessment can be found on page 115.

Financial reporting

The Audit Committee reviewed the integrity of the Financial Statements of the Group and the 
Company and all formal announcements relating to the Group’s and Company’s financial 
performance. This process included the assessment of the following primary areas of judgement 
and took into account the views of Deloitte LLP.

68

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
Significant financial judgements for 2016
Carrying value of land and work in progress

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment review

Land and work in progress (‘WIP’) are the most significant assets of the Group and as at 30 June 2016 were 
carried at £4,226.5m (see note 3.1 to the Financial Statements). We undertake housebuilding and commercial 
development and the majority of activity we carry out is not forward sold before we commence development. 
Accordingly, there is a risk that land and WIP may be held at a value in excess of the lower of cost and net 
realisable (sale) value. The Group conducts half yearly reviews of land and WIP carrying value and if the 
estimated net realisable value is lower than the carrying value, it impairs the land and WIP value.

The Group has £792.2m of goodwill and £100.0m of intangible assets which arose upon the acquisition of 
Wilson Bowden (see note 4.2 to the Financial Statements). The Group reviews the carrying value of these assets 
on an annual basis to ensure that the present value of the future cash flows that the housebuilding business 
is expected to generate is greater than the carrying value of these assets. This review includes a number of 
judgements around the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of an appropriate rate with which 
to discount these cash flows. 

How the Audit Committee addressed those judgements
Carrying value of land and work in progress valuation

The Audit Committee considered land and WIP accounting judgements review papers at its February, June 
and August meetings. These outlined the review process undertaken and the judgements made with regards 
to the estimation of further sales proceeds and further build costs. Deloitte LLP reported upon land and WIP 
carrying value at the February and August meetings in the context of the half year review and year end audit. 
Following detailed consideration of the accounting judgements papers and the findings of Deloitte LLP, the Audit 
Committee agreed with the judgements made by management and concluded that the carrying value of our 
land and WIP remains appropriate.

Goodwill and intangible assets impairment review

The Audit Committee considered a goodwill and intangible assets accounting judgements paper at its August 
meeting. This outlined the assumptions made, the sources for these assumptions, and the resulting valuation. 
Deloitte LLP reported upon goodwill and intangible assets valuation at the August meeting in the context of the 
year end audit. Following detailed consideration of the accounting judgements paper and the findings of Deloitte 
LLP, the Audit Committee agreed with the judgements made by management and concluded that the valuation 
of goodwill and intangible assets remains appropriate.

Available for sale financial assets was included as a significant financial judgement for 2015 but due to the sale of the majority of the assets, as described in note 3.5 of the financial statements,  
this is no longer considered a material item.

Fair, balanced and understandable

Long Term Viability Statement

The Audit Committee also undertook a detailed process to consider whether the 2016 Annual 
Report and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable. It considered the feedback 
provided by shareholders in respect of the 2015 Annual Report and Accounts, the Group’s 
trading updates and the information that the Board had received throughout the year. The Audit 
Committee received an early draft of the 2016 Annual Report and Accounts (including the risk 
management statement and principal risks disclosure) to allow itself sufficient time to review 
the disclosures therein. It also received a report from the Company Secretary which confirmed 
that: (i) the Annual Report and Accounts had been reviewed by the Executive Directors; and 
(ii) the Company had received confirmation from its external advisers, that the Annual Report 
and Accounts adhered to the requirements of the Code and relevant rules and regulations. 
The Audit Committee then assessed, at its August 2016 meeting, whether the Annual Report and 
Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable. It reviewed the processes underpinning the 
compilation and assurance of the Annual Report and Accounts, in relation to the financial and 
non-financial management information. It also reviewed the internal processes underpinning the 
Group’s reporting governance framework and the reviews and findings of the Group’s external 
legal advisers and the auditor. The Audit Committee concluded that the 2016 Annual Report 
and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable and contained sufficient information for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy and 
recommended as such to the Board. 

In accordance with section C.2.2. of the Code and the FRC guidance on Risk Management, 
Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting, the Audit Committee considered 
the timescale over which it could sensibly assess the Company’s ability to continue to trade, 
taking into account the Company’s business model and prospects. It concluded that this analysis 
should be performed over a three-year timespan as explained on page 43 of the Strategic 
Report. Presentations were received from management and it was concluded that there was 
a reasonable expectation that the Group would be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities over this three-year period. This was then communicated and recommended to the 
Board for approval. 

The long term viability statement with a full explanation is shown on page 43 of the 
Strategic Report.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

69

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee report continued

The effectiveness of internal controls and the risk management process 

The Audit Committee plays a vital role in managing the effectiveness of internal controls and 
the risk management process on behalf of the Board. The key aspects of the Group’s system 
of internal control and risk management framework are as follows:

i) 

 a clear organisational structure with defined levels of authority and responsibility for each 
operating division;

ii)   financial and management reporting systems under which financial and operating 

performance is consistently reviewed against budget and forecasts at divisional, regional 
and Group levels on a monthly basis;

iii)   identification and review of principal operational risk areas to ensure they are embedded 

in the Group’s monthly management reporting system. This embeds the identification and 
control of risk as routine aspects of managerial responsibility. Details of the management 
of risk system utilised and the principal risks and uncertainties and their relevance to the 
operations and financial performance of the Group are set out in the Risk management 
section on pages 41 to 45 of the Strategic Report; and

iv)   assessment of compliance with the internal control and risk management systems. 

This assessment is supported by the Group’s Internal Audit team which is responsible for 
undertaking an annual audit plan, ad hoc audits and reporting to the Audit Committee, and if 
necessary, the Board, on the operation and effectiveness of those systems and any material 
failings. The planned programme of audit appraisals across Group operations is approved 
by the Audit Committee. It includes full divisional audits and targeted audits of key risk areas 
such as land acquisition and sale, cost controls and monitoring WIP, Treasury, payroll and HR. 
Where the Internal Audit team does not have the expertise or resources required to conduct 
complex audits they use external expertise. 

The Group’s operations and financing arrangements expose it to a variety of financial risks 
that include the effects of changes in borrowing and debt profiles, Government policy, market 
prices, credit risks, liquidity risks and interest rates. The most significant of these to the Group 
is liquidity risk. Accordingly, there is a regular, detailed system for the reporting and forecasting 
of cash flows from the operations to Group management to ensure that risks are promptly 
identified and appropriate mitigating actions taken. These forecasts are further stress tested at 
a Group level on a regular basis to ensure that adequate headroom within facilities and banking 
covenants is maintained. In addition, the Group has in place a risk management programme that 
seeks to limit the adverse effects of the other risks on its financial performance, in particular by 
using financial instruments, including debt and derivatives, to hedge interest and currency rates. 
The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Activities are 
delegated, by the Board, to a centralised Treasury Operating Committee, which in turn reports 
to the Board. The Treasury department implements guidelines in accordance with approved 
treasury policies that are established by the Board and the Treasury Operating Committee. 

During the year the Audit Committee:

 > monitored and reviewed the effectiveness of risk management and internal controls in relation 

to material financial risks; 

 > reviewed a number of process improvements and confirmed that the risk management and 
internal control systems had been in place and had operated effectively throughout the year 
ended 30 June 2016;

 > provided regular reports to the Board in respect of the findings of its monitoring of the 

effectiveness of the internal controls and risk management process, in order to assist the 
Board with its assessment that sound risk management and internal control systems had been 
maintained throughout the year to safeguard shareholders’ investments as well as the Group’s 
assets (in accordance with principle C.2 of the Code); 

 > assisted the Board to determine the nature and extent of the principal risks that are 

appropriate for the Group to take in order to achieve its strategic objectives and to be assured 
that Executive Directors and Senior Management continue to implement and maintain the 
Group’s internal control and risk management systems within the governance and policy 
framework approved by the Board;

 > carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks including those that would threaten the 
business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity and confirmed that they are being 
appropriately managed;

 > received presentations from management below Board level to understand risks and controls 

in a number of areas of the business including; revenue recognition, tender processes, 
IT resilience, cyber security, pension provision and funding;

 > reviewed in detail the output of the six monthly control self-certification process from each 

of the divisions;

 > considered all whistleblowing and suspected fraud reports and actions;

 > reviewed all internal audit results and action plans and the effectiveness of the Group Internal 

Audit function;

 > received regular reports from the Risk Committee in respect of the work it had undertaken 
to review the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control policies and procedures for the 
identification, assessment and reporting of risks and for assessing individual key risks on 
a rolling basis;

 > reviewed the concurrency of the principal risks and the risk management framework to 

determine if the descriptions of their operation were up to date, the system of internal control 
remains effective and reported their findings to the Board when considering the draft half year 
and full year Financial Statements; assisted the Executive Committee to prioritise the risk 
framework by identifying the risks considered most significant to the Group and assessed their 
potential impact on the business of any risks identified; and 

 > robustly assessed the structure deployed by the Group when assessing risks. This is set out 

in the Risk management section on pages 41 to 45 of the Strategic Report. 

The Audit Committee is pleased with the progress with its short and medium term work 
programmes to date, and recognises that work will need to be continued in these areas during 
the next financial year. It will also review whether the internal control and risk management 
framework needs adjustment following the EU referendum vote.

70

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationReview of accounting policies
The Audit Committee considered the impact of the accounting standards adopted in the year 
and reviewed the Group’s progress on projects to consider the impact of IFRS 9 ‘Financial 
Instruments’, IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ and IFRS 16 'Leases' upon 
the Group’s accounting policies and financial statements. Further information on the impact 
of accounting standards is on page 116. 

External Auditor

i) External audit tender 

The Audit Committee considered the re-appointment of Deloitte LLP as auditor to the Company 
and whether to tender the external audit in respect of the 2017 financial year. In arriving at its 
conclusion, the Audit Committee took into account: 

 > feedback on the effectiveness of the external audit from divisional, regional and Group 

management who were closely involved in both the half year and year end reporting process;

 > Deloitte LLP was appointed as the auditor of the Company through an external tender process 

in 2007; 

 > the appointment of Mark Goodey as the lead audit partner during FY13 and FRC guidance 

which suggests that the tendering could align with the five-yearly cycle of partner rotation; 

 > Deloitte LLP’s objectivity and independence; 

 > Deloitte LLP’s performance against the audit plan for FY16; and 

 > the quality of advice and assistance brought to bear and received throughout the year.

Deloitte LLP’s performance as auditor to the Company continues to be satisfactory. It was 
therefore, not considered absolutely necessary to perform a tender process for the FY17 audit. 
Mark Goodey will continue to act as lead audit partner for Deloitte LLP until the conclusion of the 
FY17 audit subject to satisfactory performance. Accordingly, the Audit Committee recommended 
to the Board that a resolution re-appointing Deloitte LLP as the auditor to the Company be 
proposed at the 2016 AGM. That recommendation was subsequently endorsed by the Board. 

The Audit Committee did however recognise that it was the appropriate time for the Group 
external audit to be tendered by following a formal process during the first half of the year ended 
30 June 2017. Should the tender exercise lead to a change in auditor, the Audit Committee will 
look to execute the change for the audit of the financial year ended 30 June 2018. This exercise 
is in line with the Code provision to consider tendering external audit every ten years and the 
FRC guidance that it be linked with the five-yearly lead audit partner rotation. The results of the 
tender exercise will be announced at the appropriate time. The Committee confirms compliance 
with the provisions of the Statutory Audit Services for Large Company Market Investigations 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) 
Order 2014.

There are no contractual obligations that restrict the Audit Committee’s choice of 
external auditor.

ii) Audit effectiveness 

The Audit Committee assessed the effectiveness of the external audit and concluded that the 
audit process as a whole had been conducted robustly and that the team selected to undertake 
the audit had done so thoroughly and professionally. In coming to this conclusion the Audit 
Committee reviewed amongst other matters:

 > Deloitte LLP’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and the absence of any variations from it;

 > reports highlighting the material issues and accounting judgements that arose during the 

conduct of the audit;

 > feedback from Group and regional management finance functions and the Chief Internal 

Auditor on the performance of the audit; and

 > the report from the FRC’s Audit Quality Review Team.

iii) Non-audit services

The Committee has approved a policy on the use of the external auditor for non-audit purposes 
and continually monitors the ratio of audit to non-audit fees to ensure that it does not exceed 
the 1:1 ratio prescribed by that policy. For the purpose of calculating this ratio, non-audit fees 
relating to the interim review are classified as incurred for audit purposes. At the end of FY16, 
non-audit fees represented 91% of audit fees. Further details of the audit (including audit-related) 
and non-audit fees incurred by the Group can be found on page 119. 

The majority of the non-audit fees related to audit-related assurance services comprising: 
the review of the Group’s half year report, taxation compliance (for which Deloitte LLP were 
appointed on 1 December 2010 following a competitive tender process in which four of the 
leading audit firms took part); and also taxation advice on various land acquisitions and disposals 
during the year. Accordingly, the Audit Committee was satisfied that the work performed 
by Deloitte LLP was appropriate in the context of ensuring their independence as auditor, 
particularly given that the audit-related assurance services, relating to the review of the Group’s 
half year report, is usually conducted by the Group’s auditor and that the tax compliance and 
advisory services had been managed by a partner who has no involvement with the audit of 
the Group. Consequently, the Audit Committee concluded that the level of non-audit fees was 
justified and did not raise any concerns in terms of Deloitte LLP’s independence as auditor to 
the Group. 

The Audit Committee has agreed with Senior Management's recommendation to tender its 
taxation services during the first half of FY17, having last been tendered in FY11. The provider 
of external audit following the audit tender will not be appointed as tax adviser.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

71

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAudit Committee report continued

iv) Auditor independence and non-audit fees policy

Exceptions

The Audit Committee formally reviewed the policy which the Company has implemented on 
Auditor independence and non-audit fees (the ‘Policy’) during the year. For FY16, the Policy sets 
out the duties of the Audit Committee in this respect and the limited range of services which 
the auditor may provide without requiring prior approval of the Audit Committee. This helps 
to maintain auditor independence and to monitor non-audit fees incurred by the Group.

The review of the Policy this year had particular regard to the legislation arising from the 
European Commission reforms of the EU audit market which became effective from 17 June 
2016 and is in accordance with the Ethical Standard. The Policy has been updated as follows:

 > the services that the external auditor is prohibited from providing have been amended in line 

with the legislation; and

 > the inclusion of a 70% cap on non-audit fees (based on the average of audit fees over the 

previous three years) in preparation for when the EU regulations become applicable to the 
Company in FY20.

Prohibited Services

Under the new policy, the services which the external auditor is excluded from providing  
to the Group are:

 > tax services and compliance (see exceptions opposite);

 > services that involve playing any part in the management or decision making process 

of the Company;

 > bookkeeping and preparing accounting records and financial statements/payroll services;

 > designing and implementing internal controls related to financial information or designing 

and implementing financial information technology systems;

 > valuation services (see exceptions opposite);

 > legal services/internal audit/human resource services;

 > services linked to financing, capital structure and allocation, and investment strategy 

of the Company;

 > promoting, dealing in or underwriting shares in the Company; and

 > any other service that the Audit Committee determines is not permissible.

Certain tax and valuation services, including tax advice will be allowed provided:

 > they have no direct or clearly inconsequential effect on the audited financial statements; 

 > the auditor has documented and explained the estimated effect on the financial statements 

in their report to the Audit Committee;

 > the ethical principles of the ethical standards are upheld; and 

 >  significant reliance is not placed on the results of the non-audit service for the purpose 

of the Audit.

As per the previous year, the Policy continues to include restrictions on the recruitment of 
employees from Deloitte LLP, so that no employee (at whatever level of seniority) involved in the 
Company's audit for a two-year preceding period can be hired without the pre-approval of each 
the Chairman of the Company; the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chief Financial Officer.

With effect from 1 July 2016, Deloitte LLP no longer provide services to the Group that are 
prohibited under the new Policy. Tax compliance services provided by Deloitte LLP concluded 
during FY16.

Under the Policy the Company is required to obtain written confirmation from Deloitte LLP that 
they remain independent. This is requested on an annual basis. For FY16 Deloitte LLP provided 
a comprehensive report to the Audit Committee verifying that they have performed their audit 
and audit-related services in line with independence requirements and explaining why they 
believe that they remain independent within the requirements of the applicable regulations and 
their own professional standards. The report also explains why the ratio of audit to non-audit 
fees and the extent and type of non-audit services provided by them is appropriate. 

Following receipt of such confirmations and the completion of their own review, the Audit 
Committee endorsed Deloitte's conclusions that the Policy had been appropriately complied 
with throughout the year under review; there were no items that may affect the independence 
of the auditor; and non-audit fees were of an appropriate level. 

72

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationInternal Audit function

Whistleblowing 

During the year, the Audit Committee received reports from the Chief Internal Auditor on the 
findings of internal audits conducted throughout the business, together with details of the 
proposed actions to rectify any issues identified. The Internal Audit function is fully independent 
of business operations and has a Group-wide mandate. The Chief Internal Auditor attends all 
Audit Committee meetings. In addition, the Audit Committee monitors and reviews the systems 
and processes adopted by the Internal Audit function to ensure that they remain fit for purpose. 
During the year the Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function and 
confirmed that, in its opinion, the Internal Audit function had operated effectively and provided 
a level of independent scrutiny of the operations of the Group. 

The Chief Internal Auditor updated the Audit Committee at each meeting on new whistleblowing 
incidents, ongoing investigations and the outcome of any completed investigations. On the back 
of these updates, the Audit Committee assessed the adequacy of the Group’s whistleblowing 
policy in accordance with the requirements of the Code. It reviewed the whistleblowing 
procedure adopted by the Group, including steps that can be taken to enhance awareness of 
the process, to ensure it remains appropriate and available to those who need to raise concerns. 
The procedure allows individuals who become aware of possible improper, unethical or even 
illegal behaviour to raise the matter with their manager or alternatively refer the matter to a 
confidential and independent telephone number (the ‘Whistleblowing Number’). 

Audit Committee effectiveness 

The Audit Committee successfully implemented the recommendations arising from its 2015  
performance evaluation. This year the Audit Committee's evaluation was performed by an  
external facilitator along with the Board effectiveness review. The outcome of the review  
was positive, particularly in respect of each member having a clear understanding of what  
is expected of them to undertake and discharge their responsibilities. The outcomes are 
described on page 57.

The Whistleblowing Number is available to all employees (together with sub-contractors  
and suppliers) 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Any issues reported to the Whistleblowing 
Number are immediately brought to the attention of the Chief Internal Auditor. The Chief  
Internal Auditor reviews and investigates the issues and, at his sole discretion, can seek  
guidance from appropriate individuals within the Group, such as the Company Secretary,  
as and when necessary.

This report forms part of the Corporate Governance report and is signed on behalf of the 
Audit Committee by:

Mark Rolfe 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

6 September 2016

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

73

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationSafety, Health and Environment Committee report

Statement from the Chairman of the Safety, Health and Environment Committee
Safety, health and the environment (‘SHE’) remains a key principle of the Group which is 
embedded within the day-to-day operations of the business. In 2014, the Group Board 
established this Committee primarily to oversee and provide stewardship of the Group’s 
SHE operational performance. 

The key aspects of this Committee’s role are to:

 > oversee the Group’s compliance with the SHE management system;

 > identify and monitor SHE risks or exposures for the business and determine how best 

to mitigate against them;

 > establish and maintain policies in respect of all areas relating to safety, health and 

the environment; 

 > assess the outcome of annual SHE internal and external audits and agree necessary actions 

with the Group SHE Director;

 > receive assessments from the Group SHE Director on specific incidents to gain an 

understanding of what caused it, details of the internal and external (if any) investigations that 
are being/have been undertaken and details of what steps have been taken or controls put in 
place to mitigate against the incident recurring; and

 > agree and recommend to the Remuneration Committee targets for any SHE performance 

measure which is to be applied to the annual bonus scheme and monitor performance against 
such measures.

The Committee continues to work closely with the SHE Operating Committee. To further 
enhance this relationship, the SHE Committee now holds at least one joint meeting with the SHE 
Operating Committee. This allows this Committee to gain a more in-depth understanding of the 
issues from an operational perspective and for the Committee to discuss such issues directly 
with those responsible for day-to-day management.

These terms of reference are available on  
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance/governance-policies

Key achievements in FY16
We continue to strive to ensure that our people, whether employees, sub-contractors or  
members of the public, remain safe throughout the whole construction and sales process  
of our developments and in the wider business. 

Consequently, we continually monitor, review and amend (as necessary) our SHE policies, 
processes and procedures to ensure that they remain up to date and relevant to the business. 
All employees are encouraged to familiarise themselves with these policies, processes and 
procedures during their induction and are invited to attend various health and safety courses 
throughout their time with the Group.

Health and safety is of paramount 
importance to the Group. We strive to 
continually improve our processes and 
are pleased to announce that this was 
recognised by the British Safety Council 
who have again granted our health and 
safety management 5 star status.

Richard Akers
Safety, Health and Environment 
Committee Chairman

74

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationMembership and attendance at SHE Committee meetings
The Directors who are members of the SHE Committee and their attendance at the one 
scheduled meeting during the year are shown in Table 7. The Group’s SHE Director is also 
a member and the Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.

Only members of the SHE Committee have the right to attend meetings, however other 
individuals may be invited to attend all or part of any meeting where it is deemed appropriate. 

Table 7
Member¹

Richard Akers
Steven Boyes

Role

Chairman
Member

1  The Group’s SHE Director also attended 1/1 meetings during the year. 

Note: 
1/  Number of meetings attended whilst a Director. 
/1 Number of meetings whilst a Director. 

Number of meetings attended

1/1
1/1

The SHE Operations Committee reports directly to the SHE Committee with the Group SHE 
Director presenting direct reports to these Committees and to the Board. The Group SHE 
Operations Committee continues to operate and is responsible for implementing and oversight 
of the overall SHE improvement strategy for the Group.

In addition, we have undertaken various campaigns during the year including a ‘Five Steps to 
Safety’ initiative which encourage positive behaviours and a culture of assessing risks prior to 
undertaking work activities. This initiative was commended by the NHBC as the leading health 
and safety initiative in the industry.

Such initiatives have helped us to once again achieve 5-star status with the British Safety Council 
following their recent health and safety audit. The audit evaluates leadership at all levels of 
the business and dedication to continuous improvement, in addition to other factors such as 
occupational health, employee well-being, safety culture and the appropriate dedication of 
sufficient resources to health and safety. This achievement is truly important for our business 
and independently illustrates that our health and safety approach, policies and procedures are 
of the highest quality. 

In addition to preparing and undertaking this audit we have been closely monitoring our overall 
injury incidence rates and the underlying causes of any recurring accidents. 

We have continued to monitor our SHE performance targets and our key performance indicators, 
which are available in the Strategic Report and our Sustainability Report. 

Despite our best efforts, it is with deep regret that I have to inform you that two employees of 
our sub-contractors tragically lost their lives on site during the year. I can assure you that both 
incidents have been thoroughly investigated by our internal health and safety team and we are 
fully co-operating with the Health and Safety Executive during their ongoing investigations into 
each of the incidents. At this stage there are no defined management failures which could be 
directly attributed to the cause of either of the incidents and no enforcement or improvement 
notices have been issued by the Health and Safety Executive. Our thoughts are with the families 
of each of the individuals concerned during this distressing time.

Areas of focus for FY17
During FY17, we will:

 > continue to review and monitor our SHE systems and processes throughout the business 

to ensure that they remain fit for purpose;

 > ensure that our SHE performance targets and objectives remain challenging and do not 

encourage inappropriate behaviours or unnecessary risk taking;

 > continue to try and identify better and safer ways to work; and 

 > continue to monitor incident rates and perform causal analysis on incidents to ensure 

appropriate action is taken to reduce these through targeted campaigns.  

Without our people, we do not have a business and therefore their safety and well-being will, 
as always, remain a top priority for this Committee and the Group Board. 

Richard Akers 
Chairman of the SHE Committee

6 September 2016

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

75

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report

Annual statement from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 June 2016 which 
summarises our Remuneration Policy, how it was implemented throughout FY16 and how it will 
be implemented for FY17.

Remuneration Policy
Our Remuneration Policy was last approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM and in accordance 
with the regulations on Directors’ remuneration, it will remain valid for a period of three years 
(subject to there being no changes required). We reviewed the Remuneration Policy during 
FY16, taking into account the current strategy of the Company, and agreed that it remains fit for 
purpose. A further review will be undertaken in FY17. Any proposed changes will be discussed 
with shareholders prior to the revised policy being presented for approval at the 2017 AGM. 
As part of the review, we will take into account the report of the Investment Association's 
Working Group on simplification of remuneration structures and assess which, if any, of the 
structures would be feasible for us. We are also conscious of the Government’s new intentions to 
make changes to executive remuneration. We will monitor these closely and will seek guidance 
on the implementation of any changes from our remuneration consultants as well as consult 
with you as necessary when the details are published.  

Management changes
In FY16 we saw major changes to the Executive Director team. David Thomas became Chief 
Executive replacing Mark Clare, Neil Cooper joined as Chief Financial Officer and Steven Boyes 
assumed more responsibilities. Details of the remuneration received by Mark until 31 July 
2015, when he stepped down from the Board, are set out on pages 86 and 92. The remuneration 
package awarded to Neil Cooper comprised salary, pension, bonus and share awards which 
were all in line with our Remuneration Policy. Full details of the remuneration for the Executive 
Directors can be found on page 86 to 97.  

In addition, Jock Lennox joined the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 1 July 2016 on the 
same basic fee as the existing Non-Executive Directors (page 97).

This has been another good year for the Group. 
Through the effective implementation of the 
Group’s strategy we believe we are delivering 
long term sustainable shareholder value. The 
remuneration received by the Executive Directors 
during FY16 reflects the achievements made 
against stretching targets for both short and  
long term incentive schemes. 

Richard Akers
Remuneration Committee 
Chairman

76

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationFY16 Performance and outcomes 
Once again, your Company met or exceeded performance against all financial metrics which 
were established at the beginning of the year (see Table 12 on page 87). This is a result of the 
strong and focused leadership from the Executive Directors and the Senior Management team 
as well as the hard work and commitment of all employees across the Group. The Committee 
agreed that the financial performance of the Company fully supports an annual bonus payment 
of 146.1% of salary for Executive Directors. 

In addition, the performance of the LTPP award granted in October 2013 was tested after the 
year end and 100% of the award vested. The net shares (after the payment of any tax and NI due 
on release) will be transferred to participants in October 2016. Full details of the achievements 
against each of the bonus and LTPP targets can be found on pages 87 and 88 respectively. 

FY17 Executive Director Remuneration
As you are aware, on 23 June 2016, the UK voted to leave the EU, creating great uncertainty 
within the UK and global economies. Consequently, whilst it is envisaged that the metrics for 
the FY17 annual bonus and any LTPP award will be similar to those of FY16 (and will remain in 
line with our Remuneration Policy), the Committee has, following advice from its remuneration 
consultants, decided to defer setting the actual targets until October 2016 when it is hoped that 
there will be more clarity over the impact of the EU Referendum. The Committee will, as always, 
ensure that these targets, are stretching and challenging, promote the long term success of the 
Company and seek to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors and Senior Management 
required to continue to drive the business strategy. 

Conclusion
We believe that our remuneration policies and practices remain sufficiently challenging and 
drive appropriate behaviours by management that are in the long term interest of the Company 
and its shareholders. FY17 will be an interesting and challenging year for the Company as we 
see the impact of the EU Referendum unfold. Your support to date has been invaluable and I, 
together with the Committee, hope that we will continue to receive your support through these 
uncertain times.

Richard Akers  
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

6 September 2016

Our remuneration strategy

Our most important asset is our people. Our remuneration strategy seeks to ensure that 
Executive Directors’ remuneration (and that of Senior Management) is clearly linked to 
the delivery of sustainable shareholder value and that they are appropriately rewarded 
for performance against the Group’s key objectives.

Aims of our Remuneration Policy:
 > promote the long term success of the Company and be fully aligned with the performance 

and strategic objectives of the Group in order to enhance shareholder value; 

 > reward the delivery of profit, the maintenance of an appropriate capital structure and the 

continued improvement of return on capital employed by the business whilst ensuring that 
Executive Directors and Senior Management adopt a level of risk which is in line with the 
risk profile of the business as approved by the Board; 

 > reflect the interests and expectations of shareholders and other stakeholders;

 > attract, retain, motivate and competitively reward Executive Directors and Senior 

Management with the requisite experience, skills and ability to support the achievement 
of the Group’s key strategic objectives in any financial year; 

 > take account of pay and employment conditions of employees across the Group; and

 > ensure that there is no reward for failure; termination payments (if any) are limited to 

those that the Executive Director (or member of Senior Management) is legally entitled to; 
and in exercising its discretion, the Committee robustly applies the ‘good’ and ‘bad’ leaver 
provisions as defined in the rules of each of the share schemes operated by the Group.

In developing its policy the Committee has regard to:
 > the Company’s business strategy, ensuring that targets support the achievement  

of business strategy and key KPIs;

 > the performance, roles and responsibilities of each Executive Director or member 

of Senior Management;

 > arrangements which apply below Senior Management level, including average base 

salary increases;

 > information and surveys from internal and independent sources; and

 > the economic environment and financial performance of the Group.

For full details of our Remuneration Policy see pages 64 to 74 of our 2014 Annual Report 
and Accounts.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

77

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report – Overview

Below is a summary of the remuneration package for Executive Directors throughout FY16, together with the targets set for variable remuneration, our performance against such targets  
and the resulting remuneration outcomes. Full details can be found in the Annual report on remuneration on pages 86 to 97.

FY16 Executive Directors’ remuneration package

Fixed element (c. 27% of total reward assuming maximum performance)

Salary + Pension + Benefits

Performance-related element (c. 73% of total reward assuming maximum performance)

Annual incentive

Annual Bonus  
(max 150% of salary)

Bonus in excess of 100% of  
salary deferred into shares

FY16 Performance metrics and link to strategy:

Financial – 105% of salary
Profit before tax – 60% 
(support profitability)
Land – 22.5% 
(drive the ownership of optimum amount of land to support 
business activities)
Capital employed – 22.5% 
(support strategic financial performance and Balance 
Sheet stability)

Non-Financial / strategic / personal – 45% of salary
Health and safety – 15% 
(drive health and safety performance throughout the business)
Customer Care – 15% 
(drive the customer experience throughout the business)
Personal Objectives – 15% 
(incentivise the achievement of role specific targets)

Long term performance

Performance Share Plan  
(max 200% of salary)

FY16 Performance metrics and link to strategy:

Earnings per Share (‘EPS’)– 1/3 
(to support the increase of earnings)
Return on capital employed (‘ROCE’)– 1/3 
(optimises the efficiency and profitability of investments)
Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) – 1/3 
(to align interests of Directors with those of shareholders)

Two-year continued holding period commencing  
at the end of performance period

Profit before tax £m

EPS pence

ROCE %

Land bank owned years

Net cash/(debt) £m

Total capital return1 pence

682.3

55.1

27.1

3.4

3.3

3.4

592.0

30.7

Our performance in FY16

565.5

45.5

390.6

31.2

23.9

19.5

25.1

186.5

10.3

73.1

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

1   Includes interim dividend of 6 pence per share paid in May 2016 and the proposed final dividend of 12.3 pence per share and special dividend of 12.4 pence per share for FY16, both of which are subject to shareholder approval. 

78

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDear Reader 

Barratt Developments PLC – 2016 Annual Report and Accounts  

Errata Statement 

Following the publication of our 2016 Annual Report and Accounts on 5 October 2016, the following typographical errors have been identified in the Remuneration Report: 

1.

Table 12 page 87: The capital employed threshold figure reads £2,691.9m but should read £2,961.9m.

2.

3.

4.

Table 13 page 87: The bonus deferred for FY16 has been included to the pound despite the column heading indicating that the number should be in thousands.   The
figures in that column should therefore read 312 and not 311,711 for David Thomas, 247 and not 246,694 for Steven Boyes and 122 and not 122,118 for Neil Cooper.

Footnote 3 page 88: the number of shares that lapsed in respect of Mark Clare’s award reads 91,200 but should be 91,283. The number of shares that vested for Mark
Clare is shown correctly.

Table 16 page 91: 2,013 shares are shown as granted to Steven Boyes under the 3 year Sharesave scheme during FY16. These shares were actually granted in FY15. The
2,013 shares should therefore have been shown in the ‘unvested shares as at 1 July 2015’ column.

We apologise for these typographical errors.  Further, we have reviewed and amended our proofing procedures to mitigate against such errors occurring again. 

Should you have any queries on the above please do not hesitate to contact me on 01530 278278 in the first instance. 

For and on behalf of Barratt Developments PLC  

Tina Bains 
Company Secretary 

Barratt Developments PLC, Barratt House, Cartwright Way, Forest Business Park, Bardon Hill, Coalville, Leicestershire LE67 1UF 

Telephone 01530 278278 • Fax 01530 278279 • Web www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk 

Barratt Developments PLC, Registered in England and Wales, Registered Number 00604574, Registered Office: Barratt House, Cartwright Way, Forest Business Park, Bardon Hill, Coalville, Leicestershire LE67 1UF. 

Remuneration Committee activity FY16

Main activities undertaken during FY16 
The Remuneration Committee follows an annual work programme: this covers the principal responsibilities as set out in its terms of reference, which was fully completed during the year.  
The main areas of focus for the Remuneration Committee during the year were as follows.

Executive Directors’ and Senior Management remuneration

 > Reviewed annual performance of the Executive Directors.
 > Reviewed fixed and variable remuneration for Executive Directors and 

Senior Management.

 > Considered and approved FY16 salary increases for Executive Directors 

and Senior Management (page 95).

Committee effectiveness

 > Reviewed and made progress against all matters arising from the 2015 

annual evaluation. 

 > Undertook an external evaluation of its own performance (page 57).
 > Reviewed and devised an action plan to address the issues arising from 

the 2016 annual evaluation (page 57).

 > Assessed the effectiveness of the Committee’s remuneration consultants 

during FY16 and approved their re-appointment for FY17 (page 95).

Annual bonus

 > Formally confirmed bonus outcomes for FY16 (page 87).
 > Considered bonus targets for FY17 (page 96).
 > Reviewed and approved proposals to further simplify the annual 

bonus scheme.

 > Assessed potential bonus outcomes for FY16 and targets for FY17.
 > Considered potential impact of BREXIT on the targets for FY17.

Governance

 > Considered and approved the Remuneration report for FY15.
 > Considered remuneration disclosure requirements for the Annual Report 

and Accounts for FY16.

 > Reviewed and approved the proposed approach for the Remuneration 

report for FY16.

 > Identified future training requirements for Committee members.
 > Reviewed and approved its annual agenda and terms of reference.

Long term incentives

 > Received updates on the potential levels of vesting of outstanding 

LTPP awards.

 > Considered and finalised performance targets, participants and level 

of awards for FY16 LTPP.

 > Reviewed the potential structure for the FY17 LTPP.
 > Discussed and approved proposed membership of the Senior Management 

long term incentive schemes. 

Shareholder consultation

 > Updated and consulted with shareholders on the remuneration outcomes 

for FY15 and the proposed policy for FY16.

 > Considered feedback received from the consultation process in finalising 

the targets proposed for flexible remuneration in FY16.

 > Reviewed the effectiveness of the shareholder consultation process.

Remuneration Committee terms of reference – www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/investors/corporate-governance/governance-policies

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

79

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy – summary

The Policy is summarised in the tables below and on pages 83 to 85. The Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2014 Annual General Meeting held on 12 November 2014.  
No changes are proposed to the Policy for FY17. It is our intention to put the Remuneration Policy to a binding vote at the AGM in 2017 in line with the Regulations. 

The full version of the Policy can be found on pages 64 to 74 of the 2014 Annual Report and Accounts which is available on our website at www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/investors/results-
reports-and-presentations/rp-2014. 

A description of how the Company implemented the Policy in FY16 can be found on pages 86 to 95 and details of how the Policy is intended to be applied in FY17 are set out on pages 95 to 97.

Element of pay

How operated in practice

Additional information

Base salary
To help promote the long term success of the Company, 
attract and retain high-calibre Executive Directors 
and reflect the roles and responsibilities of each of the 
Executive Directors.
Benefits (taxable)
To support the health and well-being of Executive 
Directors whilst they undertake their roles.

Pension
To assist Executive Directors plan for retirement.

Annual bonus
To motivate and reward Executive Directors and Senior 
Management for the achievement of demanding 
financial objectives and key strategic measures over 
the financial year.

Salaries are paid monthly in arrears. The aim is to provide a competitive salary 
relative to comparable companies in terms of size and complexity.

Normally reviewed annually and fixed for 12 months with effect from 1 July.

See page 95 for Executive Directors’ salaries with effect from 1 July 2016.

Benefits include:

 > company car;
 > annual medical screening;
 > private medical insurance;
 > some telephone costs; and
 > contributions towards obtaining independent tax advice.

The Committee does have the discretion to offer other benefits, if it deems 
appropriate, to secure the appointment of a new Executive Director and to ensure 
that the benefits package for existing Executive Directors remains competitive 
in the market.

In accordance with legislation, Executive Directors are enrolled into a workplace 
pension. If Executive Directors choose to opt-out of the workplace pension they 
can elect to either:

 > participate in the Company’s money purchase pension plan; or
 > receive a salary supplement.
Executive Directors are also eligible for an insured lump sum of up to five times 
pensionable salary on death in service.

The defined benefit section of the Group’s pension scheme closed to new entrants 
in 2001 and future accrual of defined benefits for current members ceased to 
be offered on 30 June 2009. Steven Boyes remains a member of this part of the 
scheme.

Details of the pension salary supplements for each of the Executive Directors 
are set out on page 93.

Executive Directors are eligible to earn a discretionary annual bonus.  
The bonus is not pensionable.

The level of bonus awarded to each Executive Director is dependent on the 
achievement of a number of Group and individual performance targets.

Bonuses up to 100% of base salary are paid in cash. Any bonus earned in excess 
of this (up to a maximum of 50% of base salary) is compulsorily deferred into 
shares under the Deferred Bonus Plan (‘DBP’), see below.

When setting bonus targets, the Committee considers the effect of corporate 
performance on environmental, social and governance risks and sustainability 
issues generally to ensure that remuneration structures do not inadvertently 
motivate irresponsible behaviour.

The performance targets set are stretching whilst having regard to the nature and 
risk profile of the Company and the interests of its shareholders. Performance 
conditions are based on a mixture of financial and non-financial targets. 

Performance against FY16 targets can be found on page 87.

80

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationElement of pay

How operated in practice

Additional information

Long Term Performance Plan (‘LTPP’)
To motivate and reward Executive Directors and 
Senior Management for the delivery of the long term 
performance of the Group.

To facilitate share ownership by Executive Directors 
and Senior Management.

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s LTPP. 

Annual LTPP awards can be equal to a maximum of 200% of base salary and 
are for a period of three years with a two-year continued holding period attached 
to the end of the performance period.

Deferred Bonus Plan (‘DBP’)
To encourage long term focus and to further align 
interests of the Executive Directors and Senior 
Management with those of shareholders and 
discourage excessive risk taking.

Any annual bonus which is deferred into shares is held in this plan for a period 
of three years and is subject to a continued employment condition.

Deferred shares may be forfeitable if an individual leaves prior to the release date.

Deferred shares do not accrue dividends.

LTPP awards are usually granted following the final results announcement 
in September of each year.

The Committee sets performance targets for each award and ensures that targets, 
whilst stretching, are: realistic and attainable; for the long term benefit of the Group; 
and do not encourage inappropriate business risks.

Performance so far against the targets for the awards made in FY15 and FY16 
can be found on page 89.

Details of the awards due to be granted in FY17 are set out on page 96. 

For any bonus deferred prior to November 2015, the Committee utilises the rules 
of the Group’s Co-Investment Plan (the ‘CIP’) for the purposes of the DBP. From 
FY16, deferred shares will be held in accordance with the DBP as approved by 
shareholders at the 2015 AGM. Under these rules the Committee has discretion 
to award matching shares (the ‘Matching Award’) should it deem appropriate. 
The Committee has not and does not intend to award such shares for FY16 or FY17.

Details of any bonus deferred into shares for FY16 can be found on page 87.

Executive Share Option Scheme (‘ESOS’)
To encourage or facilitate the holding of shares in the 
Company by or for the benefit of bona fide employees 
and former employees of the Company and its 
subsidiaries.

Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘Sharesave’)
To promote long term share ownership amongst all 
employees of the Group in a tax-efficient way, linking 
employee benefits to the performance of the Group and 
to aid retention of staff.

No awards can be granted under the ESOS in the same financial year as an award 
is granted under the LTPP.

The Committee retains the discretion to make future awards under the ESOS 
should market conditions dictate that it is more appropriate to grant under the 
ESOS than the LTPP.

The last award, made under the ESOS in December 2009, vested in December 
2012. Executive Directors have until 9 December 2019 to exercise their vested 
option, after which time it will lapse. No Executive Directors exercised their ESOS 
options during the year. 

Details of the Executive Directors’ remaining option holdings can be found on 
pages 90 to 92.

Under the standard terms of the Sharesave, all employees who have completed 
the minimum level of employment as at the invitation date as agreed by the Board, 
are eligible to participate in the Sharesave.

The three-year Sharesave granted in March 2013 matured on 1 June 2016. 
David Thomas exercised his options following the vesting of the 2013 three-year 
Sharesave Scheme in accordance with the rules and elected to retain his shares. 

Employees can elect to save between a minimum of £5 and the maximum monthly 
savings limit as approved by the Committee and the Board, for a period of three 
or five years. At the end of the savings period, employees have six months in which 
to exercise their option.

Options granted to Executive Directors under the Sharesave Scheme can be found 
in table 15 (page 89).

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

81

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report – Directors’ Remuneration Policy – summary continued

Element of pay

How operated in practice

Additional information

Shareholding requirement
To further align the interests of Executive Directors 
and Senior Management to those of shareholders.

Executive Directors and Senior Management are required to build up and retain 
a shareholding in the Company’s shares within five years of being appointed 
to the Group. 

The Chief Executive and other Executive Directors are required to build up and 
retain a total shareholding in the Company’s shares equivalent to 200% and 150% 
of base salary respectively (the ‘Total Shareholding’²).

The share price used for the purposes of determining the value of the shares is 
that prevailing on 30th June¹.  

There is no mandatory requirement for the Non-Executive Directors, including the 
Chairman, to hold shares however there is an expectation that they will acquire 
some shares following their appointment.

Clawback and malus provisions apply to all short and long term variable remuneration (except the ESOS Scheme) in the event of material misconduct and/or material misstatement or error 
of financial results. For full details see page 85.

1  Vested schemes that have not yet been released will be valued by reference to the higher of the share price paid on acquisition or vesting on 30 June.
2   ‘Total shareholding’ (included net of income tax except for Owned shareholdings) include all ‘Owned shareholdings’, shares held under a vested but unexercised option, shares held under the Deferred Bonus Plan, and vested shares under the LTPP subject to ongoing restrictions.  

The Chief Executive and other Executive Directors must ensure that their Total Shareholding is made up of at least 67% and 50% respectively of "Owned Shareholding"³.

3  ‘Owned shareholding’ include shares held directly, by a spouse, partner or children under 18, in an ISA or PEP and in a pension or trust arrangement.

Guidelines of Responsible Investment Disclosure
In line with the ABI Guidelines on Responsible Investment Disclosure the Committee is satisfied that the incentive structure and targets for Executive Directors do not raise any environmental, 
social, or governance risks by inadvertently motivating irresponsible or reckless behaviour. The Committee considers that no element of the remuneration package will encourage inappropriate 
risk taking within the Company. 

Summary of the Remuneration Policy for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors
Element of pay

How operated in practice

Additional information

Non-Executive Directors’ fees (including the Chairman)
To reflect the time commitment and the skills 
and experience required for the role.

The remuneration of the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors is  
reviewed annually taking into account the fees paid by other companies  
in the housebuilding sector.

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is set by the Board on the 
recommendation of a Committee of Executive Directors and the remuneration 
of the Chairman is set by the Board on the recommendation of the Committee.

Non-Executive Directors' fees are paid monthly in arrears.

Non-Executive Directors' fees are set out on page 97. 

No additional fees are payable for membership of Board Committees however, 
additional fees are paid to the Chairmen of the Audit, the Remuneration and the 
Safety, Health and Environmental Committees and to the Senior Independent 
Director. See page 97 for full details.

The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any performance related 
schemes (e.g. annual bonus or incentive schemes) nor do they receive any pension 
or private medical insurance or taxable benefits other than the potential to receive 
gifts at the end of a long-standing term of appointment and travel/hospitality 
benefits related to their role as Directors.

82

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationExecutive Directors’ service contracts 
Details of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are included in Table 8 below and their 
emoluments are shown in Table 10 (page 86). The Company’s policy is for all Executive Directors’ 
(including new appointments) service contracts to be for a rolling 12 month period which can be 
terminated by 12 months’ notice given by either the Company or by the Executive Director at any 
time. The service contracts entitle Executive Directors to the provision of a company car, annual 
medical screening, private medical insurance, some telephone costs and contributions to the 
cost of obtaining independent tax advice. The Committee regularly reviews the contractual terms 
for Executive Directors to ensure that they continue to reflect best practice.

All Executive Directors’ appointments and subsequent re-appointments are subject to election 
and annual re-election by shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting.

Table 8 – Executive Directors’ service contracts
Executive Director

Service contract date

Date of appointment

David Thomas
Steven Boyes
Neil Cooper

16 January 2013
21 February 2013
17 June 2015

21 July 2009
1 July 2001
23 November 2015

Notice period

12 months
12 months
12 months

Executive Directors’ service contracts are available for inspection by any person at the 
Company’s registered office during normal office hours and on the Company’s website at: 
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk. 

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
The Chairman and each of the Non-Executive Directors are appointed under terms set out 
in a letter of appointment. They do not have service contracts and their appointments can be 
terminated (by the Board) without compensation for loss of office and by giving the appropriate 
length of notice as prescribed in their respective letters of appointment. The notice period 
applicable, from either party, for the Chairman is three months and for each of the other  
Non-Executive Directors is one month. 

Under governance policies approved by the Board, Non-Executive Directors are appointed for 
a three-year term and usually serve a second three-year term subject to performance review 
and re-election by shareholders. Beyond this a further term of up to three years may be served 
subject to rigorous review by the Chairman and the Nomination Committee and re-election 
by shareholders. Details of Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment can be found in 
Table 9.

Table 9 – Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
Date first appointed  
Date elected/  
to the Board
re-elected at AGM

Non-Executive Director

John Allan
Tessa Bamford
Mark Rolfe
Richard Akers
Nina Bibby
Jock Lennox

11 November 2015
11 November 2015
11 November 2015
11 November 2015
11 November 2015
N/A

1 August 2014
1 July 2009
1 May 2008
2 April 2012
3 December 2012
1 July 2016

Date last re-appointed  
to the Board

N/A
1 July 2015
1 May 2014
2 April 2015
3 December 2015
N/A

The letters of appointment for Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection by any person 
at the Company’s registered office during normal office hours and on the Company’s website at: 
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

83

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report – Directors’ Remuneration Policy – summary continued

In accordance with Code provision D.2.1, each of the members of the Committee (including John 
Allan at the date of his Board appointment) is considered to be independent with no financial 
interest in the Committee’s decisions, other than as shareholders and the fees paid to them. 
Details of their shareholdings and fees can be found on pages 89 and 97 respectively.

Recruitment of Executive Directors 
The Committee will determine the remuneration for any new Executive Director in accordance 
with the Policy as set out in the Future Policy Table on pages 64 to 69 of the 2014 Annual Report 
and Accounts and will take into consideration each of the following elements:

Salary and benefits – the Committee will take into account: market data for the scope of the 
job; remuneration for the relevant role; salaries of and benefits provided to existing Executive 
Directors; and the new Executive Director’s experience, location and current base salary  
and benefits package. In the event an Executive Director is recruited at below market levels,  
their base salary may be re-aligned over a period of time (e.g. two to three years) subject  
to their performance in the role. The Committee may also agree to cover relocation costs,  
if it is deemed appropriate.

Pension – Executive Directors will be auto-enrolled from the date of recruitment unless they opt-
out. If an Executive Director chooses to opt-out they may elect to receive a pension supplement in 
cash. The Committee has discretion to determine the level of pension supplement to be awarded 
to each Executive Director, up to a maximum of 30% of base salary, having regard to the pension 
supplement given to existing Executive Directors. Alternatively, the Executive Director may 
choose to join the defined contribution money purchase pension plan provided they meet all of 
the eligibility criteria. The Executive Director also has the option to receive some of their pension 
entitlement in cash and have the remainder contributed to the defined contribution money 
purchase pension plan, provided this does not, in aggregate, exceed 30% of base salary.

LTPP – new Executive Directors may be able to participate in the LTPP on terms to be considered 
by the Committee on a case by case basis. Any award made to the new Executive Director will 
usually be on the same terms as set out in the Policy. The level of the award will be no greater 
than that made to existing Executive Directors and will be pro-rated based on the remaining time 
span of the relevant performance period. 

The Committee may also consider buying out incentive awards which an individual would forfeit 
upon leaving their current employer, again this would be reviewed on a case by case basis. 
The Committee would however in all cases seek validation of the value of any potential incentive 
the individual is likely to forfeit and take into account the proportion of the performance period 
remaining of the award, the type of award (i.e. cash/shares) and the performance achieved (or 
likely to be achieved). Replacement share awards, if any, will be capped at the amount which 
the individual will forfeit and will be subject to the performance conditions applicable under the 
terms of the Executive Director share scheme in operation at the time. 

Where an individual is recruited internally to the position of Executive Director, the Company  
will honour any pre-existing contractual commitments.

Executive Directors’ policy on payment on loss of office
Historically, there have been no specific provisions for compensation on early termination (except 
for payment in lieu of holidays accrued but untaken) or loss of office due to a change of ownership 
of the Company. The Committee also reserves the right to make additional payments where 
such payments are made in good faith: (a) in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way 
of damages for breach of such an obligation); or (b) by way of settlement or compromise of any 
claim arising in connection with the termination of an Executive Director’s office or employment. 
The Committee will apply mitigation against any contractual obligations as it deems fair and 
reasonable and will seek legal advice on the Company’s liability to pay compensation. It also 
seeks to reduce the level of any compensation payable and takes into account, amongst other 
factors, the individual’s and the Group’s performance; the Director’s obligation to mitigate 
their own loss; and the Director’s length of service when calculating termination payments. 
The Committee reserves the right to phase any such payments if it deems that it is appropriate 
to do so. Any amount that the Committee decides to pay an Executive Director will be based on 
the main elements of Executive Remuneration namely, base salary, annual bonus (subject to the 
Committee’s discretion), benefits and pension. For new appointments to the Board, the Company 
can, at its discretion, terminate a Director’s appointment and pay them only a monthly salary 
for the 12 month notice period or until such time as the Director secures another job, whichever 
is the earlier. 

The Committee also takes into account the rules of the annual bonus and long term incentive 
schemes when determining any payments for loss of office as follows:

Annual bonus – in terms of the annual bonus, in accordance with the provisions contained 
within the service contracts, Executive Directors are not usually entitled to any bonus payment 
(other than in circumstances where they are deemed by the Committee as a ‘good leaver’, 
which includes but is not limited to redundancy, retirement, ill-health or disability or any other 
circumstance which the Committee may decide), unless they remain employed and are not 
under notice as at the payment date. Any bonus payment for a ‘good leaver’ will be based on 
the individual performance of the Executive Director concerned, as well as the Company’s 
performance during the relevant period. Such payment will be pro-rated depending on the 
proportion of the bonus period worked by the relevant individual.

Deferred bonus – for any bonus deferred into shares, if the Executive Director is deemed to be a 
‘good leaver’ (as defined above), he will be entitled to retain the shares subject to settling any tax 
and national insurance liability that may become due on release of the shares. In all other cases, 
the shares will lapse immediately on the date that the Executive Director’s employment with the 
Company ends and there is no entitlement to any compensation for the loss of the shares.

In the event any matching awards have been granted to the Executive Director, these will lapse 
immediately unless the individual is leaving for a ‘permitted reason’ (this includes, but is not 
limited to, redundancy, retirement, ill-health or disability). If the Executive Director is leaving  
for a permitted reason, the unvested award will vest after the deferral period in line with the 
other awards. However, the number of matching shares to be released to a good leaver will  
be pro-rated based on the proportion of the performance period that has been completed and 
the level of the performance conditions that have been met up to that date. 

84

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationLTPP – under the rules of the LTPP, unless the Executive Director is deemed by the Committee 
to be a ‘good leaver’ (as previously defined) any LTPP awards held by him will lapse on cessation 
of his employment. If he is a ‘good leaver’, the number of shares subject to the award will be 
pro-rated based on the proportion of the performance period that has been completed by him. 
No shares will, however, be released to the Executive Director, until the normal vesting date, 
being three years from the date of grant. During this time the shares will continue to be subject 
to the relevant performance conditions until the end of the performance period, at which point 
the Committee will test the performance conditions and determine how much, if any, of the 
remaining shares will vest.

Change of control – the rules of each share scheme operated by the Company contain provisions 
relating to a change of control. In the event that a change of control does occur any unvested 
options/awards will become vested on the date of the relevant event. However, the number of 
options/awards that vest will be pro-rated depending on the remaining time span of the relevant 
performance period and the level of performance conditions achieved during that period. 
Options/awards which have already vested as at the date of the relevant event may still be 
exercised within the prescribed timescales set out in the rules.

Non-Executive directorships 
Subject to Board approval, Executive Directors are permitted to accept one Non-Executive 
directorship outside the Company and retain any fees received from such a position. 
Executive Directors are not allowed to take on the Chairmanship of any FTSE 100 company. 
Board approval will not be given for any Non-Executive position where such appointment would 
lead to a material conflict of interest or would have an adverse effect on the Director’s ability  
to perform their duties to the Company.

Gifts to Directors on leaving employment
The Committee reserves the discretion to approve gifts to long serving Directors who are retiring 
or who are considered by the Board to be leaving in good faith e.g. those leaving office for any 
reason other than dismissal or misconduct. The value of the gift for any one Director shall be 
limited to a maximum of £5,000 and where a tax liability is incurred on such a gift the Committee 
has the discretion to approve the payment of such liability on behalf of the Director in addition  
to this maximum limit.

Legacy arrangements
In approving the Policy, authority is given to the Company to honour any previously disclosed 
commitments entered into with current or former Directors including, but not limited to, payment 
of pensions or the vesting/exercise of past share awards.

Clawback and Malus
Both the annual bonus (including any deferred bonus and any matching element) and the LTPP 
are subject to the Company’s power of clawback and malus (‘Clawback’) for a period of two years 
following vesting. 'Clawback' is applicable in respect of any annual bonus paid/deferred and to 
any share awards granted under the LTPP or the ESOS from 30 June 2010 onwards, subject in 
the case of HMRC approved options, to such approval. In addition, 'Clawback' will also apply to 
any awards granted under any Senior Management share schemes.

Clawback can be invoked if: 

a)   it is necessary to restate the Group’s accounts used to calculate a participant’s entitlement 
to bonus or share awards in circumstances where the original over-statement has led to a 
bonus being paid/deferred or share awards being granted which would not otherwise have 
been paid or granted; or 

b)   the participant is found guilty of any criminal activity in connection with his or her employment 
and this related to an act which led to a bonus being paid/deferred or share awards being 
granted to him or her. 

In such circumstances, the Committee may determine that the bonus and/or share award will  
be retrospectively recalculated. If bonus monies have been paid, the participant will be required 
to reimburse the Company for an amount up to the total amount of the net bonus paid, less  
any bonus that the Committee determines would have been paid regardless of the event in 
question. If share awards have been granted, the number of awards or options granted will  
be reduced accordingly. If the award has vested and shares have been issued to the participant,  
the participant will be required to repay the value of the relevant number of shares based  
on the Company’s closing share price as at the date the shares were issued.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

85

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAnnual report on remuneration

In this section, we describe how the Policy has been implemented throughout FY16 together with the resulting payments to Directors and how the Policy will be applied in FY17.  
The Annual report on remuneration will be subject to an advisory vote at the 2016 AGM.

Directors’ remuneration outcomes for FY16 

Single figure of remuneration

The total remuneration for each of the Directors for the financial year ended 30 June 2016 is as set out in Tables 10 and 11 below:

Table 10 – Executive Directors’ single figure of remuneration (Audited)

David Thomas
Steven Boyes 
Neil Cooper8
Former Directors
Mark Clare7
Total

Salary  
£000

Benefits1 (taxable)  
£000

Annual Bonus2 
£000

LTPP  
£000

Pension Benefits  
£000

Sharesave Scheme 
£000

2016 Total  
£000

2015 Total  
£000

2015/16

2014/15

2015/16

2014/15

2015/16

2014/15

2015/163

2014/154

2015/16

2014/15

2015/165

2014/156

676
535
275

58
1,544

454
454
–

701
1,609

15
38
9

3
65

15
30
–

44
89

988
782
387

-
2,157

635
635
–

980
2,250

1,456
1,456
245

1,758
4,915

3,493
3,493
–

5,394
12,380

169
134
66

18
387

136
136
–

210
482

16
–
–

–
16

–
34
–

34
68

3,320
2,945
982

1,837
9,084

4,733
4,782
–

7,363
16,878

1  Benefits (taxable) include the provision of a company car or car allowance, annual medical screening, private medical insurance, some telephone costs and contributions towards obtaining independent tax advice.
2  Includes amount deferred for David Thomas, Neil Cooper and Steven Boyes (see Table 13 on page 87). Mark Clare received his entire 2014/15 bonus in cash in accordance with the retirement arrangements agreed.
3  Performance conditions tested after 30 June 2016 and 100% of the award is due to vest in October 2016. The market price of shares has been calculated based on an average market value over the three months to 30 June 2016 (£5.37 per share).
4   In accordance with regulatory requirements, the values in this column have been re-calculated using share price of £6.54 per share being the market value of the shares on the vesting date, 24 October 2015, as opposed to the market price of £5.70 per share calculated based on an average  

market value over the three months to 30 June 2015 as disclosed in last year’s Remuneration report. 

5  The Sharesave Scheme, granted in March 2013, was subject to a continued employment condition and matured on 1 June 2016. The value is calculated using a share price of £5.74 per share being the mid market close price of a share on the date of maturity. 
6   The Sharesave Scheme, granted in March 2012, was subject to a continued employment condition and matured on 1 June 2015. The value is calculated using a share price of £5.96 per share being the mid market close price of a share on the date of maturity. 
7   Mark Clare retired from his position as a Director of the Board on 31 July 2015 and from the Company on 31 October 2015. The payment above shows the remuneration received by Mark Clare during his period serving as a Director. Mark Clare received a full bonus payment for FY15 but was not 

entitled to any bonus for the year ended 30 June 2016. 

8  Neil Cooper was appointed to the Board on 23 November 2015 and his salary and bonus reflects the period served on the Board.

Table 11 – Non-Executive Directors’ single figure of remuneration (Audited)

John Allan
Richard Akers
Tessa Bamford
Nina Bibby
Mark Rolfe
Former Directors
Bob Lawson2
Total

2015/16

300
71
56
56
71

–
554

Fees  
£000

2014/15 

203¹
63
48
48
63

98
523

Benefits (taxable)  
£000

2016 Total  
£000

2015 Total  
£000

2015/16³

2014/15

0
0
–
–
1

–
1

–
–
–
–
–

11
11

300
71
56
56
72

–
555

203
63
48
48
63

109
534

1  Reflects a fee of £48,000 p.a. for the period 1 August 2014 to 11 November 2014 and £300,000 p.a. from 12 November 2014 onwards.
2   Bob Lawson stepped down from his position as Chairman of the Company at the conclusion of 2014 AGM on 12 November 2014. Benefits (taxable) relates to the value of the gift (£5,000) and the tax payable thereon (£6,000 including VAT), presented to Bob by the Board to reflect the significant 

contribution he made during his period of service. 

3   Benefits (taxable) include expenses incurred in attending the Company's main corporate office and are £348 for John Allan, £470 for Richard Akers and £1,325 for Mark Rolfe.

86

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAnnual bonus
For the year under review, Executive Directors had the potential to earn an annual bonus of up to 150% of base salary, 135% of which is based on the attainment of Group performance targets and 
15% on personal objectives, both of which are linked directly to the Group’s strategy. Any bonus earned in excess of 100% of base salary is deferred into shares for a period of three years. All targets, 
Group and personal, were agreed towards the beginning of the financial year. The Group performance targets which applied to the bonus for FY16 and the level of bonus achieved were as follows:

Table 12 – Annual bonus (Audited)

Bonus target

Strategic objective

Profit before tax

Increase profitability

Capital employed

Increase focus on the capital employed position 

Targets

Threshold: £600m
Target: £645m
Maximum: £680m

Threshold: £2,691.9m
Target: £2,936.9m
Maximum: £2,911.9m

Land bank owned and 
controlled

Health and safety1

Customer service

Personal objectives³

To ensure appropriate future land supply

Land bank owned: 4.3 – 4.6 years 

To create a safe environment for employees and other 
stakeholders

SHE audit compliance: 94% or above
85% or less: No more than 0.45% of sites

To increase focus on providing a high quality service to 
our customers and maintain 5 Star status

To focus individuals to achieving the Group’s strategic 
objectives

HBF/NHBC Star rating: 5 Star²

Threshold: 1.5%
Target: 7.5%
Maximum: 15%

Potential bonus weighting

Actual performance

Bonus achieved

Payable in cash

Payable in shares

% of salary

12%
30%
60%

4.5%
11.25%
22.5%

22.5%

15%

15%

15%

Achievement

£682.3m

% of salary

60.0%

 % of salary

13.9%

 % of salary

46.1%

£2,605.5

4.5 years

96.0%
0.2%

5 Star 

David Thomas 15.0%
Steven Boyes 15.0%
Neil Cooper 15.0%

22.5%

22.5%

15.0%

11.1%

15.0%

22.5%

22.5%

15.0%

11.1%

15.0%

–

–

–

–

–

1  In the case of a material breach of SHE policy or procedures, the SHE Committee retains discretion to withhold all or part of the bonus depending on the nature of the breach. 
2  Customer service metric will be pro-rated based on the number of divisions achieving the required standard. For FY16, 20/27 divisions achieved the required standard.
3   The Committee assessed the performance of each Director individually and in the context of the Company's performance against meeting the above strategic objectives and concluded that they had fully met the range of specific personal objectives set for them for the year.

Table 13 – Executive Directors’ deferred bonus

David Thomas

Steven Boyes

Neil Cooper

2015/16 Deferred Bonus

2014/15 Deferred Bonus

% of salary 
deferred1

Amount deferred  
£000

Number of 
shares2

% of salary 
deferred1

Amount deferred  
£000

46.1%

46.1%

46.1%

311,711

246,694

122,118

TBC3

TBC3

TBC3

39.8

39.8

–

181

181

–

Number of 
shares2

27,531

27,531

–

1   The Executive Directors earned a total bonus of 139.8% and 146.1% of base salary for FY15 and FY16 respectively. The bonus earned in excess of 100% of base salary will be deferred into shares. Mark Clare did not receive any annual bonus for the period between 30 June 2015 and his retirement 

from the Company on 31 October 2015. Neil Cooper's deferred bonus has been pro-rated based on the period he has been employed during the performance period.

2   Shares are held in the CIP (pre-FY16) and DBP (post-FY16) for a period of three years commencing from the date of the award and subject to a continued employment condition.
3   The number of shares will be determined based on the share price calculated by averaging the closing middle-market quotations, as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange, for the first five dealing days following the date on which the Group announces its FY16 annual 

results. The actual number of shares awarded in respect of the FY16 deferred bonus was not therefore available as at the date of this report and will be disclosed in next year’s report. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

87

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
Remuneration report – Annual report on remuneration continued

Long Term Performance Plans

Vesting of 2013/14 LTPP (included in 2015/16 Single Figure) (Audited)
The 2013/14 LTPP award granted on 23 October 2013 was based on performance to the year 
ended 30 June 2016 and will vest on 23 October 2016. The performance conditions for this 
award and the resulting vesting level is as follows:

Metric

EPS

TSR

Performance condition

Absolute EPS growth for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2016.
TSR against the constituents of the FTSE 
250 index (excluding investment trusts). 
25% of this element vests for median 
performance and 100% of this element 
vests for upper quartile performance or 
above. TSR measured over three financial 
years with a three month average at the 
start and end of the performance period.

 Total level of award vesting

Threshold 
target

30p

Median 
ranking of 
91.5 (TSR of 
32.5%)

Stretch  
target 

Actual

% of award 
vesting

40p Basic EPS 
55.1p1
Rank of 
28 (TSR of 
88.7%)

Upper 
quartile of 
46.0 (TSR of 
68.4%)

501

50

100

1   The actual earnings per share of 55.1 pence has been rebased using the corporation tax rate applicable at the date on which the 2013/14 LTPP 
targets were set, as the subsequent reduction to the rate of corporation tax was not performance related. The actual earnings per share has 
also been rebased using the same number of shares in issue as used in the 2013/14 LTPP targets. The rebased earnings per share used for the 
purpose of determining vesting, which is directly comparable to the 2013/14 LTPP targets, was 55.8 pence.

The Committee considered the underlying financial performance of the Group and was satisfied 
that given the continued improvement in the Group’s financial results, the above level of vesting 
of the 2013/14 LTPP was justified. Accordingly, the gross number of shares to be released to 
each of the Executive Directors are as follows:

Executive Director

David Thomas
Steven Boyes
Neil Cooper
Former Directors
Mark Clare3

Number of 
shares at grant

Number of 
shares to 
vest1

Number of 
shares to  
lapse

Dividends on 
shares to  
vest 

271,230
271,230
45,705

271,230
271,230
45,705

418,830

327,547

–
–
–

–

Total

271,230
271,230
45,705

Estimated 
value2 
(£000)

1,456
1,456
245

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A

327,547

1,758

1  The relevant number of shares will be released to each participant as soon as is practicable in October 2016, following the vesting date. 
2  The estimated value of the vested shares is based on the average share price during the three months to 30 June 2016 (£5.37 per share).
3   Mark Clare left the Company’s employment on 31 October 2015 therefore the shares vesting to him under the 2013/14 LTPP reflect the period 

of service from 1 July 2013 until 31 October 2015. 91,200 shares lapsed on 31 October 2015. His shares will be released on the usual vesting date 
along with other participants.

LTPP granted during the year (the ‘2015/16 LTPP’) (Audited)
On 19 October 2015, the following 2015/16 LTPP awards were granted to Executive Directors:

Executive Director 

Type of award

Basis of  
award  
granted

Share price at 
date of grant 
(pence)

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted

Face value  
of award  
(£000)

% of face value 
that would vest 
at threshold 
performance

Vesting 
determined by 
performance 
over

David Thomas

Steven Boyes

Neil Cooper1

Conditional 
award
Conditional 
award
Conditional 
award

200% of salary 
£676,000
200% of salary 
£535,000
200% of salary 
£454,000

632

212,244

1,341

632

167,974

1,062

605

122,440

741

25

25

25

Three 
financial 
years to  
30 June 
2018

1   Neil Cooper’s award was made on 21 December 2015 after joining the Company and was pro-rated to take account of the portion of the 

performance period employed.

The 2015/16 LTPP is subject to three performance conditions, one-third TSR, one-third EPS 
and one-third ROCE. The levels of vesting against TSR are measured over a three-year period 
commencing 1 July 2015, and against EPS and ROCE for the financial year ending 30 June 2018. 
Once the performance test has been completed, assuming shares vest, they will be subject  
to a further two-year holding period. The performance against targets for these awards  
in addition to previous awards are set out on page 89.

CFO Scheme
In December 2015, the Company granted the following awards to Neil Cooper. These awards 
were designed in quantum to compensate for awards which were forfeited by Neil on leaving  
his previous employment. They were structured to mirror the vesting timescales and 
performance conditions of the Company’s awards made in 2013 and 2014, so his incentives  
are aligned with those of the other Executive Directors. Shares that vest on 20 October 2017 
are subject to a two-year holding period commencing 1 July 2017. These performance based 
share awards were structured as share options with a nominal exercise price of the par value 
of the Company’s shares of 10 pence per share.

Date of Grant

21 Dec 2015

21 Dec 2015

Share price at 
date of grant 
(pence)

605

605

Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted

45,705

76,175

Option price
(pence)

Face value  
of award  
(£000)

% of face value 
that would vest 
at threshold 
performance

10

10

277

461

25%

25%

Exercisable 
from

Exercisable 
to

23 Oct 
2016
20 Oct 
2017

6 Nov 
2016
6 Nov 
2017

88

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Table 14 – Performance of current LTPP plans against targets
Given the commercial sensitivity of the EPS and ROCE targets set for the 2014/15 and 2015/16 
LTPPs to the Group’s future strategy, the Committee agreed that it would not publish these 
targets prospectively but would set out performance against the targets on an annual basis. 
The metrics and performance to date against the targets set at the outset of the awards are 
shown below:

2014/15 Award

Last year we disclosed performance and potential level of vesting of this award against targets 
over a single year. The table below shows the potential level of vesting if performance was 
measured over a two year period to the 30 June 2016:

Performance target

TSR 
EPS
ROCE
Total

2015/16

Performance as at  
30 June 2016

55.4%
55.1 pence
27.1%

Level of vesting had the  
award vested as at  
30 June 2016

33.3%
26.9%
33.3%
93.5%

Outlined below is the potential level of vesting for the 2015/16 LTPP, had the performance period 
been for one year to 30 June 2016:

Performance target

TSR
EPS
ROCE
Total

Performance as at  
30 June 2016

-1.8%
55.1 pence
27.1%

Level of vesting had the  
award vested as at  
30 June 2016

14.2%
0%
25.8%
40.0%

Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (Audited)
For the financial year ended 30 June 2016 Executive Directors were required to hold shares in the 
Company equivalent in value to 200% of salary for the Chief Executive and 150% of salary for the 
other Directors. In addition the Executive Directors were also required to have a minimum owned 
shareholding in the Group (see page 82 for definition) of 67% salary for the Chief Executive and 50% 
for other Executive Directors. The Chief Executive and other Executive Directors are expected to 
meet this requirement no later than the fifth anniversary of joining the Board, with progress being 
made throughout the period. Participants who have not built up the required level of ‘Owned and 
Total Shareholdings’ by the end of the defined period, will not be eligible for inclusion in future 
share-based incentive schemes nor will they be allowed to sell shares until they reach the levels 
specified, unless exceptional circumstances exist in the opinion of the Committee. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

At 30 June 2016, both David Thomas and Steven Boyes have met the shareholding requirement. 
In accordance with the Policy, Neil Cooper has until 23 November 2020 to meet the 
relevant requirement.

The interests of the Directors serving during the financial year and their connected persons 
in the ordinary share capital of the Company at the beginning and end of the year are shown in 
Table 15 below. No notification has been received of any change in the interests shown during 
the period 30 June 2016 to 7 September 2016 inclusive, with the exception of the shares to be 
deferred in respect of the bonus earned in excess of 100% of base salary by Executive Directors 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2016 the details of which can be found on page 87.

To be classified as a ‘good leaver’ from the Company, the Chief Executive and the other Executive 
Directors, will be required to commit to continue retaining a Total Shareholding of 100% and 75% 
respectively of the value of their final salary in the Company’s shares for two years post their 
leaving date. 

Table 15 – Directors’ interests in shares (Audited)

Beneficially 
owned as at  
1 July 2015

Beneficially 
owned as at  
30 June 2016

931,577
478,275
–
3,102
40,000
32,542
8,500
71,821

1,280,726
827,498
–
3,102
40,000
34,010
8,500
75,062

Outstanding 
share awards 
under all 
employee 
share plans 
as at 30 June 
2016

1,101,766
838,272
248,054
–
–
–
–
–

Owned 
Shareholding 
as a % of  
salary as at  
30 June 
20161 

Owned 
Shareholding 
requirement 
met  
(Y/N)

Total 
Shareholding 
as a % of  
salary as at  
30 June 
20161

Total 
Shareholding 
requirement 
met  
(Y/N)

767%
626%
0%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Y
Y
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A

886%
687%
0%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

–

David Thomas
Steven Boyes
Neil Cooper³
John Allan
Richard Akers
Tessa Bamford
Nina Bibby
Mark Rolfe
Former Directors
Mark Clare²

311,103

–

584,825

–

1  Calculated in accordance with the Group’s Remuneration Policy. 
2   Mark Clare retired from his position as a Director of the Board on 31 July 2015 and from the Company on 31 October 2015.
3  Neil Cooper has until 23 November 2020 to build up his shareholding.

Y
Y
N
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A

89

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report – Annual report on remuneration continued

Table 16 – Executive Directors’ conditional awards and share options (Audited)
Details of the conditional awards and share options over shares held by the Executive Directors who served during the year are as follows:

David Thomas
Conditional share options
ESOS2
ESOS2
Sharesave (3 year)
Sharesave (5 year)
Sharesave (5 year)
Conditional awards
DBP³
LTPP4
DBP
LTPP5
DBP
LTPP6
DBP
LTPP7
Total

Date of grant

10.12.2009
10.12.2009
27.03.2013
30.04.2014
27.04.2016

12.10.2012
24.10.2012
02.10.2013
23.10.2013
09.10.2014
20.10.2014
19.10.2015
19.10.2015

Unvested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Vested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Granted 
(number)

Exercised 
(number)

Lapsed  
(number)

Outstanding 
shares as at 
30 June 16 
(number)

Market price  
on award  
(pence)

Exercise  
price  
(pence)

Market price  
at exercise/
vesting  
(pence)

Gain  
receivable  
(£000) 

Date from which 
exercisable/
capable of
vesting1

Expiry  
Date

–
–
4,398
4,297
-

116,903
534,493
65,769
271,230
57,091
244,086
–
–
1,298,267

8,350
208,056
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
216,406

–
–
–
–
3,112

–
–
–
–
–
–
27,531
212,244
242,887

–
–
(4,398)
–
–

(116,903)
(534,493)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(655,794)

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

8,350
208,056
–
4,297
3,112

–
–
65,769
271,230
57,091
244,086
27,531
212,244
1,101,766

–
–
–
–
–

170.14
160.90
326.90
325.00
386.00
372.00
656.00
637.00
–

117.84
121.39
204.60
349.00
482.00

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
354.010
–
–

613.5
613.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
6
–
–

717
3,279
–
–
–
–
–
–
4,002

10.12.2012
10.12.2012
01.06.2016
01.07.2019
01.07.2021

12.10.2015
24.10.2015
02.10.2016
23.10.2016
09.10.2017
20.10.2017
19.10.2018
19.10.2018
–

09.12.2019
09.12.2019
30.11.2016
31.12.2019
31.12.2021

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

90

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationSteven Boyes
Conditional share options
Sharesave (3 year)
Sharesave (3 year)
Sharesave (3 year)
Conditional awards
DBP³
LTPP4
DBP
LTPP5
DBP
LTPP6
DBP
LTPP7
Total

Neil Cooper
Conditional share options

CFO Scheme8
CFO Scheme8
Sharesave (3 year)
Conditional Awards
LTPP7
Total

Date of grant

28.03.2012
30.04.2014
29.04.2015

12.10.2012
24.10.2012
02.10.2013
23.10.2013
09.10.2014
20.10.2014
19.10.2015
19.10.2015

Date of grant

21.12.2015
21.12.2015
27.04.2016

21.12.2015

Unvested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Vested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Granted 
(number)

Exercised 
(number)

Lapsed  
(number)

Outstanding 
shares as at 
30 June 16 
(number)

Market price  
on award  
(pence)

Exercise  
price  
(pence)

Market price  
at exercise/ 
vesting  
(pence)

Gain  
receivable  
(£000) 

Date from which 
exercisable/
capable of
vesting1

Expiry  
date

–
2,578
–

111,746
534,493
65,769
271,230
57,091
244,086
–
–
1,286,993

7,200
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7,200

–
–
2,013

–
–
–
–
–
–
27,531
167,974
197,518

(7,200)
–
–

(111,746)
(534,493)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(653,439)

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
2,578
2,013

–
–
65,769
271,230
57,091
244,086
27,531
167,974
838,272

–
–
–

170.14
160.90
326.90
325.00
386.00
372.00
656.00
637.00
–

125.00
349.00
447.00

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

632.0
–
–

613.5
613.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

36
–
–

01.06.2015
01.07.2017
01.07.2018

30.11.2015
31.12.2017
31.12.2018

686
3,279
–
–
–
–
–
–
4,001

12.10.2015
24.10.2015
02.10.2016
23.10.2016
09.10.2017
20.10.2017
19.10.2018
19.10.2018
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Unvested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Vested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Granted 
(number)

Exercised 
(number)

Lapsed  
(number)

Outstanding 
shares as at 
30 June 16 
(number)

Market price  
on award  
(pence)

Exercise  
price  
(pence)

Market price  
at exercise/ 
vesting  
(pence)

Gain  
receivable  
(£000) 

Date from which 
exercisable/
capable of
vesting1

Expiry  
date

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

45,705
76,175
3,734

122,440
248,054

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

45,705
76,175
3,734

–
–
–

122,440
248,054

637.00
–

10.00
10.00
482.00

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

23.10.2016
20.10.2017
01.07.2019

06.11.2016
03.11.2017
31.12.2019

19.10.2018
–

–
–

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

91

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report – Annual report on remuneration continued

Former Directors

Mark Clare9
Conditional awards
DBP³
LTPP4
DBP
LTPP5
DBP
LTPP6
Total

Date of grant

12.10.2012
24.10.2012
02.10.2013
23.10.2013
09.10.2014
20.10.2014

Unvested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Vested  
shares at 
1 July 2015  
(number)

Granted 
(number)

Exercised 
(number)

Lapsed  
(number)

Outstanding 
shares as at 
30 June 16 
(number)

Market price  
on award  
(pence)

Exercise  
price  
(pence)

Market price  
at exercise/ 
vesting  
(pence)

Gain  
receivable  
(£000) 

Date from which 
exercisable/
capable of
vesting1

Expiry  
date

184,123
825,357
101,560
418,830
88,160
376,891
1,994,921

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

(184,123)
(825,357)
(101,560)
–
(88,160)
–
(1,199,200)

–
–
–
(91,283)
–
(207,773)
(299,056)

–
–
–
327,547
–
169,118
496,665

170.14
160.90
326.90
325.00
386.00
372.00
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

613.5
613.5
–
–
–
–
–

1,130
5,064
–
–
–
–
6,194

12.10.2015
24.10.2015
02.10.2016
23.10.2016
09.10.2017
20.10.2017
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1  The earliest date on which an award may vest, in normal circumstances, having fulfilled all qualifying conditions, after which ordinary shares under conditional awards are transferred automatically to the participants as soon as possible and share options can be exercised.
2   The ESOS is divided into two sub-schemes, one of which is approved under the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 and the other of which is not. The exercise price is calculated differently for each sub-scheme in accordance with the rules of the ESOS. Executive Directors have 

until 9 December 2019 to exercise their options under the ESOS.

3  100% of this award vested on 12 October 2015. The relevant number of shares were released to each participant thereafter following the settlement of any tax and national insurance liabilities due on the shares.
4  100% of this award vested on 24 October 2015. The relevant number of shares were released to each participant thereafter following the settlement of any tax and national insurance liabilities due on the shares.
5  This award was tested after 30 June 2016 and 100% of the award will vest in October 2016 (see page 86 for further details).
6    Award based on an allocation of ordinary shares equivalent in value to a maximum of 200% of base salary. One third of the award is subject to a three-year TSR performance condition, one third is based on the achievement of an EPS target for the financial year ending 30 June 2017  

and the remaining third is based on the achievement of a ROCE target for the financial year ending 30 June 2017. There is no re-testing of performance conditions. See page 89 for an update on performance to date against the targets.

7   See page 88 for details.
8  Granted on joining as replacement awards for those forfeited by leaving his previous employment as described on page 88.
9   Mark Clare left the Board on 31 July 2015 and the employment of the Company on 31 October 2015. His deferred bonus awards were released to him shortly after leaving as per the rules of the scheme. His LTPP awards have been time pro-rated and will be issued at the normal vesting  

date for the award subject to the original performance conditions being met.

10 This reflects the share price as at 27 June 2016, being the date on which David Thomas exercised his option.

All conditional awards and share options are subject to an overriding Committee discretion, in that the Committee must be satisfied that the underlying financial performance of the Group  
over the performance period warrants the level of vesting as determined by applying the relevant targets. If the Committee is not of this view, it has the authority to reduce the level  
of vesting as it deems appropriate.

92

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationDilution 

On maturity or vesting of any of its share incentive schemes the Company satisfies the awards 
through: a new issue of shares; market purchases; or the Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’). 
During the financial year ended 30 June 2016, the Company continued to satisfy all outstanding 
Executive options and awards under the LTPP, 2009/10 ESOS, the DBP and the Sharesave 
through a new issue of shares, subject to the dilution limits described below. Awards made to 
individuals below Senior Management level continued to be satisfied through shares currently 
held, or to be purchased in the market, by the EBT. 

The Company regularly monitors the number of shares issued under its schemes and the 
impact on dilution limits. The Company is satisfied that as at 30 June 2016 its usage of shares 
is compliant with the relevant dilution limits set by the Investment Association in respect of 
all share plans (10% of the Company’s issued share capital in any rolling ten-year period) and 
discretionary share plans (5% of the Company’s issued share capital in any rolling ten-year 
period). In the event that the outstanding options under each of the schemes to be satisfied 
through a new issue of shares were to vest and had been exercised on 30 June 2016, the 
resulting issue of new shares would represent 1.9% of the Company’s issued share capital  
as at that date. 

Executive Directors’ pension arrangements 
The Company’s pension policy for Executive Directors is that on joining the Group they will be 
auto-enrolled unless they choose to opt-out. Upon opting-out, the Executive Director may choose 
to receive a cash supplement (which does not count for incentive purposes) and/or participate 
in the Company’s defined contribution money purchase pension plan. Each of the Executive 
Directors has opted to receive a cash supplement in lieu of pension, which for FY16 was equal to 
25% of base salary and is in line with market practice. The Remuneration Committee felt it was 
appropriate to reduce the Executive Directors' pension entitlements to 25% base salary in order 
to better align with market practice. Only the base salary element of a Director’s remuneration 
is pensionable.

Defined benefit section

Steven Boyes was a deferred member of the defined benefit section of the Barratt Group Pension 
and Life Assurance Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) during the year ended 30 June 2016.

The Scheme was closed to new entrants in 2001 and on 30 June 2009, the Company exercised 
its consent under the rules of the Scheme and agreed to cease offering future accrual of defined 
benefits for current members. Members of the Scheme became eligible to join the defined 
contribution money purchase section of the Scheme with effect from 1 July 2009.

Until 30 June 2009, Steven Boyes was an active member of the defined benefit section of the 
Scheme. This entitlement was based on a 1/60 accrual rate and a normal retirement age of 65. 
Since 1 July 2009, Steven Boyes has been entitled to receive a cash supplement equal to 25% 
(30% prior to 1 July 2015) of his base salary per annum.

The last full actuarial valuation of the Scheme as at 30 November 2013 showed a deficit of 
£34.8m calculated on the basis of the Scheme’s technical provisions. The Company and the 
Trustees of the Scheme have agreed a plan to address the shortfall which requires the Company 
to continue to make deficit reduction payments of £13.3m per annum until 30 November 2015, 
followed by payments of £9.5m per annum from 1 December 2015 until 31 December 2016. 
It is expected that the Company will continue to make deficit reduction payments at this level 
until 28 February 2018 (or until the Scheme reaches full funding on its long term funding 
basis, if earlier). The Company will discuss the funding requirements of the Scheme with the 
Trustees alongside the next actuarial valuation of the Scheme which is due on 30 November 
2016. The valuation for the Financial Statements was updated to 30 June 2016 by a qualified 
independent actuary and a surplus of £8.1m (2015: surplus of £5.3m) is included in the Group 
Balance Sheet as shown in note 6.2.2 of the Financial Statements. 

Members of the Scheme are also eligible for an insured lump sum of up to five times pensionable 
salary on death in service. Current employees who were members of the defined benefit section 
of the Scheme at closure also retain their dependants’ pension entitlements. 

No excess retirement benefits have been paid to or are receivable by current and/or past 
Directors in respect of their qualifying services during the financial year and there are no 
arrangements in place that guarantee pensions with limited or no abatement on severance 
or early retirement.

Payments to former Directors and those leaving the Group (Audited)
No payments were made in respect of loss of office during the year ended 30 June 2016 (30 June 
2015: £nil) except otherwise disclosed in this Remuneration Report. Also, no payments were 
made to any former Directors during the year ended 30 June 2016 (30 June 2015: £nil) except 
otherwise disclosed in this Remuneration report.

Upon his retirement, Mark Clare received leaving gifts totalling £4,990, with any tax due on this 
payment being settled by the Company.

Chief Executive’s Relative pay
Table 17 sets out: (i) the total pay, calculated in line with the single figure methodology; (ii) the 
annual bonus pay out as a percentage of maximum; and (iii) the long term incentive (‘LTI’) vesting 
level for the Chief Executive over a seven-year period (David Thomas for FY16 and Mark Clare for 
FY10-15):

Table 17 – Chief Executive’s pay (Audited)

Chief Executive’s total pay (£000)
Bonus outturn (as percentage of 
maximum opportunity)
LTI vesting percentage

2010

1,417
90.2

2011

1,220
36.6

2012

2,099
99.2

2013

4,310
100.0

2014

6,430
100.0

2015

7,363
93.2 

2016

3,320
97.4

Seven years to 30 June 2016

0.0

0.0

32.8

73.9

95.8

100.0

100.0

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

93

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report – Annual report on remuneration continued

Total Shareholder Return performance graph
Chart 1, prepared in accordance with the BIS Regulations, shows the TSR performance over the 
last seven years against the FTSE 350 (excluding investment trusts) and against an unweighted 
index of listed housebuilders. The Board has chosen these comparative indices as the Group 
and its major competitors are constituents of one or both of these indices. The TSR has been 
calculated using a fair method in accordance with the BIS Regulations.

Percentage change in remuneration of Chief Executive compared to employees
Table 18 shows the percentage change in salary, benefits and annual bonus earned by the 
director undertaking the role of Chief Executive on 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016, compared 
to that of the average pay of all employees of the Group.

Table 18 – Percentage change in remuneration

Chart 1 – Total Shareholder Return 

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

30 June
2009

30 June
2010

30 June
2011

30 June
2012

30 June
2013

30 June
2014

30 June
2015

30 June
2016

Barratt Developments
FTSE 350 Index (excluding Investment Trusts)

 Index of listed house builders

This graph shows the value by 30 June 2016 of £100 invested in Barratt Developments PLC on 30 June 2009 compared with the value of £100
invested in the FTSE 350 (excluding investment trusts). As a supplementary source of information, we also show performance against an index
of currently listed housebuilders (excluding Barratt Developments PLC). The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends.

Source: Datastream

Chief Executive¹
Average pay of all employees²

Salary

% change

-3.6
4.3

Benefits

% change

-65.9
6.4

Annual bonus

% change

0.8
11.8

1   David Thomas took over the as Chief Executive on 1 July 2015.
2  The basis of calculation has changed compared to the previous year to more accurately reflect the average pay of all employees.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the Company’s actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative 
to dividends and profit from operations:

Table 19 – Relative importance of spend on pay

Staff costs (including Executive Directors) (£m)
Profit from operations (£m)1
Total capital return (£m)2

2016

369.8
668.4
308.0

2015

353.0
576.8
249.8

% change

4.8
15.9
23.3

1   Profit from operations has been chosen as a metric to compare against as it shows how spend on pay is linked to the Group’s 

operating performance.

2   Includes interim dividend of 6.0 pence per share paid on 20 May 2016 to those shareholders on the register as at the close of business on 29 April 

2016 and a final dividend of 12.3 pence per share and a special dividend of 12.4 pence per share, value of which has been calculated on the number 
of shares in issue (excluding those held by the EBT) as at 30 June 2016. The final dividend and special dividend, if approved by shareholders at the 
2016 AGM, will be paid on 21 November 2016 to those shareholders on the register at the close of business on 28 October 2016.

94

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNon-Executive directorships
Since joining the Board, Neil Cooper received a total fee of £39,016 in respect of his position as 
a Non-Executive Director of Pennon Group PLC. He has retained this fee in full. Neither David 
Thomas nor Steven Boyes held any Non-Executive directorships with other companies during 
the year.

Advice/advisers 
In carrying out its principal responsibilities, the Committee has the authority to obtain the 
advice of external independent remuneration consultants and is solely responsible for their 
appointment, retention and termination. During the year, the Committee has taken advice from 
independent advisers, New Bridge Street (‘NBS’), a part of Aon plc. NBS was initially appointed 
by the Committee as its remuneration consultant in 2008 and is a founder signatory to the 
Remuneration Consultants Group’s Code of Conduct. In addition to advising the Committee, 
NBS also provided the Company with advice on implementing decisions made by the Committee 
and remuneration benchmarking. NBS’s fees for providing such advice amounted to £40,489 
(2015: £54,344) for the year ended 30 June 2016. In line with best practice, the Committee 
assesses, from time to time, whether the appointment remains appropriate or if it should be 
put out to tender as part of its effectiveness review. NBS’s appointment was reconfirmed by the 
Committee in June 2016 after an annual review of the quality of the advice received and fees 
charged. The Committee is comfortable that the NBS engagement partner and team, which 
provide remuneration advice to the Committee, do not have any connections with the Company 
that may impair their independence or objectivity. The Committee reviewed the potential for 
conflict of interests and judged that there were appropriate safeguards against such conflicts.

Aon plc also provided broking services to the Company in respect of private medical insurance, 
Death in Service benefits and Group Income Protection.

The Committee also receives input into its decision making from the Chief Executive, the 
Company Secretary and the Group Human Resources Director, none of whom were present 
at any time when their own remuneration was being considered.

Membership and attendance at Committee meetings
The Committee operates within terms of reference (the ‘Terms of Reference’) and governance 
policies approved annually by the Board and in accordance with the Code. 

Membership of the Committee and attendance at each of its scheduled meetings during the year 
is set out in Table 20. 

Table 20
Member

Richard Akers
John Allan¹
Tessa Bamford
Nina Bibby
Mark Rolfe

Role

Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member

Number of meetings attended

5/5
4/5
5/5
5/5
5/5

1   John Allan was unable to attend a meeting due to an unavoidable personal circumstance. John Allan reviewed the papers and provided his 

comments prior to the meeting. 

Note:
5/ Number of meetings attended whilst a Director.
/5 Number of meetings whilst a Director.

The Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee.

Statement of implementation of the Policy for FY17
Executive Directors’ remuneration for FY17 will be based on the Group’s remuneration strategy 
as summarised on pages 80 to 85 and will be implemented in accordance with the Policy 
as follows:

Base salary
The Committee reviewed the Executive Directors’ salaries in June 2016. In reviewing these 
salaries the Committee had regard to: the performance of the Executive Directors during the 
year; the pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the business, the increases awarded to 
other members of staff and the multiplier effect of an increase in base salary on the package 
as a whole. The salaries of the Executive Directors at the beginning of the financial year were 
as follows: 

Table 21 – Executive Directors’ salary increases

Executive Director

David Thomas (3% increase)
Steven Boyes (3% increase)
Neil Cooper1

Salary with effect 
from 1 July 2015 
£000

Salary with effect 
from 1 July 2016 
£000

676
535
454

696

551

454

1  Neil Cooper joined the Board on 23 November 2015.

Following these increases Executive Directors’ salaries remain within the range for the 
housebuilding sector and the wider population of similar sized companies.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

95

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRemuneration report – Annual report on remuneration continued

Pension
Each of the Executive Directors has opted to receive a cash salary supplement in lieu of a 
pension of 25% annual salary.

Annual bonus
Executive Directors and Senior Management will participate in the Group’s annual bonus scheme 
in accordance with the Policy. The performance measures, the reasons for selecting these 
measures and the maximum bonus payment against each of them expressed as a percentage 
of salary for FY17 will be:

Performance measure

Reason for selecting

Weighting  
(% of salary maximum)

The Committee will continue to have an overriding discretion in respect of any bonus payment in 
accordance with its Remuneration Policy. In addition, any bonus awarded for FY17 will be subject 
to Malus and Clawback (see page 85).

LTPP
The level of the LTPP award to be granted to Executive Directors and Senior Management 
during FY17 will be in line with that set out in the Policy. The Committee is cognisant that such 
an award should be subject to performance targets which are stretching and challenging whilst 
aligned with the short and long term performance of the Group and total shareholder return. 
Accordingly, the Committee has agreed that the extent to which the LTPP award to be granted 
in FY17 (the ‘2016/17 LTPP’) will vest, will be dependent on three independent performance 
conditions as follows:

Financial:
Profit before tax 

Balance Sheet Items:
Land bank owned and 
controlled
Capital employed

Non-financial:
Quality and service 
with a health and 
safety underpin
Personal objectives

Rewards outperformance against stretching targets and 
is a key measure of our performance

Ensures sufficient land available for the future business 
plan.
Ensures efficient and effective management of our 
Balance Sheet.

Ensures a focus on quality and service to our customers 
without compromising the safety of our people.

Focus individuals on specific factors required to meet 
the long and short term strategy of the business whilst 
aligning their interests with those of shareholders.

Total bonus achievable as a % salary

65

22.5

22.5

20

20

150*

Performance condition

Reason selected

TSR against a 50+/50- 
comparator group as 
at the beginning of the 
performance period.

Absolute EPS for the 
financial year ending 
30 June 2019.

ROCE for the financial 
year ending 30 June 
2019.

To ensure that the 
comparator group remains 
current whilst factoring in 
the continued movement 
in the Company’s market 
capitalisation.
To ensure efficient and 
effective management of our 
business and align interests 
with those of shareholders.
To ensure efficient and 
effective management of our 
business and align interests 
with those of shareholders.

Weighting  
(of total award)

One-
third

Below 
Threshold  
(0% vesting)

Below 
median

Threshold 
(25% vesting)

Maximum 
(100% vesting)

Median

Upper 
quartile

One-
third

One-
third

See 
below

See 
below

*   Any bonus earned in aggregate in excess of 100% will continue to be deferred into shares and held in the DBP. The Committee has agreed that 

no matching shares will be awarded against any deferred shares in respect of FY17.

Annual Bonus, EPS and ROCE performance targets

The Group’s profitability remains a key measure, however, in order to drive sustainable value this 
must be achieved through an appropriate capital structure and in line with the risk profile of the 
business. The annual bonus performance measures have been reviewed against last year’s and 
the following changes have been made to align them with the Company’s strategy: 

 > moved the health and safety measure to an underpin of the customer service metric to create 
a single quality service metric to encourage the maintenance of a high quality product whilst 
preserving the safety of all employees and individuals on site. 

 > personal objectives have been given an increased weighting to enhance focus on the 

achievement of outcomes that support the strategy of the Group. Consequently, the other 
metrics have been reweighted to maintain an appropriate balance between each of them.

The Company is of the view that the individual annual bonus performance metrics together 
with the EPS and ROCE targets for the 2016/17 LTPP are commercially sensitive in terms of the 
Group’s future strategy and therefore these targets will not be disclosed in this report. We will, 
as always disclose the annual bonus metrics and performance against them in next year's 
report. We will also provide an update on EPS and ROCE performance against targets on an 
annual basis in line with feedback that we receive from shareholders on the disclosure in respect 
of the 2014/15 LTPP and 2015/16 LTPP. The annual bonus metrics and the specific target range 
for the 2016/17 LTPP will remain designed to incentivise significant performance improvement 
across the business, deliver a strong return to shareholders and represent a stretching target 
for Executive Directors and Senior Management. When setting the annual bonus metrics and the 
target range for the 2016/17 LTPP, the Committee will take into account the Board’s assessment 
of the optimal scale of business, the Group’s ROCE target and current market consensus. 

96

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
Both the annual bonus and 2016/17 LTPP performance conditions will remain subject to an 
overriding Committee discretion and to Clawback as set out in the Policy. A two-year continued 
holding period on any shares (net of any shares sold to satisfy tax and national insurance 
liabilities) vesting, will also apply to the 2016/17 LTPP.

Statement of shareholding vote at AGM
At the 2015 AGM, a resolution was proposed to shareholders to approve the Annual Report 
on Remuneration (advisory vote) for the year ended 30 June 2015 for which the following votes 
were received:

Non-Executive Directors’ fees 
The Board reviewed the fees for the Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) and 
concluded that in order to ensure that the base fee level remains competitive in the market, 
they should be increased to £305,000 per annum for the Chairman and £58,000 per annum for 
Non-Executive Directors with effect from 1 July 2016. The additional fees for the Chairmen of the 
Committees and to the Senior Independent Director remain the same. Accordingly, the annual 
fees payable to the Non-Executive Chairman and Non-Executive Directors with effect from  
1 July 2016 are as follows:

Table 23

Votes cast in favour
Votes cast against
Total votes cast 
Votes withheld

Remuneration report

Number of votes

% votes cast

620,551,709
33,096,748
653,648,457
24,878,965

94.94
5.06
100.00
– 

Table 22 – Non-Executive Directors’ fees
Role

Chairman (1.7% increase)
Non-Executive Director base fee (3.6% increase)
Chairman of Audit Committee
Chairman of Remuneration Committee
Chairman of Safety, Health and Environmental Committee
Senior Independent Director

Fee as at 1 July 2015

Fee as at 1 July 2016

This Remuneration report was approved by the Board on 6 September 2016 and signed on its 
behalf by: 

£300,000
£56,000
£10,000
£10,000
£5,000
£5,000

£305,000
£58,000
£10,000
£10,000
£5,000
£5,000

Richard Akers  
Non-Executive Director

6 September 2016.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

97

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOther statutory disclosures

Directors’ Report
The Directors’ Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2016 comprises pages 46 to 104 
inclusive, together with the sections incorporated by reference. Any matters on which the 
Directors are required to report on annually, but which do not appear in any other section  
of this report are detailed below.

Activities of the Group
The Company is the holding company of the Group. The Group’s principal activities comprise 
acquiring and developing land, planning, designing and constructing residential property 
developments and selling the homes it builds throughout Britain. These core activities are 
supported by the Group’s commercial development, urban regeneration, procurement,  
design and strategic land capabilities.

Results and dividends 
The profit from continuing activities for the year ended 30 June 2016 was £550.3m 
(2015: £449.4m).

An interim dividend of 6.0 pence per share was paid on 20 May 2016 to those shareholders on 
the register as at close of business on 29 April 2016 (2015: 4.8 pence per share). The Directors 
recommend the payment of a final dividend of 12.3 pence per share (2015: 10.3 pence per share) 
in respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2016. 

The Directors also recommend the payment of a special dividend of 12.4 pence per share under 
the Company’s Special Cash Payment Programme (see page 9 for further details). 

Both the final dividend and the special dividend will, subject to shareholder approval at the 2016 
AGM, be paid on 21 November 2016 to those shareholders on the register at the close of business 
on 28 October 2016. If approved, the total dividend (including the special dividend) for FY16 is 30.7 
pence per share (2015: 25.1 pence per share).

Strategic Report
The Group’s Strategic Report is set out on pages 2 to 45 of this Annual Report and Accounts 
and contains certain disclosures required to be contained in the Directors' Report as follows: 
details of the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions (page 39); our approach to diversity and details 
of diversity within the Group (page 35); our employee engagement programme (page 35); an 
indication of likely future developments in the Group including in the field of research and 
development (page 31) and the Group’s principal risks (pages 42 to 45). 

In addition, details of the Company’s approach to dealing with environmental issues in its 
operations and the impact of and management of risks associated with environmental, social 
and governance matters are contained in the Strategic Report on pages 42 to 45 and in the 
Sustainability Report available at www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk. They can also be found in 
the sustainability section of the Company’s website at www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk.

The Group’s financial assets, financial liabilities and derivative financial instruments are detailed 
in sections 3 and 5 within the notes to the Financial Statements. Details of the Group’s liquidity, 
market price, credit and cash flow risks are set out in note 5.5 to the Financial Statements.

Annual General Meeting
The 2016 AGM will be held at The Royal College of Physicians, 11 St Andrews Place, Regent’s 
Park, London NW1 4LE on Wednesday, 16 November 2016 at 2.30 p.m. The notice convening 
the 2016 AGM is set out in a separate letter to shareholders.

Directors and their interests 
Details of the Directors who held office during the financial year ending 30 June 2016 and as 
at the date of this report can be found on pages 46 and 47.

The beneficial interests of the Directors and connected persons in the ordinary share capital of 
the Company together with the interests of the Executive Directors in share options and awards 
of shares as at 30 June 2016 and as at the date of this report are disclosed in the Remuneration 
report on pages 89 to 92.

At no time during or at the end of the year did any Director have a material interest in a contract 
of significance in relation to the business of the Group. 

98

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationAppointment and replacement of Directors
In accordance with the Articles there shall be no less than two and no more than 15 Directors 
appointed to the Board at any one time. Directors may be appointed by the Company by ordinary 
resolution or by the Board. The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors 
to hold employment or executive office for such period (subject to the Act) and on such terms 
as they may determine and may revoke or terminate any such appointment. Directors are not 
subject to a maximum age limit.

In addition to the power under the Act for shareholders to remove any Director by ordinary 
resolution upon the giving of special notice, under the Articles the Company may, by special 
resolution, remove any Director before the expiration of their term of office. The office of Director 
shall be vacated if: (i) they resign or offer to resign and the Board resolves to accept such offer; 
(ii) their resignation is requested by all of the other Directors and all of the other Directors are 
not less than three in number; (iii) they are or have been suffering from mental or physical ill 
health; (iv) they are absent without permission of the Board from meetings of the Board for six 
consecutive months and the Board resolves that their office is vacated; (v) they become bankrupt 
or compound with their creditors generally; (vi) they are prohibited by law from being a Director; 
(vii) they cease to be a Director by virtue of the Act; or (viii) they are removed from office pursuant 
to the Articles.

Details relating to the retirement, election and re-election of Directors at each AGM can be found 
in the Nomination Committee report on pages 64 and 65. 

Powers of the Directors
Subject to the Articles, the Act and any directions given by special resolution, the business of the 
Company is ultimately managed by the Board who may exercise all the powers of the Company, 
whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise. In particular, 
the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or 
charge any of its undertakings, property, assets and uncalled capital and to issue debentures 
and other securities and to give security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company to any 
third party.

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions 
At the date of this Annual Report and Accounts, there are qualifying third party indemnity 
provisions governed by the Act in place under which the Company has agreed to indemnify the 
Directors, former Directors and the Company Secretary, together with those who have held or 
hold these positions as officers of other Group companies or of associate or affiliated companies 
and members of the Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and the Articles, 
against all liability arising in respect of any act or omission in the course of performing their 
duties. In addition, the Company maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for each 
Director of the Group and its associated companies. 

No Director of the Company or of any associated company shall be accountable to the Company 
or the members for any benefit provided pursuant to the Articles and receipt of any such benefit 
shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a Director of the Company.

Related party transactions
The Board and certain members of Senior Management are related parties within the definition 
of IAS 24 (Revised) ‘Related Party Disclosures’ (‘IAS 24’) and the Board are related parties 
within the definition of Chapter 11 of the UK Listing Rules (‘Chapter 11’). There is no difference 
between transactions with key personnel of the Company and transactions with key personnel 
of the Group.

During the year, the Company entered into the following transaction(s) which, for the purposes 
of IAS 24, is considered to be a ‘related party transaction’: 

Transaction 1

As outlined in the Annual Report and Accounts for FY15, in August 2014, Mark Clare (at the time, 
Group Chief Executive) reserved a flat (including a car parking space) from Fulham Wharf LLP, a 
joint venture partnership between BDW Trading Limited (the Company’s main trading subsidiary) 
and London and Quadrant Housing Trust (L&Q), at a purchase price of £1,692,350. This purchase 
was conducted at a fair and reasonable market price based on four independent market 
valuations and similar comparable transactions at that time. An amount of £2,500 was paid on 
reservation and a deposit of £166,735 was paid on 13 October 2014. The remaining balance was 
paid on completion on 17 June 2016 in accordance with the Group’s normal terms of trading. 
Fulham Wharf LLP is not controlled by and is not a ‘subsidiary undertaking’ of the Company.

Transaction 2

In June 2016, David Thomas notified the Board that he and one of his connected persons intended 
to buy one property each at the BDW Trading Limited site at Cane Hill, Coulsdon, Surrey (the 
‘Transactions’).

Property 1 
David Thomas intends to purchase a Barratt showhome on a sale and licence back basis. 
Sale and licence back transactions are carried out on showhomes in the ordinary course of 
business and are normally for a period of two years. The purchase price of the property is 
£579,995 (which includes an upgraded kitchen, flooring, lighting, built-in wardrobe and soft 
furnishings). The sale and licence back is for a minimum of two years with an annual rental of 6%. 
David Thomas will also be purchasing all of the furniture and fittings displayed in the showhome 
for an agreed price of £4,000. The anticipated completion date is end of November 2016.

Property 2 
David Thomas’ connected person is proposing to purchase, in the ordinary course of business, 
a David Wilson home from BDW Trading Limited at a purchase price of £545,000 together with a 
number of customer extras with a value not exceeding £18,000. The anticipated completion date 
is the end of January 2017.

Both of the Transactions are being conducted at a fair and reasonable market price based on an 
independent market valuation and similar comparable transactions at the time. Neither of the 
properties have been exchanged. A 10% deposit will be payable on exchange, with the remaining 
balance being payable on legal completion in November 2016 and January 2017 respectively, 
in accordance with the Group’s normal terms of trading.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

99

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOther statutory disclosures continued

On notification by David Thomas of the Transactions, the Board sought advice from its legal 
advisers and Corporate brokers/sponsors in respect of the application of Chapter 11 and section 
190 of the Act (Substantial Property Transaction) (‘Section 190’) to the Transactions. The advice 
received concluded that the Transactions, both individually and combined, were exempt from the 
provisions of Chapter 11, due to being classified as a ‘Small Transaction’. However, the Transactions 
are above the threshold prescribed by Section 190. As David Thomas is a Director of the Company, 
which is not a wholly owned subsidiary, shareholder approval is required before the Transactions 
can be completed. Accordingly, in June 2016, the Board approved the Transactions subject to 
shareholder approval being obtained. The relevant resolution will be included in the Notice of AGM 
for consideration and, if deemed fit, approval by shareholders in November 2016. David Thomas will 
enter into the contracts subject to such approval being obtained. 

No other related party transactions that require disclosure, have been entered into during the 
year under review.

Disclosure of information to auditor 
So far as each of the Directors is aware, there is no relevant audit information (that is, 
information needed by the Company’s auditor in connection with preparing its report) of which 
the Company’s auditor is not aware.

Each Director has taken all reasonable steps that they ought to have taken in accordance with 
their duty as a Director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to 
ensure that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given and 
should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 418(2) of the Act.

Political donations and expenditure
No political donations or expenditure were made or incurred during the year (2015: £nil).

Offices
The Group had 29 offices (excluding those offices undertaking an administrative function only) 
located throughout Britain at the end of the financial year. The Group also has a representative 
office in Beijing and Shanghai, China. A full list of the Group’s offices and their locations can be 
obtained from the Company Secretary at the Company's registered office or from its website 
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk.

Capital structure
The Company has a single class of share capital which is divided into ordinary shares of 10 pence 
each. All issued shares are in registered form and are fully paid. Details of the Company’s issued 
share capital and of the movements in the share capital during the year can be found in note 5.6 
to the Financial Statements on page 145. Subject to the Articles, the Act and other shareholders’ 
rights, shares are at the disposal of the Board. At each AGM the Board seeks authorisation 
from its shareholders to allot shares. At the AGM held on 11 November 2015, the Directors were 
given authority to allot shares up to a nominal value of £33,199,348 (representing one-third of the 
nominal value of the Company’s issued share capital as at 30 September 2015), such authority to 
remain valid until the end of the 2016 AGM or, if earlier, until the close of business on 10 February 
2017. A resolution to renew this authority will be proposed at the 2016 AGM.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
Subject to any rights attached to existing shares, shares may be issued with such rights and 
restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution decide, or (if there is no such resolution 
or so far as it does not make specific provision) as the Board may decide. 

Subject to the Act, the Articles specify that rights attached to any existing class of shares may 
be varied either with the written consent of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal 
value of the issued shares of that class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury 
shares), or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the 
holders of those shares. The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares shall not, unless 
otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to those shares, be deemed to be varied by 
the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with them. 

Voting
Subject to any special terms as to voting upon any shares which may be issued or may at the 
relevant time be held, every member present in person or by proxy at a general meeting or 
class meeting has one vote upon a show of hands or, upon a poll vote, one vote for every share 
of which such member is a holder. In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior 
who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of votes 
of the other joint holders and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names  
stand in the register in respect of the joint holding. 

In accordance with the Act, each member is entitled to appoint one or more proxies, and in the 
case of corporations, more than one corporate representative to exercise all or any of their rights 
to attend, speak and vote on their behalf at a general meeting or class meeting. The timescales 
for appointing proxies are set out in the Notice of the 2016 AGM. 

No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of 
any shares held by them if any call or other sum then payable by them in respect of that share 
remains unpaid or if they have been served with a restriction notice (as defined in the Articles) 
after failure to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those shares 
required to be provided under the Act. 

Transfer of shares
Shares in the Company may be in uncertificated or certificated form. Title to uncertificated 
shares may be transferred by means of a relevant system and certificated shares may be 
transferred by an instrument of transfer as approved by the Board. The transferor of a share 
is deemed to remain the holder until the transferee’s name is entered into the Company’s 
register of members.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of shares except as follows. The Board may, in its 
absolute discretion and without giving any reason, decline to register any transfer of any share 
which is not a fully paid share. Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be 
refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in the 
Articles) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to 
whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four. 

100

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationThe Board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of 
transfer: (i) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to 
be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other 
evidence of the right to transfer as the Board may reasonably require; (ii) is in respect of only 
one class of share; (iii) if joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees; or 
(iv) where the transfer is requested by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in the Articles) 
if such a person has been served with a restriction notice after failure to provide the Company 
with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Act, 
unless the transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant to an arm’s length sale (as defined in 
the Articles).

There are no special control rights in relation to the Company’s shares and the Company is not 
aware of any agreements between holders of securities that may result in restrictions on the 
transfer of securities.

Shareholder authority for purchase of own shares 
At the Company’s AGM held on 11 November 2015, shareholders gave authority to the Company 
to buy back up to an aggregate of 99,598,040 ordinary shares (representing 10% of the Company’s 
issued share capital). This authority is valid until the end of the 2016 AGM or, if earlier, until the 
close of business on 10 February 2017. Under the authority there is a minimum and maximum 
price to be paid for such shares. Any shares which are bought back may be held as treasury 
shares or, if not so held, will be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby 
reducing the Company’s issued share capital.

No purchases had been made under this authority as at the date of this Annual Report and 
Accounts. A resolution renewing the authority will be proposed at the 2016 AGM.

Dividends and distributions 
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by ordinary resolution from time to 
time declare dividends for payment to the holders of the ordinary shares of 10 pence each, 
of an amount which does not exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may 
pay interim dividends, and also any fixed rate dividends, whenever the financial position of the 
Company justify their payment in the opinion of the Board. If the Board acts in good faith, it is 
not liable to holders of shares with preferred or pari passu rights for losses arising from the 
payment of interim or fixed dividends on other shares. The Board may withhold payment of all 
or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of the Company’s shares from 
a person with a 0.25% interest if such person has been served with a restriction notice after 
failure to provide the Company with information concerning interests in those shares required 
to be provided under the Act.

Shareholder arrangements to waive dividends 
The Barratt Developments Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) holds ordinary shares in the 
Company for the purpose of satisfying options and awards that have been granted under the 
various employee share schemes operated by the Company. Details of the shares so held 
are set out in note 5.6 to the Financial Statements.

The EBT has agreed to waive all or any future right to dividend payments on shares held within 
the EBT and these shares do not count in the calculation of the weighted average number of 
shares used to calculate EPS until such time as they are vested to the relevant employee. 

The Trustees of the EBT may vote or abstain from voting on shares held in the EBT in any way 
they think fit and in doing so may take into account both financial and non-financial interests 
of the beneficiaries of the EBT or their dependants. 

Employee share schemes
Details of employee share schemes are set out in note 6.3 to the Financial Statements. Details  
of long term incentive schemes for the Directors are shown in the Remuneration report  
on pages 76 to 97.

Employment policy and involvement

(i) Employment and diversity

The Group is committed to seeking to develop the talents of its employees so that they can 
maximise their career potential and providing rewarding careers in an atmosphere that 
engenders equal opportunities for all. Selection for employment and promotion is based on 
merit, following an objective assessment of ability and experience of candidates, after giving full 
and fair consideration to all applications (including individuals with disabilities). The Group is 
also committed to ensuring that its workplaces are free from discrimination. The Group strives 
to ensure that its policies and practices provide equal opportunities in respect of issues such 
as training, career development and promotion for all existing or potential staff irrespective of 
gender, race, ethnic origin, colour, religion, physical disability, marital status, sexual orientation 
or age. Every effort is made to retain and support employees who become disabled whilst 
working within the Group. Further details on Group's diversity initiatives are available in the 
Sustainability Report which is available from www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk/sustainability/
our-reports.

(ii) Employee engagement

The Board recognises that appropriate employee engagement is a key factor in the long term 
success of the Group. It utilises a comprehensive employee engagement programme with the 
aim of creating a strong, shared culture. All employees are invited to take part in an online 
engagement survey each year. The results of this survey are fed back to each operating division 
who use the results to formulate plans for maintaining or improving engagement in the following 
year. We continue to report high levels of engagement, with scores remaining within the top 
quartile of IBM’s database this year at 77%.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

101

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationOther statutory disclosures continued

(iii) Employee communications

A key part of effective employee engagement is communication. The Company seeks to ensure 
that all significant events, economic factors and financial updates and the impact of these on 
the performance of the Group are communicated to employees. This is mainly channelled 
through the Group’s intranet and the use of email alerts, core briefings and regular newsletters. 
Additionally, the Chief Executive regularly briefs senior and middle management via conference 
calls and bulletins which gives them the opportunity to ask questions and enter into dialogue. 
Individually and collectively, the Board and the Executive Committee members visit operating 
divisions and sites frequently in order to assess operational performance, engage with 
employees on a one-to-one basis and gain first-hand experience of employees’ aspirations 
and concerns.

(iv) Future talent

The Group runs a number of programmes for new entrants through our ‘Future Talent strategy’. 
The Group currently has 73 graduates across our two-year and one-year schemes, 46 of which 
commenced their training in September 2015. In addition, 74 delegates are currently on our 
bespoke Foundation Degree in Residential Development and Construction in partnership 
with Sheffield Hallam University. We are currently training 451 Trade, Technical, Commercial 
and other apprentices/trainees and 13 undergraduate students on a paid 12-month industrial 
placement programme. 

(v) Employee training and development

The Group has a suite of leadership and management development programmes aimed at all 
levels within the organisation. The programmes are designed and delivered internally and are 
tailored to the needs of the business.

The Group also offers the Barratt Academy, a staged programme to enable employee 
development from apprentice to site manager as well as within the areas of customer service 
(new in FY16), our technical and commercial academies have been enhanced and we are making 
a significant investment into our IT training provision. Succession planning is in place across the 
Group and the leadership programmes assist with the development of individuals as part of this 
process. In addition, we have continued to provide development centres for those employees with 
high potential.

(vi) Employee Sharesave Scheme

In April 2016, the Company invited all eligible employees of the Group to participate in the 
seventh grant under the Savings Related Share Option Scheme (the ‘2016 Sharesave’) which was 
approved by shareholders at the Company’s Annual General Meeting held in November 2008. 
The invitations for the 2016 Sharesave allowed eligible employees to contribute a maximum of 
£500 per month in one or a combination of Sharesave schemes. This enabled those individuals 
who had participated in previous grants under the Sharesave the opportunity to increase their 
savings and gave other employees (new and existing) the chance to participate and further 
align their interests with the performance of the Group. At 30 June 2016, approximately 60% 
of employees participate in one or more of the active Sharesave schemes. 

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) contain regulations which deal with matters 
such as the appointment and removal of Directors, Directors’ interests and proceedings at 
general and Board meetings. Any amendments to the Articles may be made in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 by way of a special resolution at a general meeting.

Approach to tax and tax governance
For all taxes, it is the Group’s aim to ensure it accurately calculates and pays the tax that is due 
at the correct time. Whilst the Group does seek to minimise its tax liabilities through the use 
of legitimate routine tax planning, it does not participate in aggressive tax planning schemes. 
The Group also seeks to be transparent in its dealings with HM Revenue & Customs and has 
regular dialogue with its representatives to discuss both developments in the business and the 
ongoing tax position. 

The Chief Financial Officer retains overall responsibility for oversight of the tax affairs of the 
Group. David Thomas, in his capacity of Chief Executive and Interim Finance Director, was the 
named Senior Accounting Officer until 31 December 2015 at which time, Neil Cooper assumed 
the responsibility. The Senior Accounting Officer receives regular updates on the tax position. 
In addition, taxation is discussed by the Audit Committee at least annually. 

Significant agreements 
The following significant agreements contain provisions entitling the counterparties to exercise 
termination or other rights in the event of a change of control of the Company:

 > The revolving credit facility agreement dated 14 May 2013 (as amended on 17 December 

2014 and 30 June 2016) made between, amongst others, the Company, Lloyds Bank Plc (as 
the facility agent) and the banks and financial institutions named therein as lenders (the 
‘Revolving Credit Facility Agreement’) contains a prepayment provision at the election of 
each lender on change of control. The Company must notify the facility agent promptly upon 
becoming aware of the change of control. After the occurrence of a change of control, the 
facility agent shall (if a lender so requests within 20 days of being notified of the change of 
control) by notice to the Company, on the date falling 30 days after the change of control, 
cancel the commitment of such lender under the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement and 
declare all amounts outstanding in respect of such lender under the Revolving Credit Facility 
Agreement immediately due and payable. The Revolving Credit Facility Agreement also 
contains a provision such that, following a change of control, a lender is not obliged to fund 
any further drawdown of the facility (other than rollover loans). For these purposes, a ‘change 
of control’ occurs if any person or group of persons ‘acting in concert’ (as defined in the City 
Code on Takeovers and Mergers) gains control (as defined in the Corporation Tax Act 2010) 
of the Company. 

102

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationGoing concern
In determining the appropriate basis of preparation of the Financial Statements, the Directors 
are required to consider whether the Group can continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Accordingly, after making enquiries and having considered forecasts and 
appropriate sensitivities, the Directors have formed a judgement, at the time of approving 
the Financial Statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future, being at least 
12 months from the date of these Financial Statements (more information on the Going Concern 
judgement can be found on page 115). For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in the preparation of these Financial Statements.

On behalf of the Board

Tina Bains 
Company Secretary

6 September 2016

 > Each of the note purchase agreements entered into in respect of the Group’s privately placed 

notes (being the US$80m of notes issued pursuant to the following note purchase agreements: 
(i) a note purchase agreement in respect of the issue of US$15m notes dated 10 May 2011  
(as amended and restated on 14 May 2013 and as amended on 17 December 2014); and  
(ii) a note purchase agreement in respect of the issue of US$65m notes also dated 10 May 2011 
(as amended and restated on 14 May 2013 and as amended on 17 December 2014)) contains a 
change of control prepayment provision. Each such control provision provides that promptly 
after the Company becomes aware that a change of control has occurred, the Company shall 
notify all the holders of the notes of the same and give the noteholders the option to require  
the Company to prepay at par all outstanding amounts (principal and interest) under the notes. 
If a noteholder accepts such offer of prepayment, such prepayment shall take place on a 
business day that is not more than 90 days after the Company notified the noteholders of the 
change of control. For these purposes a ‘change of control’ means the acquisition by a person 
or a group of persons ‘acting in concert’ (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers) 
such that they gain beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the issued share capital of the 
Company carrying voting rights. 

 > The £100m term facility agreement between, amongst others, the Company and Prudential/
M&G UK Companies Financing Fund LP dated 10 May 2011 (as amended and restated on 
14 May 2013 and as amended on 17 December 2014) also contains a prepayment provision on 
a change of control at the election of each lender; such prepayment provision is the same as 
that described for the Revolving Credit Facility Agreement (save for the fact that the term loan 
is fully drawn and so the restrictions on drawing described for the Revolving Credit Facility 
Agreement do not apply).

 > Each of the debt facility agreements (based on a proforma agreement agreed in October 2012) 
between the Company (as guarantor), BDW (as borrower and developer) and the Homes and 
Communities Agency (‘HCA’) (as lender), whereby the HCA has made up to £33m (in aggregate) 
of project financing available to fund up to 20 development sites, contains a provision requiring 
BDW to obtain the consent of the HCA on a change in control of the Company, BDW or any 
of their holding companies (if relevant). The HCA is entitled to withhold its consent to such a 
change in control if the new controller does not have sufficient reputation, financial standing 
or organisational standing and capacity. A failure to: (i) obtain the HCA’s consent to a change 
in control; and (ii) provide the HCA with notice of the change in control within a specified time 
period, is an event of default under each of these agreements. On such an event of default the 
HCA may, by notice in writing to BDW, terminate each debt facility agreement and require BDW 
to prepay the project financing. For these purposes a ‘change in control’ means the acquisition 
by a person or a group of persons acting together such that they gain beneficial ownership of 
more than 50% of the issued share capital or voting rights of the relevant company, have the 
right to appoint the majority of the Directors of the relevant company or otherwise control the 
votes at Board meetings of the relevant company.

The note purchase agreements also impose upon the holders customary restrictions on resale 
or transfer of the notes, such as the transfer being subject to a de minimis amount.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

103

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Financial Statements and accounting records
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts including the 
Directors’ remuneration report and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. 
The Directors are required by the International Accounting Standards Regulation (the ‘IAS 
Regulation’) to prepare the Group Financial Statements under International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union (‘IFRS’) and have also elected to prepare the Parent 
Company Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS. The Financial Statements are also 
required by law to be properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and Article 
4 of the IAS Regulation. Under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the Directors must not 
approve the Accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

International Accounting Standard 1 requires that Financial Statements present fairly for 
each financial year the Company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. 
This requires the faithful representation of the effects of transactions, other events and 
conditions in accordance with the definitions and recognition criteria for assets, liabilities, 
income and expenses set out in the International Accounting Standards Board’s ‘Framework 
for the preparation and presentation of financial statements’. In virtually all circumstances, 
a fair presentation will be achieved by compliance with all applicable IFRS. Directors are also 
required to:

 > properly select and apply accounting policies;

 > present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, 

comparable and understandable information;

 > provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRS are 

insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance; and

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Board considers, on the advice of the Audit Committee, that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, performance, business model 
and strategy.

Directors’ responsibility statement
The Directors confirm that, to the best of each person’s knowledge:

a)   the Group and Parent Company Financial Statements in this Annual Report and Accounts, 
which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, Standing Interpretation Committee 
interpretations as adopted and endorsed by the European Union, International Financial 
Reporting Interpretations Committee interpretations and those parts of the Companies Act 
2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS, give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and of the Group taken as a 
whole; and

b)   the Annual Report and Accounts includes a fair review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the Company and the Group taken as a whole, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties they face.

The Directors of the Company and their functions are listed on pages 46 and 47.

By order of the Board

David Thomas 
Chief Executive 

Neil Cooper 
Chief Financial Officer

 > make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

6 September 2016   

6 September 2016

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial 
information included on the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

The Directors’ Report from pages 46 to 104 inclusive was approved by the Board on 6 September 
2016 and is signed on its behalf by:

Tina Bains 
Company Secretary

104

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Financial Statements

Independent Auditors Report

106

Notes to the Financial Statements

Primary statements

Consolidated Income Statement

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ 
Equity – Group

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’  
Equity – Company

Balance Sheets

Cash Flow Statements

1

Section 1
Basis of preparation

1.1 Introduction

1.2 Basis of consolidation

1.3 Going concern

1.4 Adoption of new and revised standards

1.5  Impact of standards and interpretations in issue 

but not yet effective

2

Section 2
Results for the year and utilisation of profits

110

110

111

112

113

114

2.1 Revenue

2.2 Segmental analysis

2.3 Profit from operations

2.4 Earnings per share

2.5 Dividends

2.6 Tax

3

Section 3
Working capital

3.1 Inventories

3.2 Trade and other receivables

3.3 Trade and other payables

3.4 Contract accounting

3.5 Available for sale financial assets

Key to financial icons

Throughout the Financial Statements you will see these  
icons used, they represent the following:

Group accounting policies

Critical accounting judgements and key sources  
of estimation uncertainty

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

4

Section 4
Business combinations and other investing activities

115

115

115

116

116

117

118

118

120

120

120

123

124

125

125

126

4.1 Business combinations

4.2 Goodwill and other intangible assets

4.3  Investments in jointly controlled entities  

and associated entities

4.4 Jointly controlled operations

4.5 Property, plant and equipment

5

Section 5
Capital structure and financing

5.1 Net cash

5.2 Net finance costs

5.3 Financial instruments

5.4 Derivative financial instruments – swaps

5.5 Financial risk management

5.6 Share capital

6

Section 6
Directors and employees

6.1 Key management and employees

6.2 Retirement benefit obligations

6.3 Share-based payments

7

Section 7
Commitments, contingencies and related parties

7.1 Operating lease obligations

7.2 Contingent liabilities

7.3 Related party transactions

7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings

127

129

131

134

135

136

137

138

140

142

145

146

147

150

154

155

156

157

105

Independent Auditors Report 

Opinion on financial statements of Barratt Developments PLC
In our opinion:
 > the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 

Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2016 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

 > the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International 

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

 > the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006; and

 > the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 

the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation.

The financial statements comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Group and Parent 
Company Statements of Comprehensive Income, the Group and Parent Company Statements 
of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, the Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets, the Group 
and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements, the Accounting Policies, the Impact of Standards 
and Interpretations in issue but not yet Effective, the Critical Accounting Judgements and 
Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty and the related notes 1 to 7.4. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and IFRSs as adopted 
by the European Union and, as regards the Parent Company financial statements, as applied 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Going concern
As required by the Listing Rules we have reviewed the Directors’ statement regarding the 
appropriateness of the going concern basis contained within note 1.3 on page 115 and the 
directors’ statement on the longer-term viability of the Group contained on page 43. We have 
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

 > the directors’ confirmation on page 43 that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 

principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity;

 > the disclosures on pages 42–45 that describe those risks and explain how they are being 

managed or mitigated;

 > the directors’ statement on page 103 to the financial statements about whether they considered 

it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them and their 
identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s ability to continue to do so over 
a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

 > the directors’ explanation on page 43 as to how they have assessed the prospects of the 

group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, 
and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of 
their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We agreed with the directors’ adoption of the going concern basis of accounting and we did not 
identify any such material uncertainties. However, because not all future events or conditions 
can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s ability to continue as 
a going concern.

Independence
We are required to comply with the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standards for Auditors 
and we confirm that we are independent of the group and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with those standards. We also confirm we have not provided 
any of the prohibited non-audit services referred to in those standards.

Our assessment of risks of material misstatement
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest 
effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of 
the engagement team. 

At 30 June 2016, the balance of directly held available for sale financial assets is no longer 
material to the Group. We have therefore removed this as a focus area of our audit. 

106

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRisk

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

Carrying value of land and work in progress – land £2,880.2m (2015: £2,826.1m), work in progress £1,386.3m (2015: £1,287.4m)

Refer to page 69 (Audit Committee Statement) , page 123 (Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty) and note 3.1 (financial statement disclosures)

The Group’s assessment of the carrying value of land and 
work in progress, being the lower of cost and net realisable 
value, is a judgemental process. This requires the estimation 
of selling prices, sales rates and costs to complete, 
determined on a site by site basis. These factors drive the 
gross margin for each site and hence the profit recognised 
at the point of sale. 

The outcome of the EU referendum has resulted in greater 
political and economic uncertainty which may impact selling 
prices, sales rates and build costs, especially in the longer 
term. Such assumptions impact the Group’s assessments 
on the carrying value of land and work in progress. 

The net impairment charge for the year was £8.6m (2015: 
£11.7m). 

In addition, revenue recognition on social housing 
developments accounted for under IAS 11 ‘Construction 
Contracts’ requires additional judgement in calculating the 
revenue and profit to be recognised, estimating the total 
expected costs to complete each site and the percentage of 
completion at the balance sheet date.

Our work involved the following:
 > We have tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the Group’s controls relating to the determination of costs to complete as this is the most significant judgement applied to 
each site valuation. We attended a number of valuation meetings across all regions that review the carrying value of land and work in progress of individual sites. A sample of sites were also visited 
to enable us to verify how surveyors measure the degree of build completion of the developments against the costs incurred to date and to measure the subcontractor accruals at the year end. 

 > For multi-phased sites we have performed procedures to validate the appropriateness of actual and forecast margin maintained across the individual phases of the entire site.

 > We have reviewed the land acquisition appraisal process and viability assessment at acquisition and tested the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the key controls.

 > We have sample tested and agreed certain costs incurred to date included within land and work in progress as well as reviewing the proportion of that expenditure recognised as a cost of sale 

in the year in respect of units sold.

 > We have used IT interrogation tools to test the model prepared by Management to calculate the net realisable value of sites to ascertain the mechanical accuracy of the formulae being applied 

to the inputs to specific sites. 

 > We have tested each of the key assumptions within Management’s model on forecast sales values, sales rates and costs to complete which support the basis of the carrying value of land  

and work in progress. We have compared the Group’s assumptions to external market forecasts for sales price inflation and build cost inflation and have tested a sample of sites to current  
market data on sales rates, sales prices and cost assumptions. We have also tested the accuracy of costs to complete assumptions on a sample basis.

 > We have performed independent sensitivity analysis, informed by external forecasts, to measure the impact on the carrying value of land and work in progress through possible deviations  

around the assumptions applied by management. This included consideration of the outcome of the EU referendum.

 > A sample of construction contracts for social housing developments have been tested by verifying the costs incurred to date and recalculating the percentage of completion at the balance sheet 
date. A selection of these schemes have been reviewed with a sample of costs agreed to third party surveyors’ certificates, total sales values agreed to contracts, and the recognition formula 
verified to support revenue recognised.

 > We have reviewed the appropriateness of the Group’s disclosures within the Annual Report and Financial Statements relating to the estimation uncertainty. 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets – goodwill £792.2m (2015: £792.2m), intangible assets £100m (2015: £100m)

Refer to page 69 (Audit Committee Statement) , page 129 (Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty) and note 4.2 (financial statement disclosures)

The goodwill and David Wilson Homes brand intangible asset 
arose upon the acquisition of Wilson Bowden (see note 4.2).

Our work involved the following:
 > We have assessed the design and implementation of the Group’s controls relating to Management’s impairment review of goodwill and intangible assets.  

The Group’s assessment of impairment of goodwill and 
intangible assets is a judgemental process which requires 
estimates concerning the forecast future cash flows 
associated with the goodwill and brand assets held, the 
discount rates and the growth rate of revenue and costs  
to be applied in determining the value in use.

As described in the previous significant risk, the outcome 
of the EU referendum has resulted in greater political and 
economic uncertainty which may impact selling prices, 
sales rates and build costs, especially in the longer term.

There were no impairments in the current year (2015: £nil).

 > We have tested the accuracy of the underlying model to assess whether the processes are applied to the correct input data and the outputs are mapped accurately.

 > We challenged each of the key assumptions employed in the annual goodwill impairment test. This included reference to our internal valuation specialists’ benchmarking of the 
weighted average cost of capital rate (‘WACC’) employed as the discount rate employed, including its methodology and constituent inputs, comparison to independent market  
forecasts of revenue and cost growth in the housebuilding sector and an assessment of the Group’s historic forecasting accuracy. 

 > We have tested Management’s sensitivity analysis in relation to the key inputs to the goodwill impairment test model, as well as performing our own sensitivity analysis which  

included changes to volume, margin, incentives and the discount rate applied. This included consideration of the outcome of the EU referendum.

 > We have reviewed the appropriateness of the disclosures provided in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

107

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Independent Auditors Report continued

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it 
probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed 
or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating 
the results of our work. 

We determined materiality for the Group to be £33.5 million (2015: £27.6 million), which is 
determined based on 5.0% (2015: 5.0%) of statutory pre-tax profit. Profit before tax was used as 
the benchmark because this it is a key performance indicator for the group’s stakeholders and 
is consistent with the benchmark used for comparable companies.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences 
in excess of £1.7 million (2015: £0.55 million), as well as differences below that threshold that, 
in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee 
on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. 

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, 
including Group-wide controls, and assessing the risks of material misstatement at the 
Group level. The entire Group is audited by one audit team, led by the Senior Statutory Auditor. 
The audit is performed centrally and comprises all of the divisions which comprise the Group’s 
housebuilding segment, the Group’s commercial developments segment and the head 
office consolidation. Consistent with prior years, we choose to visit the Group’s three London 
housebuilding divisions each year, as well as five further non-London housebuilding divisions 
across each of the Group’s regions, selected on a rotational basis and with reference to size 
and complexity among other factors. We also visit Wilson Bowden Developments Limited on 
an annual basis, which constitutes the Group’s commercial developments segment. 

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

 > the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared 

in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and

 > the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year 
for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 > we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

 > adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate 

for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

 > the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records 

and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain 
disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 
We have nothing to report arising from these matters.

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also required to review part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the company’s compliance with certain provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. We have nothing to report arising from our review.

Our duty to read other information in the Annual Report
Under International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion, information in the annual report is:

 > materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

 > apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge  

of the Group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

 > otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between 
our knowledge acquired during the audit and the directors’ statement that they consider the 
annual report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the annual report appropriately 
discloses those matters that we communicated to the audit committee which we consider 
should have been disclosed. We confirm that we have not identified any such inconsistencies 
or misleading statements.

108

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationRespective responsibilities of directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK 
and Ireland). We also comply with International Standard on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). 
Our audit methodology and tools aim to ensure that our quality control procedures are effective, 
understood and applied. Our quality controls and systems include our dedicated professional 
standards review team and independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state 
to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment 
of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness 
of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of 
the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information 
in the annual report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements 
and to identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 
inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we 
become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the 
implications for our report.

Mark Goodey  
(Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor

London, United Kingdom

6 September 2016

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

109

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Consolidated Income Statement Year ended 30 June 2016

Statement of Comprehensive Income Year ended 30 June 2016

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Profit from operations

Finance income

Finance costs

Net finance costs

Share of post-tax profit from joint ventures

Share of post-tax profit from associates

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year

Profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Company

Profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

Earnings per share from continuing operations

Basic

Diluted

Notes

2.1, 2.2

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

4,235.2

3,759.5

Profit for the year

(3,434.8)

(3,045.2)

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Notes

2016  
£m

550.3

Group

2015  
£m

450.3

Company

2015  
£m

16.7

2016  
£m

1.4

800.4

(132.0)

668.4

5.9

(64.1)

(58.2)

71.9

0.2

682.3

(132.0)

550.3

550.3

–

55.1p

54.3p

2.3

5.2

5.2

5.2

4.3

4.3

2.6.1

4.1.2

2.4

2.4

714.3

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

(137.5)

576.8

7.6

(64.6)

(57.0)

45.4

0.3

565.5

(115.2)

450.3

449.4

0.9

45.5p

44.6p

Actuarial loss on defined benefit  
pension scheme

Fair value adjustment on available for sale  
financial assets 

Tax credit relating to items not reclassified

Total items that will not be reclassified to  
profit or loss 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently  
to profit or loss

Amounts deferred in respect of effective  
cash flow hedges

Amounts reclassified to the Income Statement  
in respect of hedged cash flows

Tax charge relating to items that may be reclassified

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently  
to profit or loss

Total comprehensive income recognised  
for the year

Total comprehensive income recognised for the 
year attributable to the owners of the Company 

Total comprehensive income recognised for the 
year attributable to non-controlling interests

6.2.2

(9.0)

(11.5)

(9.0)

(11.5)

3.5

0.5

1.7

5.1

1.3

–

1.8

(6.8)

(5.1)

(7.2)

5.2  
5.4.3

5.2  
5.4.3

6.3

(1.1)

(1.2)

4.0

(0.5)

2.9

(0.5)

1.9

547.5

447.1

547.5

446.2

4.1.2

–

0.9

6.3

(1.1)

(1.2)

4.0

(1.8)

(1.8)

–

–

2.4

(9.1)

(0.5)

2.9

(0.5)

1.9

9.5

9.5

–

The notes on pages 115 to 164 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

Parent Company Income Statement
In accordance with the provisions of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate Income 
Statement for the Company has not been presented. The Company’s profit for the year was 
£1.4m (2015: £16.7m).

110

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity – Group

At 1 July 2014

Profit for the year

Amounts deferred in respect of effective cash flow hedges

Amounts reclassified to the Income Statement in respect of hedged cash flows

Fair value adjustments on available for sale financial assets

Actuarial losses on pension scheme

Tax on items above taken directly to equity

Total comprehensive income recognised for the year ended 30 June 2015

Dividend payments

Issue of shares

Share-based payments

Disposal of own shares

Transfer of share-based payments charge for exercised/lapsed options

Tax on share-based payments

At 30 June 2015

Profit for the year

Amounts deferred in respect of effective cash flow hedges

Amounts reclassified to the Income Statement in respect of hedged cash flows

Fair value adjustments on available for sale financial assets

Actuarial losses on pension scheme

Tax on items above taken directly to equity

Total comprehensive income recognised for the year ended 30 June 2016

Dividend payments

Issue of shares

Share-based payments

Net purchase of own shares

Transfer of share-based payments charge for exercised/lapsed options

Tax on share-based payments 

At 30 June 2016

Hedging  
reserve  
(note 5.4.3)  
£m

Own shares  
(note 5.6)  
£m

Share-based 
payments  
(note 6.3.1)  
£m

Retained 
earnings due to 
shareholders  
of the Group  
£m

Total retained 
earnings due to 
shareholders  
of the Group  
£m

Non- controlling 
interests  
(note 4.1.2)  
£m

(3.2)

24.6

Share capital 
(note 5.6)  
£m

98.5

Share  
premium  
£m

214.8

Merger  
reserve  
(note 4.1.1)  
£m

1,109.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

99.5

219.1

1,109.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

3.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(15.6)

–

(0.5)

2.9

–

–

(0.5)

1.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

(13.7)

–

6.3

(1.1)

–

–

(1.2)

4.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

–

–

(2.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.8)

–

–

1,917.9

449.4

–

–

5.1

(11.5)

1.3

444.3

(117.7)

(0.7)

–

–

3.6

9.8

1,939.3

449.4

–

–

5.1

(11.5)

1.3

444.3

(117.7)

(0.7)

11.6

0.5

–

11.2

2,257.2

550.3

2,288.5

550.3

–

–

0.5

(9.0)

1.7

543.5

(263.2)

(0.6)

–

–

10.8

7.2

–

–

0.5

(9.0)

1.7

543.5

(263.2)

(0.6)

12.8

(0.8)

–

(1.3)

8.0

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

8.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11.6

–

(3.6) 

1.4

34.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

12.8

–

(10.8)

(8.5)

27.5

Total  
equity  
£m

3,354.0

450.3

(0.5)

2.9

5.1

(11.5)

0.8

447.1

(117.7)

4.6

11.6

0.5

–

11.2

3,711.3

550.3

6.3

(1.1)

0.5

(9.0)

0.5

547.5

(263.2)

3.9

12.8

(0.8)

–

(1.3)

The notes on pages 115 to 164 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

111

100.4

222.7

1,109.0

(9.7)

(3.5)

2,554.9

2,578.9

8.9

4,010.2

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationStatement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity – Company

At 1 July 2014

Profit for the year

Amounts deferred in respect of effective cash flow hedges

Amounts reclassified to the Income Statement in respect of hedged cash flows

Actuarial losses on pension scheme

Tax on items above taken directly to equity

Total comprehensive income recognised for the year ended 30 June 2015

Dividend payments

Issue of shares

Share-based payments

Disposal of own shares

Transfer of share-based payments charge for exercised/lapsed options

Tax on share-based payments

At 30 June 2015

Profit for the year

Amounts deferred in respect of effective cash flow hedges

Amounts reclassified to the Income Statement in respect of hedged cash flows

Actuarial losses on pension scheme

Tax on items above taken directly to equity

Total comprehensive income recognised for the year ended 30 June 2016

Dividend payments

Issue of shares

Share-based payments

Net purchase of own shares

Transfer of share-based payments charge for exercised/lapsed options

Tax on share-based payments

At 30 June 2016

The notes on pages 115 to 164 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

Share capital  
(note 5.6)  
£m

98.5

Share  
premium  
£m

214.8

Merger  
reserve  
(note 4.1.1)  
£m

1,109.0

Hedging  
reserve  
(note 5.4.3)  
£m

(15.6)

Own shares  
(note 5.6)  
£m

Share-based 
payments  
(note 6.3.1)  
£m

(3.2)

18.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

99.5

219.1

1,109.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.5)

2.9

–

(0.5)

1.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

(13.7)

–

6.3

(1.1)

–

(1.2)

4.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

–

–

(2.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.8)

–

–

100.4

222.7

1,109.0

(9.7)

(3.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11.6

–

(3.6)

0.1

26.2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

12.8

–

(10.8)

(2.2)

26.0

Retained  
earnings  
£m

2,539.4

16.7

–

–

(11.5)

2.4

7.6

(117.7)

(0.7)

–

–

1.4

2.3

Total  
retained  
earnings  
£m

2,554.3

16.7

–

–

(11.5)

2.4

7.6

Total  
equity  
£m

3,961.0

16.7

(0.5)

2.9

(11.5)

1.9

9.5

(117.7)

(117.7)

(0.7)

11.6

0.5

(2.2)

2.4

4.6

11.6

0.5

(2.2)

2.4

2,432.3

2,455.8

3,869.7

1.4

–

–

(9.0)

1.8

(5.8)

(263.2)

(0.6)

–

–

3.7

2.0

1.4

–

–

(9.0)

1.8

(5.8)

1.4

6.3

(1.1)

(9.0)

0.6

(1.8)

(263.2)

(263.2)

(0.6)

12.8

(0.8)

(7.1)

(0.2)

3.9

12.8

(0.8)

(7.1)

(0.2)

2,168.4

2,190.9

3,613.3

112

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationBalance Sheets At 30 June 2016

Notes

4.2.2

4.2.1

4.5

4.1.3

4.3

6.2.2

3.5

3.2

2.6.3

5.4

3.1

3.5

3.2

5.1

2016  
£m

Group

2015  
£m

Company

2015  
£m

2016  
£m

100.0

792.2

9.6

–

255.9

8.1

3.8

1.6

–

11.8

100.0

792.2

8.2

–

200.0

5.3

96.8

3.3

–

2.3

Liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

–

–

3.8

Deferred tax liabilities

–

–

4.8

3,100.1

3,097.8

Derivative financial instruments – swaps

23.1

8.1

–

–

2.5

11.8

25.6

5.3

–

–

7.1

2.3

Current liabilities

Loans and borrowings

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments – swaps

Current tax liabilities

1,183.0

1,208.1

3,150.4

3,141.9

4,326.6

4,173.6

0.8

149.6

758.0

5,235.0

6,418.0

10.2

158.8

360.4

4,703.0

5,911.1

–

–

78.1

729.0

807.1

Total liabilities

–

–

Net assets

Equity

697.7

294.1

991.8

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

3,957.5

4,133.7

Hedging reserve

Notes

5.1

3.3

2.6.3

5.4

5.1

3.3

5.4

5.6.1

4.1.1

5.4.3

Assets

Non-current assets

Other intangible assets

Goodwill

Property, plant and equipment

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Investments in joint ventures and associates

Retirement benefit assets

Available for sale financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Deferred tax assets

Derivative financial instruments – swaps

Current assets

Inventories

Available for sale financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

The Financial Statements of Barratt Developments PLC (registered number 604574) were 
approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 6 September 2016. Signed on behalf of 
the Board.

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the owners  
of the Company

2016  
£m

Group

2015  
£m

Company

2015  
£m

2016  
£m

(150.5)

(138.6)

(171.5)

(629.9)

(10.5)

(7.5)

(163.3)

(605.9)

(1.2)

(17.0)

(0.2)

–

(7.5)

(819.4)

(787.4)

(158.2)

(6.0)

(13.2)

(1,513.5)

(1,349.8)

(5.6)

(63.3)

–

(49.4)

(1,588.4)

(1,412.4)

(2,407.8)

(2,199.8)

(42.7)

(137.6)

(5.6)

(0.1)

(186.0)

(344.2)

–

–

(17.0)

(155.6)

(58.5)

(49.9)

–

–

(108.4)

(264.0)

4,010.2

3,711.3

3,613.3

3,869.7

100.4

222.7

99.5

219.1

100.4

222.7

99.5

219.1

1,109.0

1,109.0

1,109.0

1,109.0

(9.7)

(13.7)

(9.7)

(13.7)

2,578.9

2,288.5

2,190.9

2,455.8

4,001.3

3,702.4

3,613.3

3,869.7

David Thomas 
Chief Executive 

Neil Cooper  
Chief Financial Officer

Non-controlling interests

4.1.2

8.9

8.9

–

–

Total equity

4,010.2

3,711.3

3,613.3

3,869.7

The notes on pages 115 to 164 form an integral part of these Financial Statements.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

113

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Statements Year ended 30 June 2016

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

(Increase)/decrease in investments accounted for 
using the equity method

Dividends received from investments accounted 
for using the equity method

Interest received

Dividends received from subsidiaries

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Financing activities:

Dividends paid

(Net purchase)/disposal of own shares

Proceeds from issue of share capital

Loan (repayments)/drawdown

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning  
of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

5.1

Notes

4.5

4.3

4.3

2016  
£m

652.9

(6.1)

(11.9)

28.1

2.6

–

12.7

Group

2015  
£m

184.0

(5.4)

18.3

27.0

2.3

–

42.2

2016  
£m

671.1

(3.2)

2.5

–

37.4

–

36.7

Company

2015  
£m

68.8

(2.8)

–

–

60.0

19.9

77.1

2.5

(263.2)

(117.7)

(263.2)

(117.7)

(0.8)

3.9

(7.9)

(268.0)

397.6

360.4

758.0

0.5

4.6

(27.9)

(140.5)

85.7

274.7

360.4

(0.8)

3.9

(12.8)

(272.9)

434.9

294.1

729.0

0.5

4.6

1.8

(110.8)

35.1

259.0

294.1

Reconciliation of operating profit to cash flow 
from operating activities

Notes

2016  
£m

Group

2015  
£m

Operating activities:

Profit/(loss) from operations

Depreciation

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

Impairment of inventories 

4.5

Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of 
available for sale financial assets

Impairment of investment in subsidiaries

4.1.3

Share-based payments charge

Imputed interest on deferred term payables*

Imputed interest on available for sale  
financial assets and interest free loans*

Amortisation of facility fees

Finance income related to employee benefits

6.3

5.2

5.2

5.2

5.2

Total non-cash items

Increase in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in trade and  
other receivables

Increase/(decrease) in trade and  
other payables

Decrease in available for sale financial assets

Total movements in working capital

Interest paid

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Company

2015  
£m

(27.1)

1.3

–

–

–

18.7

3.4

–

–

(3.0)

0.4

20.8

–

2016  
£m

(9.5)

2.0

0.2

–

–

–

3.4

–

–

(2.9)

0.4

3.1

–

668.4

576.8

4.5

0.2

8.6

2.1

–

12.8

(34.5)

2.9

(2.9)

0.4

(5.9)

3.3

–

11.7

(1.4)

–

11.6

(31.6)

4.6

(3.0)

0.4

(4.4)

(161.6)

(676.7)

(0.9)

(57.5)

607.8

122.0

188.5

100.8

126.8

(26.8)

(109.6)

652.9

394.7

21.9

(317.6)

(28.1)

(42.7)

184.0

94.7

–

702.5

(25.0)

–

671.1

(16.6)

–

105.4

(30.3)

–

68.8

*   The Balance Sheet movements in land, available for sale financial assets and certain interest free loans include 

non-cash movements due to imputed interest. Imputed interest is therefore included within non-cash items in the 
statements above.

The notes on pages 115 to 164 form an integral part of these Financial Statements. 

114

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016

Section

1

Basis of preparation

1.1 Introduction
These Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(‘IASB’), International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) interpretations 
and Standing Interpretations Committee (‘SIC’) interpretations as adopted and endorsed by the 
European Union (‘EU’) and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS and therefore the Group Financial Statements comply with Article 4 of 
the EU International Accounting Standards Regulation. The Financial Statements have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of available for 
sale financial assets, derivative financial instruments and share-based payments. 

Group accounting policies
The significant Group accounting policies are included within the relevant notes to the Financial 
Statements on pages 115 to 164.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of 
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on 
the Directors’ best knowledge of the amounts, actual results may ultimately differ from those 
estimates. The Directors have made no individual judgements that have a significant impact 
upon the Financial Statements, apart from those involving estimations.

The most significant estimates made by the Directors in these Financial Statements are set 
out within the relevant notes on pages 115 to 164.

1.2 Basis of consolidation
The Group Financial Statements include the results of Barratt Developments PLC (the 
‘Company’), incorporated in the UK, and all its subsidiary undertakings made up to 30 June. 
The financial statements of subsidiary undertakings are consolidated from the date when 
control passes to the Group using the purchase method of accounting and up to the date control 
ceases. All transactions with subsidiaries and intercompany profits or losses are eliminated 
on consolidation.

1.3 Going concern
In determining the appropriate basis of preparation of the Financial Statements, the Directors 
are required to consider whether the Group can continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. 

The Group’s business activities, together with factors which the Directors consider are likely 
to affect its future development, financial performance and financial position are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 2 to 45. The material financial and operational risks and uncertainties 
that may have an impact upon the Group’s performance and their mitigation are outlined on 
pages 42 to 45 and financial risks including liquidity risk, market risk, credit risk and capital 
risk are outlined in note 5.5 to the Financial Statements. 

The financial performance of the Group is dependent upon the wider economic environment 
in which the Group operates. As explained in the Risk Management section on pages 41 
to 45, factors that particularly affect the performance of the Group include changes in the 
macroeconomic environment including buyer confidence, availability of mortgage finance  
for the Group’s customers and interest rates. 

The Group has total committed bank facilities and private placement notes of £848.3m. The final 
maturity dates of these facilities range from August 2017 to July 2021, with £150.0m of the 
revolving credit facility maturing in December 2017 and £550.0m of the revolving credit facility 
maturing in December 2019. The committed facilities and private placement notes provide 
appropriate headroom above our current forecast debt requirements. 

In addition to these committed borrowing facilities the Group has £22.5m of financing from 
the Government’s ‘Get Britain Building’ and ‘Growing Places Fund’ schemes. The outstanding 
funds are repayable between December 2016 and March 2018. Further committed loan facilities 
of £4.6m are available under agreements with local government which are due to be repaid 
between March 2018 and March 2020. 

Accordingly, after making enquiries and having considered forecasts and appropriate 
sensitivities, the Directors have formed a judgement, at the time of approving the Financial 
Statements, that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future, being at least 12 months from the 
date of these Financial Statements. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in the preparation of these Financial Statements.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

115

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information1.4 Adoption of new and revised standards
In the year ended 30 June 2016, the Group has adopted the following standards, amendments 
and interpretations, none of which have had a material impact on the Group:

 > Annual Improvements Cycle 2012 – 2014

 > Amendments to IAS 16: Property, Plant and Equipment

 > Amendments to IAS 38: Intangible Assets – Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation 

and Amortisation

 > Amendments to IFRS 11: Accounting for the Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations

 > Disclosure Initiative (Amendments to IAS 1)

 > Amendments to IAS 27: Equity Method in Separate Financial Statements

1.5 Impact of standards and interpretations in issue  
but not yet effective
At the date of approval of these Financial Statements, there were a number of standards, 
amendments and interpretations that have been published and are therefore mandatory for the 
Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2016 and later periods. The Group has 
not early-adopted any standard, amendment or interpretation.

The following new standards in particular are expected to have an impact upon the Group: 

 > IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ was issued in final form incorporating the impairment, 

classification and measurement requirements in July 2014 and is scheduled to replace IAS 39 
‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ from 1 July 2018. IFRS 9 will impact 
both the measurement and disclosures of financial instruments. The Group is currently 
assessing the impact of the revisions on the Group’s results and financial position, a process 
we expect to be finalised during the year ending 30 June 2017. Until such assessment is 
completed it is not practical to provide an estimate of the full effect of IFRS 9.

 > IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ was issued on 28 May 2014 and amended 
in September 2015. This standard sets out revenue recognition conditions for the Group and 
will be applicable from 1 July 2018. The standard remains subject to industry interpretations 
and consensus. The Group has continued, but not yet completed, its assessment of the impact 
of the standard, on the Group. To date, we expect the standard may delay the recognition 
of revenue from construction contracts and may impact upon historical five-year warranty 
obligations, although these will not affect the Group’s cash flows. In addition, the standard 
will require presentational changes to our Income Statement to show part-exchange income 
and expenses separately, which are currently recognised on a net basis within cost of sales, 
as detailed in note 2.1. It is not practical to provide an estimate of the full impact of IFRS 15 
until our assessment has been completed, which we expect to be during the year ended 
30 June 2017.

 > IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ was issued in January 2016 with an effective date of 1 January 2019. 

The standard specifies how leases are recognised, presented, measured and disclosed. 
The Group has continued, but not yet completed, its assessment of the impact of the standard 
on the Group’s results and financial position. To date, we expect that the majority of the Group’s 
lease commitments will be brought onto the Balance Sheet together with corresponding right 
of use assets. This is likely to impact on the timing of the recognition of lease costs within the 
Income Statement although it will not affect the Group’s cash flows. It is not practical to provide 
an estimate of the full effect of IFRS 16 until our assessment has been completed, which we 
expect to be during the year ending 30 June 2017.

 > Amendments to IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’ was issued in January 2016 and will be 

applicable to the Group from 1 July 2017. The Amendment requires enhanced disclosures 
of changes in financing liabilities.

116

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continuedSection

2

Results for the year and utilisation of profits

2.1 Revenue
The Group’s revenue derives principally from the sale of the homes we build and from the sale 
of commercial property.

Sale of goods – Revenue is recognised at legal completion in respect of the total proceeds of building 
and development. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable and 
represents the amounts receivable for the property, net of discounts and VAT. The sale proceeds of 
part-exchange properties are not included in revenue and are recognised on a net basis within cost 
of sales on the basis that they are incidental to the main revenue-generating activities of the Group.

Recognition of profit where developments are accounted for under IAS 11 ‘Construction 
Contracts’ – The Group applies its policy on contract accounting when recognising revenue and 
profit on partially completed contracts. Revenue and costs are recognised by reference to the 
stage of completion of contract activity at the balance sheet date. This is normally measured 
by surveys of work performed to date. When it is probable that the total costs on a construction 
contract will exceed total contract revenue, the expected loss is recognised as an expense in 
the Income Statement immediately. The application of this policy requires judgements to be 
made in respect of the total expected costs to complete for each site. The Group has in place 
established internal control processes to ensure that the evaluation of costs and revenues 
is based upon appropriate estimates.

An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Sale of goods 

Contract accounting revenue

Revenue as stated in the Consolidated Income Statement

Lease income

Finance income

Forfeit deposits

Other income

Total revenue

Notes

7.1.2

5.2

2016  
£m

4,073.0

162.2

4,235.2

0.9

5.9

0.8

2015  
£m

3,515.4

244.1

3,759.5

1.0

7.6

0.9

51.6

4,294.4

34.7

3,803.7

Contract accounting revenue – Revenue is only recognised on a construction contract where 
the outcome can be estimated reliably. Contracts are only treated as construction contracts 
when they have been specifically negotiated for the construction of a development or property. 
Variations to, and claims arising in respect of, construction contracts, are included in revenue 
to the extent that they have been agreed with the customer. Revenue is recognised by reference 
to the stage of completion of contract activity at the balance sheet date. This is normally 
measured by surveys of work performed to date.

Sale of goods includes £369.9m (2015: £333.6m) of revenue generated where the sale has  
been achieved using part-exchange incentives. 

Proceeds received on the disposal of part-exchange properties, which are not included 
in revenue, were £220.1m (2015: £179.7m).

Other income principally comprises the sale of freehold reversions, ground rents, property 
management income and management fees receivable from joint ventures.

Lease income – The Group enters into leasing arrangements with third parties following the 
completion of constructed developments until the date of the sale of the development to third 
parties. Rental income from these operating leases is recognised in the Income Statement 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating 
and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and 
recognised in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

117

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
2.2 Segmental analysis
The Group consists of two separate segments for management reporting and control purposes, 
being housebuilding and commercial developments. The segments are considered appropriate 
for reporting under IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ since these segments are regularly reviewed 
internally by the Board without further significant categorisation. The Group presents its primary 
segment information on the basis of these operating segments. As the Group operates in a single 
geographic market, Great Britain, no secondary segmentation is provided.

House- 
building  
Units

Commercial 
developments 
Units

2016  
Total  
Units

House- 
building  
Units

Commercial 
developments 
Units

2015  
Total  
Units

Balance Sheet

Segment assets

Elimination of intercompany balances

Cash and cash equivalents

Consolidated total assets

House- 
building  
£m

Commercial 
developments 
£m

2016  
Total  
£m

House- 
building  
£m

Commercial 
developments 
£m

2015  
Total  
£m

5,648.0

42.2

5,690.2

5,511.5

50.1

5,561.6

(30.2)

5,660.0

758.0

6,418.0

(10.9)

5,550.7

360.4

5,911.1

Segment liabilities

(2,114.3)

(72.4)

(2,186.7)

(1,916.2)

(67.4)

(1,983.6)

Residential completions*

Consolidated Income Statement

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses 

Profit from operations 

Share of post-tax profit/(loss) from 
joint ventures and associates 

Profit from operations including post-
tax profit/(loss) from joint ventures 
and associates

Finance income

Finance costs 

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit for the year from continuing 
operations

15,905

£m

4,153.3

(3,361.3)

792.0

(129.6)

662.4

72.4

–

15,905

15,599

–

15,599

Elimination of intercompany balances

£m

81.9

£m

£m

4,235.2

3,702.3

(73.5)

(3,434.8)

(2,999.2)

8.4

(2.4)

6.0

(0.3)

800.4

(132.0)

668.4

72.1

703.1

(132.4)

570.7

45.9

£m

57.2

(46.0)

11.2

(5.1)

6.1

(0.2)

£m

3,759.5

(3,045.2)

714.3

(137.5)

576.8

45.7

Loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Consolidated total liabilities

734.8

5.7

740.5

616.6

5.9

622.5

30.2

(2,156.5)

(177.5)

(10.5)

(63.3)

(2,407.8)

Other information

Capital additions

Depreciation

House- 
building  
£m

Commercial 
developments 
£m

6.1

4.5

–

–

2016  
Total  
£m

6.1

4.5

House- 
building  
£m

Commercial 
developments 
£m

5.4

3.3

–

–

5.9

(64.1)

682.3

(132.0)

550.3

7.6

(64.6)

565.5

(115.2)

450.3

2.3 Profit from operations
Profit from operations includes all of the revenue and costs derived from the Group’s operating 
businesses. Profit from operations excludes finance costs, finance income, the Group’s share 
of profits or losses from joint ventures and associates and tax. 

10.9

(1,972.7)

(176.5)

(1.2)

(49.4)

(2,199.8)

2015  
Total  
£m

5.4

3.3

*  Residential completions exclude joint venture completions of 1,414 (2015: 848) in which the Group has an interest.

Government grants – Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable 
assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them and that the grants 
will be received. 

Grants related to income are included in the appropriate line within the Income Statement so 
as to match with the related costs they are intended to compensate for. Grants related to assets 
are deducted from the carrying amount of the asset. 

118

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.3 Profit from operations continued

The remuneration paid to Deloitte LLP, the Group’s principal auditor, is disclosed below:

Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Parent Company  
and Consolidated Financial Statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 

Total audit fees

Audit-related assurance services¹

Taxation compliance services

Other taxation advisory services²

Other services²

Total fees for other services

Total fees related to the Company and its subsidiaries

2016  
£000

2015  
£000

70

270

340

50

102

34

217

403

743

69

260

329

50

96

27

60

233

562

1  Audit-related assurance services comprise the review of the interim report.
2   Other taxation advisory services and other services comprise advice provided on land acquisitions and disposals and 

other transactions in the normal course of business.

Details of the Group’s policy on the use of the Company’s principal auditor for non-audit 
services, and auditor independence are set out in the Audit Committee Report on pages 66 to 73. 
No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements.

In addition to the remuneration paid to the Company’s auditor, for services related to the 
Company and its subsidiaries, the auditor received the following remuneration from joint 
ventures in which the Group participates:

The audit of the Group’s joint ventures pursuant to legislation

Other services

Total fees related to joint ventures

2016  
£000

140

8

148

2015  
£000

130

20

150

Lease charges – Operating lease rentals are charged to the Income Statement in equal 
instalments over the life of the lease.

Estimation of costs to complete – In order to determine the profit that the Group is able 
to recognise on its developments in a specific period, the Group has to allocate site-wide 
development costs between units built in the current year and in future years. It also has to 
estimate costs to complete on such developments. In making these assessments there is a 
degree of inherent uncertainty. The Group has developed internal controls to assess and review 
carrying values and the appropriateness of estimates made. 

Profit from operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs

Government grants

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Lease income

Operating lease charges:

–  hire of plant, machinery and vehicles

– other

Notes

6.1

4.5

7.1.2

2016  
£m

369.8

–

4.5

(0.9)

28.8

18.8

2015  
£m

353.0

(4.1)

3.3

(1.0)

32.6

16.8

Government grants of £nil (2015: £2.3m) were received in the year relating to Government 
initiatives including the National Affordable Housing Programme and the Affordable Homes 
Programme. Grant income of £nil (2015: £4.1m) was recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement in relation to house sales completed under these initiatives.

Administrative expenses of £132.0m (2015: £137.5m) include sundry income of £52.4m 
(2015: £35.6m) which is disclosed within other revenue in note 2.1.

Profit from operations is stated after charging the Directors’ emoluments disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report on page 86 and in note 6.1.

The Group does not recognise income from supplier rebates until received from suppliers. 
During the year £26.9m (2015: £22.2m) of supplier rebate income was included within profit 
from operations.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

119

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
2.4 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to ordinary 
shareholders of £550.3m (2015: £449.4m) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
in issue during the year, excluding those held by the Employee Benefit Trust which are treated 
as cancelled, which was 998.7m (2015: 987.2m) shares.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to ordinary 
shareholders of £550.3m (2015: £449.4m) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in 
issue adjusted to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive share options from the start of the 
year, giving a figure of 1,013.0m (2015: 1,008.4m) shares. 

The earnings per share from continuing operations were as follows:

2.6 Tax
All profits of the Group are subject to UK corporation tax.

The current year tax charge has been provided for at an effective rate of 20.0% (2015: 20.75%)  
and the closing deferred tax assets and liabilities have been provided in these Financial 
Statements at a rate of between 18.0% and 20.0% (2015: 20.0%) of the temporary differences 
giving rise to these assets and liabilities, dependent upon when they are expected to reverse.

2.6.1 Tax recognised in the Income Statement
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2.5 Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2015 of 10.3p (2014: 7.1p) per share

Special dividend for the year ended 30 June 2015 of 10.0p (2014: nil) per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 of 6.0p (2015: 4.8p) per share

Total dividends distributed to equity shareholders in the year

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 of 12.3p (2015: 10.3p) per share

Proposed special dividend for the year of 12.4p (2015: 10.0p) per share

2016  
pence

55.1

54.3

2016  
£m

103.1

100.0

60.1

263.2

2016  
£m

123.3

125.0

2015  
pence

45.5

44.6

2015  
£m

70.2

–

47.5

117.7

2015  
£m

102.3

100.0

Tax – The tax currently payable is based on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs 
from net profit as reported in the Income Statement because it excludes items of income or 
expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are 
never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 

Deferred tax – Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the 
corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using 
the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis using 
the tax rates and laws that have then been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance 
sheet date, and is charged or credited to the income statement, except when it relates to 
items charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or equity, in which case 
the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income or equity.

The proposed final dividend and the special dividend are subject to approval by shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting. The cost has been calculated based on the issued share capital 
at 30 June 2016 and has not been included as a liability at 30 June 2016.

120

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued2.6 Tax continued
2.6.1 Tax recognised in the Income Statement continued
Analysis of the tax charge for the year

2.6.3 Deferred tax
All deferred tax relates to the United Kingdom and is stated on a net basis as the Group has 
a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and intends to settle on a net basis.

Notes

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

Current tax:

UK corporation tax for the year

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Impact of reduction in corporation tax rate

Tax charge for the year

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year

135.1

(2.6)

132.5

(0.4)

1.7

(1.8)

(0.5)

132.0

2.6.3

The tax rate assessed for the year is lower (2015: lower) than the standard effective rate 
of corporation tax in the UK of 20.0% (2015: 20.75%). The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax of 20.0% (2015: 20.75%)

Effects of:

Other items including non-deductible expenses

Additional tax relief for land remediation costs

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Tax in respect of joint ventures

Impact of change in tax rate on deferred tax asset

Tax charge for the year

Deferred tax – Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that 
taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be 
utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from 
goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets 
and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit. 
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments 
in subsidiaries and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the 
reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and 
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available 
to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset 
when there is a legally enforceable right to set-off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and when they relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority and the Group intends 
to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

102.9

(8.3)

94.6

13.3

7.3

– 

20.6

115.2

2015  
£m

565.5

117.3

1.0

(1.3)

(1.0)

(0.8)

–

2016  
£m

682.3

136.5

1.2

(2.0)

(0.9)

(1.0)

(1.8)

132.0

115.2

2.6.2 Tax recognised in equity 
In addition to the amount charged to the Consolidated Income Statement, a net current 
and deferred tax charge of £0.8m (2015: £12.0m credit) was recognised directly in equity. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

121

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company recognised a net deferred tax asset with the following movements in the year:

2.6 Tax continued
2.6.3 Deferred tax continued
The Group recognised a net deferred tax liability with the following movements in the year:

Group

At 1 July 2014

Income Statement  
(charge)/credit

Amounts taken directly  
to equity

At 30 June 2015

Comprising:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Year ended 30 June 2016:

Income Statement  
(charge)/credit

Amounts taken directly  
to equity

At 30 June 2016

Comprising:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Pension 
scheme  
£m

(0.6)

(0.5)

–

Share  
options  
£m

11.7

1.4

1.4

(1.1)

14.5

–

(1.1)

14.5

–

Tax  
losses  
£m

19.7

(19.6)

–

0.1

0.1

–

Hedging  
£m

4.1

–

(0.5)

3.6

3.6

–

(0.5)

(0.5)

(0.1)

–

–

(1.6)

–

(1.6)

(8.5)

5.5

5.5

–

–

–

–

–

(1.2)

2.4

(18.0)

2.4

–

–

(18.0)

Brands  
£m

(20.0)

ACA  
£m

1.2

–

–

(20.0)

–

(20.0)

2.0

–

–

–

1.2

1.2

–

–

–

1.2

1.2

–

Other  
(net)  
£m

3.5

(1.9)

(1.1)

0.5

2.7

(2.2)

Total  
£m

19.6

(20.6)

(0.2)

(1.2)

22.1

(23.3)

Company

At 1 July 2014

Income Statement credit/(charge)

Amounts taken directly to equity

At 30 June 2015

Comprising:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Year ended 30 June 2016:

Income Statement (charge)/credit

Amounts taken directly to equity

At 30 June 2016

Comprising:

(0.4)

0.5

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

(0.1)

(9.8)

–

(10.5)

1.9

(1.9)

11.0

(21.5)

Pension  
scheme  
£m

Share  
options  
£m

(0.6)

(0.5)

–

(1.1)

–

(1.1)

(0.5)

–

(1.6)

–

(1.6)

3.3

0.4

0.1

3.8

3.8

–

(0.4)

(2.2)

1.2

1.2

–

Tax  
losses  
£m

19.6

(19.6)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Hedging  
£m

4.1

–

(0.5)

3.6

3.6

–

–

(1.2)

2.4

2.4

–

ACA  
£m

0.8

–

–

0.8

0.8

–

(0.3)

–

0.5

0.5

–

Other  
£m

0.7

(0.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total  
£m

27.9

(20.4)

(0.4)

7.1

8.2

(1.1)

(1.2)

(3.4)

2.5

4.1

(1.6)

It is not anticipated that any of the deferred tax liability in respect of brands will reverse in the 
12 months following the balance sheet date. Whilst it is anticipated that an element of the remaining 
deferred tax assets and liabilities will reverse during the 12 months following the balance sheet 
date, at present it is not possible to accurately quantify the value of all of these reversals.

In the March 2016 Budget the Chancellor of the Exchequer announced the intention to further 
reduce the main rate of corporation tax from 18% to 17% with effect from 1 April 2020. 
The change had not been substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and, therefore, the 
impact of this is not included in these Financial Statements. Had the change been enacted 
prior to the balance sheet date, there would be no significant impact on the deferred tax liability 
disclosed within these Financial Statements.

In addition to the deferred tax liability shown above, the Group has not recognised a deferred 
tax asset of £2.1m (2015: £2.3m) in respect of capital and other losses because these are not 
considered recoverable in the foreseeable future.

122

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continuedSection

3

Working capital

3.1 Inventories

Inventories – Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost of work 
in progress comprises direct materials, direct labour costs and those overheads that have 
been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. 

Land held for development, including land in the course of development, is initially recorded 
at discounted cost. Where, through deferred purchase credit terms, the carrying value differs 
from the amount that will ultimately be paid in settling the liability, this difference is charged 
as a finance cost in the Income Statement over the period of settlement.

Due to the scale of the Group’s developments, the Group has to allocate site-wide development 
costs between units built in the current year and in future years. It also has to estimate costs 
to complete on such developments. In making these assessments, there is a degree of inherent 
uncertainty. The Group has developed internal controls to assess and review carrying values 
and the appropriateness of estimates made.

Carrying value of land and work in progress – The Group’s principal activities are 
housebuilding and commercial development. The majority of the development activity is not 
contracted prior to the development commencing. Accordingly, the Group has in its Balance 
Sheet at 30 June 2016 current assets that are not covered by a forward sale. The Group’s 
internal controls are designed to identify any developments where the balance sheet value 
of land and work in progress is more than the projected lower of cost or net realisable value. 
During the year the Group has conducted six-monthly reviews of the net realisable value of 
specific sites identified as at high risk of impairment, based upon a number of criteria including 
low site profit margins and sites with no forecast completions. Where the estimated net 
realisable value of a site was less than its current carrying value within the Balance Sheet, 
the Group has impaired the land and work in progress value. 

Carrying value of land and work in progress continued – During the year, due to performance 
variations, changes in assumptions and changes to viability on individual sites, there were 
gross impairment charges of £11.0m (2015: £17.9m) and gross impairment reversals of £2.4m 
(2015: £6.2m), resulting in a net impairment charge of £8.6m (2015: £11.7m) included within 
profit from operations.

The key judgements in these reviews were estimating the realisable value of a site, which is 
determined by forecast sales rates, expected sales prices and estimated costs to complete. 
The estimation of future sales prices and costs to complete included zero net inflation for the 
next three years and then low single digit net inflation thereafter. During the year the Group 
benefited from favourable market conditions, but increased uncertainty due to Brexit. If the UK 
housing market were to change beyond management expectations in the future, in particular 
with regards to the assumptions around sales prices and estimated costs to complete, further 
adjustments to the carrying value of land and work in progress may be required.

The land held at the balance sheet date that has already been impaired is most sensitive to the  
judgements being applied and the potential for further impairment or reversal. Forecasting  
risk also increases in relation to those sites that are not expected to be realised in the short  
to medium term. 

Land held for development

Construction work in progress

Part-exchange properties and other inventories

The Company has no inventories.

2016  
£m

2,880.2

1,386.3

60.1

4,326.6

Group

2015  
£m

2,826.1

1,287.4

60.1

4,173.6

3.1.1 Nature of inventories 
The Directors consider all inventories to be essentially current in nature, although the Group’s 
operational cycle is such that a proportion of inventories will not be realised within 12 months. 
It is not possible to determine with accuracy when specific inventory will be realised as this will 
be subject to a number of variables such as consumer demand and planning permission delays.

3.1.2 Expensed inventories
The value of inventories expensed in the year ended 30 June 2016 and included in cost of sales 
was £3,233.7m (2015: £2,903.5m).

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

123

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
3.2 Trade and other receivables

Of the year end trade receivables, the following were overdue but not impaired:

Trade and other receivables – Trade and other receivables are financial assets with fixed or 
determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current 
assets, except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date, 
which are classified as non-current assets and are measured at amortised cost less an 
allowance for any uncollectable amounts. The net of these balances are classified as ‘trade  
and other receivables’ in the Balance Sheet. 

Trade and other receivables are classified as ‘loans and receivables’.

Trade and other receivables are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet 
date and are impaired where there is objective evidence that the recovery of the receivable is 
in doubt. 

Allowance for doubtful receivables

At 1 July

Charge for the year

Objective evidence of impairment could include significant financial difficulty of the customer, 
default on payment terms or the customer going into liquidation.

Uncollectable amounts written off net of recoveries

At 30 June

Notes

5.3.4

2016  
£m

2.4

2.4

(1.3)

3.5

Group

2015  
£m

4.0

2.6

(4.2)

2.4

Ageing of overdue but not impaired receivables

Less than three months

Greater than three months

2016  
£m

3.5

0.2

Group

2015  
£m

2.6

1.7

The carrying values of trade and other receivables are stated after the following allowance for 
doubtful receivables:

The carrying amount of trade and other receivables is reduced through the use of an allowance 
account. When a trade or other receivable is considered uncollectable, it is provided against 
the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited 
against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are 
recognised in the Income Statement.

Non-current assets

Other receivables

Current assets

Trade receivables

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

2016  
£m

1.6

1.6

110.6

–

23.8

15.2

149.6

Group

2015  
£m

3.3

3.3

123.8

–

22.4

12.6

158.8

Company

2015  
£m

–

–

0.3

695.6

0.5

1.3

697.7

2016  
£m

–

–

0.1

75.9

0.7

1.4

78.1

The allowance for doubtful receivables consists of individually impaired trade receivables that 
are in default. The impairment recognised in cost of sales represents the difference between the 
carrying amount of these trade receivables and the present value of any expected recoveries. 
The Group does not hold any collateral over these balances.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade receivables approximates to their 
fair value.

Further disclosures relating to financial assets are set out in note 5.3.

124

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.3 Trade and other payables

3.4 Contract accounting

Trade and other payables – Trade and other payables on normal terms are not interest bearing 
and are stated at amortised cost.

Trade and other payables on extended terms, particularly in respect of land, are recorded 
at their fair value at the date of acquisition of the asset to which they relate by discounting at 
prevailing market interest rates at the date of recognition. The discount to nominal value, which 
will be paid in settling the deferred purchase terms liability, is amortised over the period of the 
credit term and charged to finance costs using the ‘effective interest rate’ method.

Contract accounting – Contracts are only treated as construction contracts when they 
have been specifically negotiated for the construction of a development or property. 
Amounts recoverable on construction contracts are included in trade receivables and stated 
at cost plus attributable profit less any foreseeable losses. Payments received on account for 
construction contracts are deducted from amounts recoverable on construction contracts. 
Payments received in excess of amounts recoverable on construction contracts are included 
in trade payables.

Non-current liabilities

Land payables

Other payables

Current liabilities

Trade payables

Land payables

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Accruals and deferred income

Other tax and social security

Other payables

2016  
£m

549.4

80.5

629.9

393.8

537.4

–

409.2

12.5

160.6

493.6

112.3

605.9

392.5

505.4

–

357.6

1.8

92.5

–

0.2

0.2

2.7

–

108.4

25.4

–

1.1

–

–

–

4.4

–

23.0

22.5

–

–

49.9

1,513.5

1,349.8

137.6

Group

2015  
£m

Company

2015  
£m

2016  
£m

In relation to contracts in progress at the balance sheet date:

Amounts due from contract customers included in trade and other receivables

Amounts due to contract customers included in trade and other payables

2016  
£m

7.3

(3.5)

3.8

Group

2015  
£m

14.7

(14.6)

0.1

For contracts in progress at the balance sheet date, contract costs incurred plus recognised 
profits less recognised losses to date amounted to £199.5m (2015: £228.4m).

At 30 June 2016, retentions held by customers for contract work on contracts in progress at 
the balance sheet date amounted to £3.4m (2015: £3.3m), of which £1.7m (2015: £2.2m) are 
due for settlement after 12 months. Advances received from customers for contract work on 
contracts in progress at the balance sheet date amounted to £1.9m (2015: £6.5m), of which £1.9m 
(2015: £nil) relates to work, which is not expected to be performed in the next 12 months.

Accruals and deferred income includes a £3.3m (2015: £7.7m) social security accrual relating 
to share-based payments (note 6.3). Other payables classified as current liabilities principally 
comprise payments received on account and amounts due to related parties. Other payables 
classified as non-current liabilities at 30 June 2016 principally comprise deferred payments 
relating to the acquisition of land in a non-wholly controlled subsidiary.

The Group has £351.3m (2015: £357.8m) of payables secured by legal charges on certain assets 
and £88.8m (2015: £181.5m) supported by promissory notes. Other non-current payables are 
unsecured and non-interest bearing. 

Further disclosures relating to financial liabilities are set out in note 5.3.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

125

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.5 Available for sale financial assets
Available for sale financial assets principally comprise interest free loans that are granted as 
part of sales transactions and for which the cash flows receivable are based on the value of 
the property at redemption. These loans are secured by way of a second legal charge on the 
respective property (after the first mortgage charge). 

Available for sale financial assets – Available for sale financial assets are held at fair value 
calculated as the present value of expected future cash flows, taking into account the estimated 
market value of the property at the estimated time of repayment. Gains and losses arising from 
changes in fair value are recognised in equity within other comprehensive income. Gains and 
losses arising from impairment losses, changes in future cash flows and interest calculated 
using the ‘effective interest rate’ method are recognised directly in the Income Statement.

For financial assets classified as available for sale, a significant or prolonged decline in 
the value of the property underpinning the value of the loan or increased risk of default are 
considered to be objective evidence of impairment. Increases in the fair value of available 
for sale assets previously subject to impairment, which can be objectively related to an event 
occurring after recognition of the impairment loss, are recognised in the Income Statement 
to the extent that they reverse the impairment loss. 

Secured loans 

At 1 July

Additions

Disposals (at cost)

Imputed interest

Other provision movements

Fair value adjustment taken through other comprehensive income

At 30 June

Balance at 30 June analysed as:

Current

Non-current

2016  
£m

107.0

0.6

(163.6)

2.1

58.0

0.5

4.6

0.8

3.8

Group

2015  
£m

122.4

1.2

(29.6)

4.6

3.3

5.1

107.0

10.2

96.8

On 5 February 2016, the Group disposed of the majority of its available for sale assets to funds 
managed by PMM Advisers for cash of £82.9m. The fair value of these assets on disposal was 
£85.4m generating a loss on disposal of £2.5m. The gross value of the loans disposed of is 
included within the ‘Disposals (at cost)’ line and the provision against this is included in the ‘Other 
provision movements’ line. The valuation of these assets was based on the price expected to be 
achieved at disposal.

The fair value of the remaining portfolio has been calculated on a loan by loan basis using the 
present value of expected future cash flows of each loan. 

Further disclosures relating to financial assets are set out in note 5.3.

126

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.1.2 Non-controlling interests
At 30 June 2016 the following subsidiaries of the Group had non-controlling interests:

Subsidiary

SQ Holdings Limited

The Tin Hat Regeneration Partnership LLP

*  Subject to UK corporation tax (see note 2.6).

Percentage 
owned

90.0% 

90.0%

Voting  
rights 
controlled

Country of 
registration

Principal  
place of 
business

Principal  
activity

90.0%

Guernsey*

UK Housebuilding

50.0% England and 
Wales

UK

Commercial 
development

Movement in non-controlling interest share of net assets recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

At 1 July

Share of profit for the year recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement

At 30 June

2016  
£m

8.9

–

8.9

Group

2015  
£m

8.0

0.9

8.9

Section

4

Business combinations and other investing activities

4.1 Business combinations

Consolidation – The financial statements of subsidiary undertakings are consolidated from 
the date when control passes to the Group using the purchase method of accounting and up 
to the date control ceases. All of the subsidiaries’ identifiable assets and liabilities, including 
contingent liabilities, existing at the date of acquisition are recorded at their fair values. 
All changes to those assets and liabilities and the resulting gains and losses that arise after 
the Group has gained control of the subsidiary are included in the post-acquisition income 
statement. All intra-Group transactions and intercompany profits or losses are eliminated 
on consolidation.

A full list of the subsidiary undertakings of the Group and Company is included in note 7.4.

4.1.1 Merger reserve
The merger reserve comprises the non-statutory premium arising on shares issued as 
consideration for the acquisition of subsidiaries where merger relief under section 612 of the 
Companies Act 2006 applies.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

127

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 4.1 Business combinations continued
4.1.2 Non-controlling interests continued
Summarised financial information relating to these subsidiaries:

Income

Expenditure

Tax

Profit/(loss) for the year, being total comprehensive income for the year

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to the Group

Profit for the year attributable to the non-controlling interests

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

Equity attributable to the Group

Non-controlling interests

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

Net cash (outflow)/inflow 

SQ Holdings Limited

The Tin Hat Regeneration 
Partnership LLP

2016  
£m

–

(2.0)

(2.0)

0.4

(1.6)

(1.4)

(0.2)

136.5

–

(5.4)

(20.3)

110.8

103.0

7.8

–

(15.6)

15.7

0.1

2015  
£m

–

(0.8)

(0.8)

0.2

(0.6)

(0.6)

–

118.5

–

(9.4)

(0.3)

108.8

100.8

8.0

–

0.1

–

0.1

2016  
£m

7.8

(6.9)

0.9

–

0.9

0.7

0.2

6.5

–

(1.5)

–

5.0

3.9

1.1

–

(4.6)

(7.3)

(11.9)

2015  
£m

34.9

(30.0)

4.9

–

4.9

4.0

0.9

23.3

–

(18.4)

–

4.9

4.0

0.9

–

10.3

–

10.3

The 1249 Regeneration  
Partnership LLP *

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.9

2.9

–

2.9

2.9

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2016  
£m

7.8

(8.9)

(1.1)

0.4

(0.7)

(0.7)

–

143.0

–

(6.9)

(20.3)

115.8

106.9

8.9

–

(20.2)

8.4

(11.8)

Total

2015  
£m

34.9

(27.9)

7.0

0.2

7.2

6.3

0.9

141.8

–

(27.8)

(0.3)

113.7

104.8

8.9

–

10.4

–

10.4

*  The 1249 Regeneration Partnership LLP was dissolved on 19 January 2016.

There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Group to access or use assets and settle liabilities. Detailed arrangements for each subsidiary are laid out in the relevant shareholder 
and partnership agreements.

128

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
4.1 Business combinations continued
4.1.3 Company investments in subsidiary undertakings

4.2 Goodwill and other intangible assets
4.2.1 Goodwill 

Company investments – The Company’s interests in subsidiary undertakings are accounted 
for at cost less any provision for impairment.

Goodwill – Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the fair value of the 
consideration over the fair value of the separately identifiable net assets and liabilities acquired. 

Where share-based payments are granted to the employees of subsidiary undertakings by 
the Company, they are treated as a capital contribution to the subsidiary and the Company’s 
investment in the subsidiary is increased accordingly.

Cost

At 1 July

Increase in investment in subsidiaries

Increase in investment in subsidiaries related to share-based payments

At 30 June

Impairment

At 1 July

Impairment of investments in subsidiaries in the year

At 30 June

Net book value

At 1 July

At 30 June

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings and businesses is capitalised 
as an asset but reviewed for impairment at least annually (see note 4.2.3).

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-
generating units expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination at acquisition 
being housebuilding and commercial developments. Cash-generating units to which goodwill 
has been allocated are tested for impairment at least annually. If the recoverable amount of 
the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is 
allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then 
to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in 
the unit. Any impairment loss is recognised immediately in the Income Statement and is not 
subsequently reversed.

Company

2015  
£m

2016  
£m

3,177.0

3,171.0

–

2.3

–

6.0

3,179.3

3,177.0

79.2

–

79.2

60.5

18.7

79.2

Cost

At 1 July 2014, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016

Accumulated impairment losses

At 1 July 2014, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016

3,097.8

3,100.1

3,110.5

3,097.8

Carrying amount

At 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016

Group  
£m

816.7

24.5

792.2

The Group’s goodwill has a carrying value of £792.2m relating to the housebuilding segment. 
The goodwill relating to the commercial developments segment, with a cost of £24.5m, was fully 
impaired in the year ended 30 June 2008.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

129

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
 
4.2 Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
4.2.2 Other intangible assets – Brands

4.2.3 Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
The Group conducts an annual impairment review of goodwill and intangibles together for the 
housebuilding segment. 

Brands – The Group has capitalised as intangible assets brands that have been acquired. 
Acquired brand values are calculated using discounted cash flows. Where a brand is 
considered to have a finite life, it is amortised over its useful life on a straight-line basis. 
Where a brand is capitalised with an indefinite life, it is not amortised. The factors that 
contribute to the durability of brands capitalised are that there are no material legal, 
regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful life of these 
intangible assets. Internally generated brands are not capitalised.

The Group carries out an annual impairment review of indefinite life brands as part of the 
review of the carrying value of goodwill, by performing a value-in-use calculation, using a 
discount factor based upon the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital (note 4.2.3).

Impairment of goodwill and brands – The impairment review for the goodwill of the 
housebuilding business and the Group’s indefinite life brand, David Wilson Homes, requires 
an estimation of the value-in-use of the housebuilding segment. The value-in-use calculation 
requires an estimate of the future cash flows expected from the housebuilding business, 
including the anticipated growth rate of revenue and costs, and requires the determination of 
a suitable discount rate to calculate the present value of the cash flows. The discount rate used 
is based on the average capital structure of the Group, current market assessments of the time 
value of money and risks appropriate to the Group’s housebuilding business. Changes in these 
may impact upon the Group’s discount rate in future periods. 

Cost

At 1 July 2014, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016

Amortisation

At 1 July 2014, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016

Carrying amount

At 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016

Group

Brands  
£m

107.0

7.0

100.0

An impairment review was performed at 30 June 2016 and compared the value-in-use of 
the housebuilding segment with the carrying value of its tangible and intangible assets and 
allocated goodwill. 

The value-in-use was determined by discounting the expected future cash flows of the 
housebuilding segment. The first three years of cash flows were determined using the Group’s 
approved detailed site-by-site business plan. The cash flows for the fourth and fifth years were 
determined using Group level internal forecasted cash flows based upon expected volumes, 
selling prices and margins, taking into account available land purchases and work in progress 
levels. The cash flows for year six onwards were extrapolated in perpetuity using an estimated 
growth rate of 2.5%, which was based upon the historical long term growth rate of the 
UK economy. 

The Group does not amortise the housebuilding brand acquired with Wilson Bowden, being 
David Wilson Homes, valued at £100.0m, as the Directors consider that this brand has an 
indefinite useful economic life due to the fact that the Group intends to hold and support the 
brand for an indefinite period and there are no factors that would prevent it from doing so.

The brand of Wilson Bowden Developments (valued at £7.0m prior to amortisation) was being 
amortised over ten years as it is a business-to-business brand operating in niche markets. 
Following an impairment review at 30 June 2008, the Wilson Bowden Developments brand 
was fully impaired. 

130

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
4.2 Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
4.2.3 Impairment of goodwill and intangibles continued
The key assumptions for the value-in-use calculations were:

 > Discount rate: this is a pre-tax rate reflecting current market assessments of the time value 

of money and risks appropriate to the Group’s housebuilding business. Accordingly, the rate of 
14.2% (2015: 14.0%) is considered by the Directors to be the appropriate pre-tax risk adjusted 
discount rate, being the Group’s estimated long term pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. 
The rate used in the 30 June 2016 impairment review is calculated using the average capital 
structure of the Group during the financial year, consistent with the prior year, due to the 
cyclicality of the Group’s borrowing requirements. 

 > Expected changes in selling prices for completed houses and the related impact upon 
operating margin: these are determined on a site-by-site basis for the first three years 
dependent upon local market conditions and product type.

 > Expected changes in site costs to complete: these are determined on a site-by-site basis for 
the first three years dependent upon the expected costs of completing all aspects of each 
individual development. 

The conclusion of this impairment review was that given the current position of the 
housebuilding segment and the expectations as to its future performance based upon 
current forecasts for sales volumes and expected changes in both selling prices and costs 
to complete, the housebuilding segment’s goodwill and intangible assets were not impaired. 
The recoverable value of goodwill and intangible assets exceeded its carrying value by £1,424.6m 
(2015: £1,547.4m). 

If the UK housing market and expectations regarding its future were to deteriorate with either 
operating margins reduced each year by 4.2% versus management expectations (2015: 4.5% 
per annum) or the appropriate discount rate were to increase by 4.5% (2015: 4.3%) and all other 
variables were held constant, then the recoverable value of goodwill and intangible assets would 
equal its carrying value. 

 > Sales volumes: these are determined on a site-by-site basis for the first three years dependent 

Joint ventures and associates

upon local market conditions, land availability and planning permissions. 

At 1 July

4.3 Investments in jointly controlled entities and associated entities
A jointly controlled entity (joint venture) is an entity, including an unincorporated entity such 
as a partnership, in which the Group holds an interest with one or more other parties where 
a contractual arrangement has established joint control over the entity. An associated entity 
is an entity, including an unincorporated entity such as a partnership, in which the Group holds 
a significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture.

Jointly controlled entities – Joint ventures and associated entities are accounted for using the 
equity method of accounting.

Net increase/(decrease) in investments in joint ventures

Dividends received from joint ventures

Share of post-tax profit for the year from joint ventures

Share of post-tax profit for the year from associates

At 30 June

2016  
£m

200.0

11.9

(28.1)

71.9

0.2

255.9

Group

2015  
£m

199.6

(18.3)

(27.0)

45.4

0.3

200.0

Company

2015  
£m

25.6

–

–

–

–

2016  
£m

25.6

(2.5)

–

–

–

23.1

25.6

There are no losses in any of the Group’s joint ventures or associates which have not been 
recognised by the Group. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

131

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 4.3 Investments in jointly controlled entities and associated entities 
continued
4.3.1 Joint ventures 
During the year, the Group entered into the following new joint venture arrangements: 51 College 
Road LLP and Sovereign BDW (Hutton Close) LLP. At 30 June 2016 the Group has interests in the 
following jointly controlled entities:

Joint venture
Barratt Wates (Horley) Limited1

Percentage  
owned
78.5% 

Voting rights 
controlled
50.0%

Country of  
registration
England and Wales

Principal place  
of business
UK

Principal  
activity
Housebuilding

Ravenscraig Limited1

33.3%

33.3%

Scotland

DWH/Wates (Thame) Limited

Barratt Metropolitan LLP

Alie Street LLP2

Queensland Road LLP2

Barratt Wates (East Grinstead) Limited

Barratt Wates (East Grinstead)  
No.2 Limited2

Barratt Osborne Worthing LLP

Barratt Osborne Bexley LLP

The Aldgate Place Limited Partnership

Aldgate Place (GP) Limited

Fulham Wharf LLP2

Barratt Wates (Worthing) Limited

BK Scotswood LLP

Rose Shared Equity LLP

Enderby Wharf LLP

Nine Elms LLP2

Brooklands Milton Keynes LLP

Sovereign BDW (Newbury) LLP

BDWZest Developments LLP2

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Commercial 
development

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Holding company

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

General partner

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Holding company

Investment entity

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Holding company

Joint venture

BDWZest LLP

ZestBDW LLP

Barratt Wates (Lindfield) Limited

Infinity Park Derby LLP

51 College Road LLP

Sovereign BDW (Hutton Close) LLP

Old Sarum Park Properties Limited

Aldgate Land One Limited2

Aldgate Land Two Limited2

Percentage  
owned

Voting rights 
controlled

Country of  
registration

Principal place  
of business

Principal  
activity

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

50.0%

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

Holding company

Holding company

Housebuilding

Commercial 
development

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Classification of joint arrangements
1  The Group holds one joint venture investment (Barratt Wates (Horley) Limited) not in equal 

share, and one (Ravenscraig Limited) with more than one other party. However, in both cases, 
the Group has equal voting rights and control over the activities of the companies with the 
other parties. In addition, the Group and the other parties to the agreements only have rights 
to the net assets of these companies through the terms of the contractual arrangements. 
These entities are therefore classified as joint ventures.

2 The Group’s interests in a number of the entities classified as joint ventures are held indirectly. 

 > Barratt Wates (East Grinstead) No. 2 Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group’s joint 
venture, Barratt Wates (East Grinstead) Limited, and is therefore classified as a joint venture 
of the Group. 

 > Aldgate Land One Limited and Aldgate Land Two Limited are wholly owned subsidiaries of 
the Group’s joint venture, Aldgate Place (GP) Limited, and are therefore classified as joint 
ventures of the Group. 

 > BDWZest Developments LLP, Alie Street LLP, Queensland Road LLP, Fulham Wharf LLP 
and Nine Elms LLP form a group of limited liability partnerships jointly owned (directly or 
indirectly) by BDWZest LLP and ZestBDW LLP, both of which are joint ventures of the Group. 
All of these entities are therefore classified as joint ventures of the Group.

132

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued4.3 Investments in jointly controlled entities and associated entities continued
4.3.1 Joint ventures continued
Summarised financial information relating to these joint ventures is as follows:

Queensland Road LLP

Fulham Wharf LLP

Nine Elms LLP

Enderby Wharf LLP

Barratt  
Metropolitan LLP

Aldgate Place LP

Brooklands Milton 
Keynes LLP

Other joint ventures

Group Total

Income

Expenditure

Tax

Profit/(loss) for the year, being total 
comprehensive income/(expense)

Group share of profit/(loss) for the year 
recognised in the  
Consolidated Income Statement

Dividends received from joint ventures in 
the year

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets of joint ventures

Group share of net assets recognised in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet at 30 June

2016  
£m

4.9

(3.7)

1.2

–

1.2

2015  
£m

84.6

(55.8)

28.8

–

28.8

2016  
£m

58.8

(51.3)

7.5

–

7.5

2015  
£m

126.6

(98.3)

28.3

–

2016  
£m

89.3

(73.1)

16.2

–

28.3

16.2

2015  
£m

7.5

(8.3)

(0.8)

–

(0.8)

2016  
£m

146.7

(114.4)

32.3

–

32.3

0.6

14.4

3.8

14.1

8.1

(0.4)

16.2

–

3.3

–

27.0

19.6

–

(0.7)

(18.2)

–

2.6

1.3

–

1.4

0.7

10.0

–

–

–

–

142.0

186.1

230.8

176.0

116.9

–

(39.4)

(25.6)

77.0

–

(47.7)

(64.3)

74.1

–

(101.9)

(60.5)

68.4

–

(70.5)

(82.3)

23.2

–

(40.0)

(2.1)

74.8

38.5

37.1

34.2

11.6

37.4

21.3

2015  
£m

22.2

(19.2)

3.0

–

3.0

1.5

–

95.1

0.4

(29.5)

(23.5)

42.5

2016  
£m

84.6

(62.7)

21.9

–

21.9

16.4

18.0

47.9

–

(39.6)

(3.7)

4.6

3.4

2015  
£m

22.1

(17.1)

5.0

–

5.0

3.8

–

57.4

0.1

(45.5)

(5.3)

6.7

5.1

2016  
£m

95.8

(72.8)

23.0

–

23.0

11.5

–

93.4

–

(40.4)

(23.4)

29.6

14.8

2015  
£m

23.2

(18.9)

4.3

–

4.3

2.1

–

97.6

–

(27.3)

(63.8)

6.5

3.3

2016  
£m

77.1

(55.8)

21.3

–

2015  
£m

40.0

(29.1)

10.9

–

2016  
£m

98.2

(83.6)

14.6

(2.7)

2015  
£m

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

101.0

655.4

427.2

(87.5)

(517.4)

(334.2)

13.5

(2.9)

138.0

(2.7)

93.0

(2.9)

90.1

21.3

10.9

11.9

10.6

135.3

10.7

–

35.3

–

(3.0)

–

32.3

16.1

5.4

–

40.5

–

(29.7)

–

10.8

5.4

4.6

0.1

121.5

61.9

(33.1)

(86.6)

63.7

4.5

71.9

45.4

–

28.1

27.0

116.0

61.0

(34.4)

(82.4)

60.2

791.1

61.9

(298.1)

(201.9)

353.0

788.3

61.5

(302.8)

(321.6)

225.4

38.8

36.7

184.5

121.2

During the year, the Group and Company entered into a number of transactions with their joint 
ventures in respect of funding and development management services (with charges made 
based on the utilisation of these services) in addition to the provision of construction services. 
Further details on these transactions are provided in note 7.3. The Group and Company have 
a number of contingent liabilities relating to their joint ventures. Further details on these are 
provided in note 7.2.

As at 30 June 2016 all of the preferred capital has been repaid. BDWZest Developments LLP has 
an external loan arrangement, the covenants and terms of which restrict the transfer of funds 
from it and its subsidiaries (Alie Street LLP, Queensland Road LLP, Fulham Wharf LLP and Nine 
Elms LLP) which are guarantors, to the Group. The terms of these agreements are such that the 
members’ capital invested must at least match the external loan balance, limiting repayments 
of capital to the Group. 

The Group has made loans of £84.9m (2015: £87.6m) to its joint ventures, which are included 
within Group investments accounted for using the equity method. Included within the Group’s 
share of net assets of joint ventures is a proportion of loans to the joint ventures calculated using 
the Group’s ownership share of £80.7m (2015: £85.7m). 

The transfer of funds from the Group’s joint ventures to the Group is determined by the terms of 
the joint venture agreements, which specify how available funds should be applied in repaying 
loans and capital, and distributing profits to the partners. The joint venture agreement entered 
into in respect of Rose Shared Equity LLP provides for the return of the capital invested by our 
joint venture partner (the ‘preferred capital’) before any funds can be transferred to the Group. 

A number of the Group’s joint ventures prepare financial statements which are non-coterminous 
with the Group in order to comply with the terms of their joint venture agreements and to align 
with the year ends of our joint venture partners. Alie Street LLP, Fulham Wharf LLP, Queensland 
Road LLP, Nine Elms LLP, BDWZest Developments LLP, BDWZest LLP, ZestBDW LLP and 
51 College Road LLP prepare financial statements to 31 March. Barratt Osborne Bexley LLP 
prepares financial statements to 30 September and Barratt Osborne Worthing LLP prepares 
financial statements to 30 April. BK Scotswood LLP and Ravenscraig Limited prepare financial 
statements to 31 December. Management financial information is available for all joint ventures 
with non-coterminous year ends as at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

133

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
4.3 Investments in jointly controlled entities and associated entities 
continued
4.3.1 Joint ventures continued
The Company has an investment in one joint venture, Rose Shared Equity LLP. 

Investment in joint venture containing non-current available for sale assets – Rose Shared 
Equity LLP holds non-current available for sale financial assets comprising interest free loans 
that are secured by way of a second charge on the respective property. The Group’s investment 
is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. In line with the Group’s other joint 
venture investments, the carrying value is reviewed at each balance sheet date. This review 
requires estimation of the cash flows expected to be received by the Group which is based upon 
calculation of the fair values of the loans held by the entity including an estimate of future cash 
flows expected from the redemption of interest free loans, including an estimate of the market 
value of the property at the estimated time of redemption, and requires the determination of 
a suitable discount rate to calculate the present value of the cash flows. The estimated market 
value is based on original selling prices and local market conditions with an allowance for low 
single-digit sales price inflation. The estimated repayment profile is based on historic data for 
first time buyers selling their property. The discount rate used is consistent with the interest 
rate payable on a third party second charge loan of a similar amount and duration.

Summarised financial information relating to Rose Shared Equity LLP is as follows:

Income

Expenditure

Tax

Profit for the year, being total comprehensive income

Group share of profit for the year recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement

Dividends received from joint venture in the year

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets of joint venture 

Group share of net assets recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at 30 June 

Company Total

2015  
£m

27.4

(24.3)

3.1

–

3.1

–

–

1.6

49.1

(0.1)

–

50.6

25.6

2016  
£m

14.5

(10.7)

3.8

–

3.8

–

–

1.1

39.1

(0.1)

–

40.1

23.1

4.3.2 Associated entities 
The Group has significant interests in the following associated entity:

Associate

New Tyne West Development Company LLP

Percentage  
owned

25.0%

Country of registration

Principal activity

England and Wales

Housebuilding

New Tyne West Development Company LLP prepares financial statements to 31 December, 
which is non-coterminous with the Group, as agreed between the partners at the inception 
of the joint arrangement. 

In relation to the Group’s interests in associates, the Group’s share of assets and liabilities 
of the associates is an asset of £0.3m at 30 June 2016 (2015: asset of £0.1m). The Group’s share 
of the associate’s profit during the year was £0.2m (2015: £0.3m).

The Group has made loans of £nil (2015: £nil) to its associate. Further details of transactions 
with associates are provided in note 7.3.

The Group has contingent liabilities relating to its associates. Further details on these are 
provided in note 7.2.

4.4 Jointly controlled operations 

Jointly controlled operations – The Group’s share of profits and losses from its investments 
in jointly controlled operations is accounted for on a direct basis and is included in the Income 
Statement. The Group’s share of its investments, assets and liabilities is accounted for on 
a directly proportional basis in the Group’s Balance Sheet. 

The Group enters into jointly controlled operations as part of its housebuilding and property 
development activities. The Group has acquired one new joint operation during the year, Chapel 
Hill. The Company has no jointly controlled operations (2015: none).

The Group has significant interests in the following jointly controlled operations:

Joint operation

Barrier Park East

Lawley House

Trenchard House

Chapel Hill

Share of profits and  
assets consolidated

Principal place  
of business

50.0%

33.3%

50.0%

50.0% *

UK

UK

UK

UK

Principal activity

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

Housebuilding

*   Subject to achieving forecast profitability, 50% of profits are attributable to the Group. 50% of assets are consolidated 

excluding land, land creditors and any part-exchange properties.

134

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
4.4 Jointly controlled operations continued
The Group’s share of the joint operations’ income and expenses, included in the Consolidated 
Income Statement during the year and the assets and liabilities of the joint operations which 
are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet are shown below:

Group share of:

Income

Expenses

Share of profit from joint operations

Group share of:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Share of net assets of joint operations

4.5 Property, plant and equipment

2016  
£m

41.6

(27.1)

14.5

15.6

0.2

(11.1)

4.7

Group

2015  
£m

24.7

(16.5)

8.2

43.0

0.2

(20.7)

22.5

Property, plant and equipment – Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Depreciation is provided 
to write-off the cost of the assets on a straight-line basis to their residual value over their 
estimated useful lives. Residual values and asset lives are reviewed annually.

Freehold properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over 25 years. Freehold land  
is not depreciated. Plant is depreciated on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life, 
which ranges from one to seven years.

Cost

At 1 July 2014

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2015

Additions

Transfers to other Group companies

Disposals

At 30 June 2016

Depreciation

At 1 July 2014

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 June 2015

Charge for the year

Transfers to other Group companies

Disposals

At 30 June 2016

Net book value

At 30 June 2015

At 30 June 2016

Group

Company

Property  
£m

Plant and 
equipment  
£m

Total  
£m

Property  
£m

Plant and 
equipment  
£m

2.8

–

–

2.8

0.4

–

–

3.2

2.6

0.1

–

2.7

0.1

–

–

2.8

0.1

0.4

15.9

5.4

(0.7)

20.6

5.7

–

(0.2)

26.1

10.0

3.2

(0.7)

12.5

4.4

–

–

18.7

5.4

(0.7)

23.4

6.1

–

(0.2)

29.3

12.6

3.3

(0.7)

15.2

4.5

–

–

16.9

19.7

8.1

9.2

8.2

9.6

0.2

–

–

0.2

–

–

–

0.2

0.2

–

–

0.2

–

–

–

0.2

–

–

6.5

2.8

–

9.3

3.2

(0.1)

(0.2)

12.2

4.2

1.3

–

5.5

2.0

(0.1)

–

7.4

3.8

4.8

Total  
£m

6.7

2.8

–

9.5

3.2

(0.1)

(0.2)

12.4

4.4

1.3

–

5.7

2.0

(0.1)

–

7.6

3.8

4.8

Authorised future capital expenditure that was contracted but not provided for in these Financial 
Statements amounted to £0.3m (2015: £0.5m).

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

135

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section

5

Capital structure and financing

5.1 Net cash 
Net cash is defined as cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts, interest bearing borrowings 
and foreign exchange swaps.

Net cash at 30 June is shown below:

Cash and cash equivalents

Drawn debt

Non-current borrowings

Term loans

Government loans

Private placement notes

Total non-current borrowings

Current borrowings

Bank overdrafts

Government loans

Total current borrowings

Notes

5.1.1

2016  
£m

758.0

(90.9)

(21.0)

(59.6)

Group

2015  
£m

360.4

(88.2)

(24.7)

(50.4)

(171.5)

(163.3)

–

(6.0)

(6.0)

–

(13.2)

(13.2)

Total borrowings being total drawn debt

(177.5)

(176.5)

Derivative financial instruments

Foreign exchange swaps

Net cash

5.4

11.5

592.0

2.6

186.5

2016  
£m

729.0

Company

2015  
£m

294.1

(90.9)

–

(59.6)

(150.5)

(42.7)

–

(42.7)

(193.2)

11.5

547.3

(88.2)

–

(50.4)

(138.6)

(58.5)

–

(58.5)

(197.1)

2.6

99.6

Included within non-current borrowings are prepaid facility arrangement fees of £9.5m 
(2015: £12.3m).

Movement in net cash is analysed as follows:

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Net loan repayments/(drawdown) including foreign exchange loss

Foreign exchange gain on swaps

Other fees relating to amendment of financing arrangements

Movement in net cash in the year

Opening net cash

Closing net cash

2016  
£m

397.6

(1.0)

8.9

–

405.5

186.5

592.0

Group

2015  
£m

85.7

 23.7

4.1

(0.1)

113.4

73.1

186.5

2016  
£m

434.9

3.9

8.9

–

447.7

99.6

547.3

Company

2015  
£m

35.1

(5.9)

4.1

–

33.3

66.3

99.6

5.1.1 Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents are held at floating interest rates linked to the UK bank rate, LIBOR 
and money market rates as applicable. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the 
Group and short term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less from 
inception and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. Cash and cash equivalents 
are classified as ‘loans and receivables’. Further disclosures relating to financial assets are set 
out in note 5.3.1.

5.1.2 Borrowings and facilities 

Loans and borrowings – Interest bearing loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds 
received plus accrued interest applied to the account less any repayments made, net of direct 
issue costs.

Where bank agreements include a legal right of offset for in hand and overdraft balances, and 
the Group intends to settle the net outstanding position, the offset arrangements are applied 
to record the net position in the Balance Sheet.

136

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.1 Net cash continued
5.1.2 Borrowings and facilities continued
All debt (excluding Get Britain Building loans) is unsecured.

The principal features of the Group’s debt facilities at 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were 
as follows:

Facility

30 June 2016

30 June 2015 Maturity

Amount drawn

Committed facilities 

Revolving credit facility (RCF)

£700.0m

–

–

£150.0m on 29 December 2017  
£550.0m on 17 December 2019

Term loan

£100.0m

£100.0m

£100.0m Repayments scheduled: 25% on 

1 July 2019; 25% on 1 July 2020; and 
50% on 1 July 2021

5.2 Net finance costs

Finance costs and income – The Group recognises finance costs and income on bank 
borrowings and deposits and other borrowings in the Income Statement in the period  
to which they relate.

Recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement:

Notes

6.2.2

Government loans*

£22.5m

£22.5m

£27.9m Repayments due between 

Imputed interest on available for sale financial assets and interest free loans

Local government loan agreements

£4.6m

£4.6m 
including 
£0.1m 
interest

£10.0m 
including 
£0.2m  
interest

Fixed rate US$ private placement notes

$80.0m

$80.0m

$80.0m 23 August 2017

*  Government loans comprise:

Finance income

Finance income on short term bank deposits

6 December 2016 and 31 March 2018

Repayments due between 31 March 
2018 and 31 March 2020

Finance income related to employee benefits

Other interest receivable

Finance costs

Interest on loans and borrowings

Imputed interest on deferred term payables

 > Get Britain Building – The Group has received cash upon specific sites under the Government’s ‘Get Britain Building’ 

Amounts reclassified to the Income Statement in respect of hedged cash flows

5.4.3

scheme, which is repayable as described in the table above. 

 > Growing Places Fund – The Group has received cash under a local government ‘Growing Places Fund’ scheme which 

is repayable over four years in eight six-monthly instalments, the first of which was in December 2013.

The Group also uses various bank overdrafts and uncommitted borrowing facilities that 
are subject to floating interest rates linked to UK bank rate, LIBOR and money market rates 
as applicable. 

Weighted average interest rates are disclosed in note 5.2.

Foreign exchange losses on US Dollar debt

Amortisation of facility fees

Other interest payable

Net finance costs

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

2016  
£m

(0.7)

(2.9)

(0.4)

(1.9)

(5.9)

14.1

34.5

(1.1)

8.9

2.9

4.8

64.1

58.2

2015  
£m

(0.1)

(4.6)

(0.4)

(2.5)

(7.6)

19.1

31.6

2.9

4.1

3.0

3.9

64.6

57.0

137

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.2 Net finance costs continued
Recognised in equity:

5.3 Financial instruments

Amounts deferred in respect of effective cash flow hedges

Total fair value movement on cash flow swaps included in equity

Notes

5.4.3

Amounts reclassified to the Income Statement in respect of hedged cash flows

5.4.3

Total fair value movement on cash flow swaps transferred from equity

2016  
£m

(6.3)

(6.3)

1.1

1.1

2015  
£m

0.5

0.5

(2.9)

(2.9)

The weighted average interest rates, excluding fees, paid in the year were as follows:

Recognition – Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Balance Sheet 
when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Group derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows 
from the asset expire or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity.

The Group derecognises a financial liability only when the Group’s obligations are discharged, 
cancelled or they expire.

Bank loans excluding swap interest

Net swap payment

Government loans

Term loans

Private placement notes

2016  
%

2.1

5.2

2.2

4.7

8.2

Group

2015  
%

2.4

5.1

2.4

4.9

8.1

Company

2015  
%

2.4

5.1

–

4.9

8.1

2016  
%

2.1

5.2

–

4.7

8.2

Classification and measurement – Non-derivative financial assets are classified as either 
‘available for sale financial assets’ or ‘loans and receivables’. The classification depends on the 
nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition. 
All non-derivative financial liabilities are classified as ‘other financial liabilities’ and are initially 
measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities consist of bank 
borrowings and trade and other payables.

Financial liabilities are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional 
right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date. 

The fair value of available for sale assets is determined as described in note 3.5. The fair values 
of other non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are determined based on discounted cash 
flow analysis using current market rates for similar instruments. Other financial liabilities are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the ‘effective interest rate’ method.

All of the Group’s interest rate and cross currency swaps are designated as cash flow 
hedges. Derivative financial instruments are measured at the present value of future cash 
flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted 
interest rates.

138

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
 
 
5.3 Financial instruments continued
5.3.1 Financial assets
The carrying values and fair values of the Group and Company financial assets are as follows:

Fair  
value  
£m

2016  
Carrying  
value  
£m

Fair  
value  
£m

Notes

Group

2015  
Carrying  
value  
£m

Fair  
value  
£m

2016  
Carrying  
value  
£m

Company

2015  
Carrying  
value  
£m

Fair  
value  
£m

Designated as cash 
flow hedges

Derivative financial 
instruments

Loans and 
receivables

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Trade and other 
receivables *

Available for sale

Non-current 
available for sale 
financial assets

Current available 
for sale financial 
assets

Total financial 
assets

5.4

11.8

11.8

2.3

2.3

11.8

11.8

2.3

2.3

5.1

758.0

758.0

360.4

360.4

729.0

729.0

294.1

294.1

Intercompany loans

3.2

–

–

–

–

106.9

106.9

112.6

112.6

3.5

3.8

3.8

96.8

96.8

3.5

0.8

0.8

10.2

10.2

0.7

75.9

–

–

0.7

0.3

0.3

75.9

695.6

695.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

881.3

881.3

582.3

582.3

817.4

817.4

992.3

992.3

*   Trade and other receivables exclude accrued income, amounts recoverable on contracts, prepayments and tax and 

social security. 

5.3.2 Financial liabilities 
The carrying values and fair values of the Group and Company financial liabilities are as follows:

Fair  
value  
£m

2016  
Carrying  
value  
£m

Fair  
value  
£m

Notes

Group

2015  
Carrying  
value  
£m 

Fair  
value  
£m

2016  
Carrying  
value  
£m

Company

2015  
Carrying  
value  
£m 

Fair  
value  
£m

Designated as cash 
flow hedges

Derivative financial 
instruments

Other financial 
liabilities

Bank overdrafts

Trade and other 
payables*

Intercompany 
payables

Loans and 
borrowings

Total financial 
liabilities

5.4

13.1

13.1

17.0

17.0

13.1

13.1

17.0

17.0

5.1

–

–

–

–

1,883.2

1,870.2

1,717.9

1,707.8

42.7

16.7

42.7

16.7

–

–

–

–

108.4

108.4

58.5

14.4

23.0

58.5

14.4

23.0

179.0

177.5

178.4

176.5

152.0

150.5

140.5

138.6

2,075.3

2,060.8

1,913.3

1,901.3

332.9

331.4

253.4

251.5

3.3

5.1

*   Trade and other payables excludes deferred income, payments received in excess of amounts recoverable on contracts, 

tax and social security and other non-financial liabilities.

Trade and other payables include land payables, which may bear interest on a contract specific 
basis, and items secured by legal charge as disclosed in note 3.3.

5.3.3 Financial assets and liabilities measured subsequent to initial recognition  
at fair value
The following tables provide an analysis of financial assets and financial liabilities that are 
measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the 
degree to which the fair value is observable:

 > Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active 

markets for identical liabilities;

 > Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices 

included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) 
or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

 > Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that 

include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data 
(unobservable inputs).

There have been no transfers of liabilities between levels of the fair value hierarchy and  
no non-recurring fair value measurements.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

139

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.3 Financial instruments continued
5.3.3 Financial assets and liabilities measured subsequent to initial recognition  
at fair value continued
Financial assets measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value are as follows:

5.3.4 Financial instruments gains and losses
The net (gains)/losses recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement, in respect of financial 
instruments (excluding interest shown in note 5.2), were as follows:

Notes

Level 1  
£m

Level 2  
£m

Level 3  
£m

2016  
Total  
£m

Level 1  
£m

Level 2  
£m

Level 3  
£m

Group

2015  
Total  
£m

Loans and receivables

Impairment of trade receivables

Available for sale financial assets

Net profit transferred on sale

Net impairment of available for sale financial assets

2.3

–

2.3

Other financial liabilities

Foreign exchange losses on US Dollar debt

Transfers from hedged items

11.8

–

11.8

5.4

3.5

3.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

11.8

3.8

0.8

4.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

96.8

96.8

10.2

10.2

2.3

107.0

109.3

Notes

Level 1  
£m

Level 2  
£m

Level 3  
£m

Level 1  
£m

Level 2  
£m

Level 3  
£m

Company

2015  
Total  
£m

3.8

0.8

16.4

2016  
Total  
£m

Derivative instruments in 
designated hedge accounting 
relationships

Derivative financial assets 

Available for sale 

Non-current available for sale 
financial assets*

Current available for sale  
financial assets*

Total

Derivative instruments in 
designated hedge accounting 
relationships

Derivative financial assets 

5.4

Total

–

–

11.8

11.8

–

–

11.8

11.8

–

–

2.3

2.3

–

–

2.3

2.3

*  Further disclosures for available for sale assets are provided in note 3.5.

Financial liabilities measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value are as follows:

Notes

Level 1  
£m

Level 2  
£m

Level 3  
£m

2016  
Total  
£m

Level 1  
£m

Level 2  
£m

Level 3  
£m

2015  
Total  
£m

Group and Company

Derivative instruments in 
designated hedge accounting 
relationships

Derivative financial liabilities

5.4

Total

140

–

–

13.1

13.1

–

–

13.1

13.1

–

– 

17.0 

17.0

–

–

17.0

17.0

Notes

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

3.2

2.4

(5.6)

7.7

8.9

2.6

(9.9)

8.5

4.1

Transfer from equity on currency cash flow hedges

5.4.3

(8.9)

(4.1)

5.4 Derivative financial instruments – swaps
The Group has entered into derivative financial instruments in the form of interest rate 
swaps and cross currency swaps to manage the interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk 
arising from the Group’s operations and sources of finance. The use of financial derivatives is 
governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board of Directors as detailed in note 5.5 to 
the Financial Statements. Neither the Group nor the Company enters into any derivatives for 
speculative purposes.

Derivative financial instruments – Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a 
derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each 
balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the profit or loss immediately 
unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the 
timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. 

The interest rate and cross currency swap arrangements are designated as hedging 
instruments, being either hedges of a change in future cash flows as a result of interest 
rate movements or hedges of a change in future cash flows as a result of foreign currency 
exchange rate movements. At the inception of the hedge relationship, the Group documents 
the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk 
management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedged transactions. 
In addition, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents 
whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows 
of the hedged items.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.4 Derivative financial instruments – swaps continued

Derivative financial instruments continued – The fair value of hedging derivatives is classified 
as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the hedge 
relationship is more than 12 months and as a current asset or a current liability if the remaining 
maturity of the hedge relationship is less than 12 months.

Hedge accounting – The Group has adopted hedge accounting for its swaps. If it ceases to be 
highly probable that there is sufficient forecast debt to match with the period of the interest rate 
swaps or if the cross currency hedges cease to be highly effective, any changes in fair value of 
the swaps would be recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement, rather than equity.

The Group includes foreign exchange swaps within net debt. These swaps were entered into 
to hedge the foreign exchange exposure upon the Group’s US Dollar denominated private 
placement notes. The Group’s foreign exchange swaps have both an interest rate and an 
exchange rate element and only the exchange rate element on the notional amount of the swap 
is included within the net cash note.

The Group’s derivative financial instruments at 30 June are shown below:

As at 30 June 2016, the Group had outstanding floating rate Sterling debt and overdrafts, 
excluding fees, of £122.0m (2015: £126.9m) and the Company had outstanding net floating 
rate Sterling debt and overdrafts, excluding fees, of £143.3m (2015: £158.5m). In obtaining 
this funding, the Group and the Company sought to achieve certainty as to the availability 
of, and income statement charge related to, a designated proportion of anticipated future 
debt requirements.

The Group and Company have entered into swap arrangements to swap £137.0m (2015: £137.0m) 
of this debt into fixed rate Sterling debt in accordance with the Group and Company treasury 
policy outlined in note 5.5. After taking into account swap arrangements, the fixed interest rates 
applicable to the debt were as follows:

Fixed rate  
payable % 

2016  
Maturity

6.06

6.18

5.83

5.61

2017

2017

2017

2022

£m

60.0

19.5

32.5

25.0

137.0

£m

60.0

19.5

32.5

25.0

137.0

Fixed rate  
payable % 

2015  
Maturity

6.06

6.18

5.83

5.61

2017

2017

2017

2022

During the year ended 30 June 2016 hedging ineffectiveness of £0.7m (2015: £nil) was charged 
to the Consolidated Income Statement. 

Designated as cash flow hedges:

Foreign exchange swap – exchange rate element

Foreign exchange swap – interest rate element

Non-current asset

Interest rate swaps – non-current liability

Interest rate swaps – current liability

Total liability

Net derivative financial instruments

Group and Company

Further disclosures relating to financial instruments are set out in note 5.3.

2016  
£m

11.5

0.3

11.8

(7.5)

(5.6)

(13.1)

(1.3)

2015  
£m

2.6

(0.3)

2.3

(17.0)

–

(17.0)

(14.7)

5.4.2 Foreign exchange swaps 
The Group and Company enter into derivative transactions in the form of swap arrangements 
to manage the cash flow risks related to foreign exchange arising from the Group’s sources 
of finance denominated in US Dollars. 

As at 30 June 2016, the Group and Company had outstanding fixed rate US Dollar loan notes 
of $80.0m (2015: $80.0m). 

The Group and Company have entered into swap arrangements to swap all of this debt into fixed 
rate Sterling debt in accordance with the Group and Company Treasury policy outlined in note 
5.5. After taking into account swap arrangements, the fixed interest rates applicable to the debt 
were as follows:

5.4.1 Interest rate swaps 
The Group and Company enter into derivative transactions in the form of swap arrangements to 
manage the cash flow risks, related to interest rates, arising from the Group’s and Company’s 
sources of finance. 

$m

80.0

Fixed rate  
payable % 

8.14

2016  
Maturity

2017

$m

80.0

Fixed rate  
payable % 

8.14

2015  
Maturity

2017

There was no ineffectiveness to be taken through the Consolidated Income Statement during 
the year or the prior year. Further disclosures relating to financial instruments are set out in 
note 5.3.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

141

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
5.4 Derivative financial instruments – swaps continued

5.4.3 Hedge accounting and hedging reserve
To the extent that the Group’s cash flow hedges are effective, gains and losses on the fair 
value of the interest rate and cross currency swap arrangements are deferred in equity in the 
hedging reserve until realised. On realisation, such gains and losses are recognised within 
finance charges in the Income Statement. 

To the extent that any hedge is ineffective, gains and losses on the fair value of these swap 
arrangements are recognised immediately in finance charges in the Income Statement.

Amounts deferred in equity are recycled in profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item 
is recognised in profit or loss. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the 
hedging instrument expires, is sold or terminated or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. 
At that time, any cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in 
equity is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

The hedging reserve represents the cumulative effective portion of deferred fair value gains 
or losses on derivative financial instruments that have been designated as cash flow hedges 
by the Company, where the hedged cash flows are still expected to occur.

Transfers to hedging reserve:

Loss on interest rate swaps

Gain on foreign exchange swaps

Gain/(loss) transferred to hedging reserve

Transfers from hedging reserve:

Hedged interest cash flows

Hedged foreign currency cash flows

Ineffectiveness on interest rate swap transferred to Income Statement

(Loss)/gain transferred to Income Statement

Group and Company

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

Notes

(3.2)

9.5

6.3

7.1

(8.9)

0.7

(1.1)

(4.6)

4.1

(0.5)

7.0

(4.1)

–

2.9

5.2

5.2

Movements on the hedging reserve in equity are detailed in the Statements of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity.

5.5 Financial risk management
The Group’s approach to risk management and the principal operational risks of the business 
are detailed on pages 41 to 45. The Group’s financial assets, financial liabilities and derivative 
financial instruments are detailed in notes 5.3 and 5.4.

The Group’s operations and financing arrangements expose it to a variety of financial risks that 
include the effects of changes in debt market prices, credit risks, liquidity risks and interest 
rates. The most significant of these to the Group is liquidity risk and, accordingly, there is a 
regular, detailed system for the reporting and forecasting of cash flows from the operations 
to Group management to ensure that risks are promptly identified and appropriate mitigating 
actions taken by the Treasury department. These forecasts are further stress-tested at a 
Group level on a regular basis to ensure that adequate headroom within facilities and banking 
covenants is maintained. In addition, the Group has in place a risk management programme that 
seeks to limit the adverse effects of the other risks on its financial performance, in particular by 
using financial instruments, including debt and derivatives, to hedge interest rates and currency 
rates. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. 
See principal risks on page 42 for more details.

The Board approves Treasury policies and certain day-to-day treasury activities have been 
delegated to a centralised Treasury Operating Committee, which in turn regularly reports to the 
Board. The Treasury department implements guidelines that are established by the Board and 
the Treasury Operating Committee.

5.5.1 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to meet its liabilities as they fall due. 
The Group actively maintains a mixture of long term and medium term committed facilities that 
are designed to ensure that the Group has sufficient available funds for operations. The Group’s 
borrowings are typically cyclical throughout the financial year and peak in April and May; and 
October and November of each year, due to seasonal trends in income. Accordingly, the Group 
maintains sufficient facility headroom to cover these requirements. On a normal operating 
basis, the Group has a policy of maintaining a minimum headroom of £150.0m. The Group 
identifies and takes appropriate actions based upon its regular, detailed system for the reporting 
and forecasting of cash flows from its operations. The Group’s drawn debt, excluding fees, 
represented 20.0% (2015: 21.0%) of available committed facilities at 30 June 2016. In addition, 
the Group had £758.0m (2015: £360.4m) of cash and cash equivalents. 

The Group was in compliance with its financial covenants at 30 June 2016. At the date of 
approval of the Financial Statements, the Group’s internal forecasts indicate that it will remain 
in compliance with these covenants for the foreseeable future, being at least 12 months from 
the date of signing these Financial Statements.

One of the Group’s objectives is to minimise refinancing risk. The Group therefore has a policy 
that the average maturity of its committed bank facilities and private placement notes is at least 
two years on average with a target of three years. At 30 June 2016, the average maturity of the 
Group’s facilities was 3.0 years (2015: 4.0 years).

142

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued5.5 Financial risk management continued
5.5.1 Liquidity risk continued
The Group maintains certain committed floating rate facilities with banks to ensure sufficient 
liquidity for its operations. The undrawn committed facilities available to the Group, in respect 
of which all conditions precedent had been met, were as follows:

Company

2016

Loans and borrowings  
(including bank overdrafts)1

Trade and other payables2

Expiry date

In less than one year

In more than one year but not more than two years

In more than two years but not more than five years

In more than five years

2016  
£m

–

150.0

550.0

–

700.0

Group

2015  
£m

–

–

701.7

–

701.7

2016  
£m

–

150.0

550.0

–

700.0

Company

Intercompany payables

2015  
£m

–

–

2015

Loans and borrowings  
(including bank overdrafts)1

700.0

Trade and other payables2

Intercompany payables

–

700.0

Notes

5.3.2

5.3.2

5.3.2

5.3.2

5.3.2

5.3.2

Carrying 
amount  
£m

Contractual 
cash flow  
£m

Less than  
1 year  
£m

1-2 years 
£m

2-5 years 
£m

Over  
5 years  
£m

193.2

16.7

108.4

318.3

197.1

14.4

23.0

234.5

264.4

16.7

108.4

389.5

314.3

14.4

23.0

351.7

66.9

16.7

108.4

192.0

84.9

14.4

23.0

68.8

78.7

50.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

68.8

78.7

50.0

26.4

125.5

77.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

122.3

26.4

125.5

77.5

In addition, the Group had £71.2m (2015: £71.2m) of undrawn uncommitted facilities available at 
30 June 2016.

The expected undiscounted cash flows of the Group and Company financial liabilities, excluding 
derivative financial liabilities, by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date were 
as follows:

1   The disclosure of contractual cash flows in the preceding tables is calculated on the basis that the Group’s £700.0m 

revolving credit facility is fully drawn down. At 30 June 2016 none of this facility was drawn.

2   Trade and other payables exclude deferred income, payments received in excess of amounts recoverable on contracts, 

tax and social security and other non-financial liabilities.

The expected undiscounted cash flows of the Group’s and the Company’s derivative financial 
instruments, by remaining contractual maturity, at the balance sheet date were as follows:

Group

2016

Loans and borrowings  
(including bank overdrafts)1

Trade and other payables2

2015

Loans and borrowings  
(including bank overdrafts)1

Trade and other payables2

Carrying 
amount  
£m

Contractual 
cash flow 
£m

Less than  
1 year  
£m

Notes

1-2 years 
£m

2-5 years 
£m

Over  
5 years  
£m

5.3.2

177.5

249.9

30.8

88.9

80.2

5.3.2

1,870.2

1,935.0

1,260.7

2,047.7

2,184.9

1,291.5

351.2

440.1

277.1

357.3

50.0

46.0

96.0

5.3.2

176.5

295.4

40.6

32.8

144.5

77.5

5.3.2

1,707.8

1,773.9

1,143.7

1,884.3

2,069.3

1,184.3

269.0

301.8

322.8

467.3

38.4

115.9

Group and Company

2016
Financial assets
Gross settled derivatives:
Receive leg
Pay leg
Financial liabilities
Net settled derivatives

2015
Financial assets
Gross settled derivatives:
Receive leg
Pay leg
Financial liabilities
Net settled derivatives

Carrying 
amount  
£m

Contractual 
cash flow 
£m

Less than  
1 year  
£m

Notes

1-2 years 
£m

2-5 years 
£m

Over  
5 years  
£m

5.4

5.4
5.4

5.4

5.4
5.4

11.8
–

(13.1)
(1.3)

2.3
–

(17.0)
(14.7)

68.9
(56.2)

(19.7)
(7.0)

62.2
(60.1)

(17.5)
(15.4)

4.5
(3.9)

(7.3)
(6.7)

3.8
(3.9)

(7.1)
(7.2)

64.4
(52.3)

(7.6)
(4.5)

3.8
(3.9)

(6.3)
(6.4)

–
–

(3.7)
(3.7)

54.6
(52.3)

(2.6)
(0.3)

–
–

(1.1)
(1.1)

–
–

(1.5)
(1.5)

Under the Group’s International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement (‘ISDA’), 
the interest rate swaps are settled on a net basis.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

143

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.5 Financial risk management continued
5.5.2 Market risk (price risk)

5.5.2.1 Interest rate risk
The Group has both interest bearing assets and interest bearing liabilities. Floating rate 
borrowings expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk and fixed rate borrowings expose 
the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

The Group has a conservative treasury risk management strategy and the Group’s interest rates 
are fixed using both swaps and fixed rate debt instruments. The Group’s policy target is for 0-40% 
of average borrowings over the three-year plan period to be at fixed rates of interest. Due to the 
seasonality of the Group’s funding requirements, 108.6% (2015: 105.4%) of the Group’s gross 
borrowings were fixed as at 30 June 2016 and the average over the three-year plan period is 42.4% 
(2015: 43.2%). Group interest rates are fixed using both swaps and fixed rate debt instruments.

The exposure of the Group’s financial liabilities to interest rate risk is as follows:

Group

2016

Financial liabilities (excluding derivatives)

Impact of interest rate swaps

Financial liability exposure to interest rate risk

2015

Financial liabilities (excluding derivatives)

Impact of interest rate swaps

Financial liability exposure to interest rate risk

Floating rate 
financial 
liabilities  
£m

Fixed rate 
financial 
liabilities  
£m

Non-interest 
bearing 
financial 
liabilities  
£m

Total  
£m

112.8

(137.0)

(24.2)

115.1

(137.0)

(21.9)

64.7

137.0

201.7

61.4

137.0

198.4

1,870.2

2,047.7

–

–

1,870.2

2,047.7

1,707.8

1,884.3

–

–

1,707.8

1,884.3

The exposure of the Company’s financial liabilities to interest rate risk is as follows:

Company

2016

Financial liabilities (excluding derivatives)

Impact of interest rate swaps

Financial liability exposure to interest rate risk

2015

Financial liabilities (excluding derivatives)

Impact of interest rate swaps

Financial liability exposure to interest rate risk

144

Floating rate 
financial 
liabilities  
£m

Fixed rate 
financial 
liabilities  
£m

Non-interest 
bearing 
financial 
liabilities  
£m

133.5

(137.0)

(3.5)

169.7

(137.0)

32.7

59.6

137.0

196.6

50.4

137.0

187.4

16.7

–

16.7

14.4

–

14.4

Total  
£m

209.8

–

209.8

234.5

–

234.5

Floating interest rates on Sterling borrowings are linked to the UK bank rate, LIBOR and money 
market rates. The floating rates are fixed in advance for periods generally ranging from one 
to six months. Short term flexibility is achieved through the use of overdraft, committed and 
uncommitted bank facilities. The weighted average interest rate for floating rate borrowings 
in 2016 was 3.6% (2015: 3.1%).

US Dollar denominated private placement notes of £59.6m (2015: £50.4m) were arranged at 
fixed interest rates and exposed the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The weighted average 
interest rate for fixed rate US Dollar denominated private placement notes, after the effect of 
foreign exchange rate swaps, for 2016 was 8.2% (2015: 8.1%) with, at 30 June 2016, a weighted 
average period of 1.2 years (2015: 2.2 years) for which the rate is fixed.

Sensitivity analysis:

In the year ended 30 June 2016, if UK interest rates had been 50 basis points higher/lower, as 
this is a reasonably possible change, and all other variables were held constant, the Group’s 
pre-tax profit would decrease/increase by £0.1m (2015: £0.9m), the Group’s post-tax profit would 
decrease/increase by £nil (2015: £0.6m) and the Group’s equity would decrease/increase by £nil 
(2015: £0.6m).

5.5.2.2 Foreign exchange rate risk
As at 30 June 2016, the Group had fixed rate US Dollar denominated private placement notes 
of $80.0m (2015: $80.0m). In order to mitigate risks associated with the movement in the foreign 
exchange rate the Group has entered into foreign exchange swap arrangements all of which 
are designated as cash flow hedges, which fully hedge the principal of its US Dollar denominated 
debt and the US Dollar interest payments.

Details of the Group’s foreign exchange swaps are provided in note 5.4.2.

5.5.3 Credit risk
In the majority of cases, the Group receives cash upon legal completion for private sales and 
receives advance stage payments from registered providers for affordable housing. The Group 
and Company have an investment of £23.1m (2015: £25.6m) in a joint venture that holds available 
for sale financial assets, which exposes the joint venture to credit risk, although this is spread 
over a large number of properties. Included within trade and other receivables £48.8m 
(2015: £45.9m) is due from the Homes and Communities Agency in respect of the Help to Buy 
scheme. Since this receivable is due from a UK Government agency, the Group considers that 
this receivable has an insignificant risk of default. Other than this, neither the Group nor the 
Company have a significant concentration of credit risk, as their exposure is spread over a large 
number of counterparties and customers.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.5 Financial risk management continued
5.5.3 Credit risk continued
The Group manages credit risk in the following ways:

 > The Group has a credit policy that is limited to financial institutions with high credit ratings, 
as set by international credit rating agencies, and has a policy determining the maximum 
permissible exposure to any single counterparty. 

 > The Group only contracts derivative financial instruments with counterparties with which the 
Group has an ISDA Master Agreement in place. These agreements permit net settlement, 
thereby reducing the Group’s credit exposure to individual counterparties.

The maximum exposure to any counterparty at 30 June 2016 was £144.4m (2015: £64.4m) of 
cash on deposit with a financial institution. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded 
in the Financial Statements, net of any allowance for losses, represents the Group’s maximum 
exposure to credit risk. 

As at 30 June 2016, the Company was exposed to £75.9m (2015: £695.6m) of credit risk in relation 
to intercompany loans, as well as financial guarantees, performance bonds and the bank 
borrowings of subsidiary undertakings. The Company was also exposed to credit risk through 
its joint venture as explained on page 144. Further details are provided in notes 7.2 and 7.3.

5.5.4 Capital risk management (cash flow risk)
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going 
concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and meet its liabilities as they fall due whilst 
maintaining an appropriate capital structure.

The Group manages its share capital as equity, as set out in the Statement of Changes in 
Shareholders’ Equity; and its bank borrowings (being overdrafts, loan notes and bank loans) 
and its private placement notes as other financial liabilities, as set out in note 5.3. 

The Group is subject to the prevailing conditions of the UK economy and the quantum of the 
Group’s earnings are dependent upon the level of UK house prices. UK house prices are 
determined by the UK economy and economic conditions including employment levels, interest 
rates, consumer confidence, mortgage availability and competitor pricing. The management 
of these operational risks is set out in the principal risks and uncertainties on pages 42 to 45.

In addition, the other methods by which the Group can manage its short term and long term 
capital structure include: adjusting the level of dividends and special cash payments paid to 
shareholders (assuming the Company is paying a dividend or a special cash payment); issuing 
new share capital; arranging debt to meet liability payments; and selling assets to reduce debt.

5.6 Share capital

Equity instruments – Ordinary share capital is recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct 
issue costs and is classified as equity.

5.6.1 Ordinary share capital 

Allotted and issued ordinary shares

10p each fully paid: 1,003,607,066 ordinary shares (2015: 995,452,663)

Options over the Company’s shares granted during the year

Options granted:

Long Term Performance Plan

Savings-Related Share Option Scheme

CFO Scheme

Deferred Bonus Plan

Senior Management Incentive Scheme

Allotment of shares during the year

At 1 July 

Issued to satisfy early exercises under Sharesave schemes

Issued to satisfy exercises under matured Sharesave schemes

Issued to satisfy vesting of LTPP awards

Issued to satisfy exercises under the Deferred Bonus Plan

2016  
£m

100.4

2015  
£m

99.5

2016  
number

2015  
number

1,880,862

2,176,347

1,782,338

2,542,574

121,880

305,468

–

–

813,663

639,148

4,090,548

6,171,732

2016  
number

2015  
number

995,452,663

984,983,475

106,614

218,051

1,968,683

3,622,372

4,620,159

6,590,688

1,458,947

38,077

1,003,607,066

995,452,663

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

145

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 5.6 Share capital continued
5.6.2 Own shares reserve
The own shares reserve represents the cost of shares in Barratt Developments PLC purchased 
in the market and held by the Barratt Developments PLC Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) 
on behalf of the Company in order to satisfy options and awards that have been granted under 
the Barratt Developments PLC Executive and Employee Share Option Plans, Long Term 
Performance Plans and Deferred Bonus Plans. These ordinary shares do not rank for dividend 
and do not count in the calculation of the weighted average number of shares used to calculate 
earnings per share until such time as they are vested to the relevant employee.

Ordinary shares in the Company held in the EBT (number)

Market value of shares held in the EBT at 405.4p (2015: 614.5p) per share

2016  

2015  

1,367,707

1,860,071

£5,544,684

£11,430,136

During the year the EBT purchased 150,000 shares and disposed of 642,364 shares in 
settlement of exercises under the Senior Management Share Option Plan 2009/10 and the Senior 
Management Incentive Scheme.

Section

6

Directors and employees

6.1 Key management and employees
Key management personnel, as defined under IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’, have been 
identified as the Board of Directors, as the controls operated by the Group ensure that all key 
decisions are reserved for the Board. Detailed disclosures of Directors’ individual remuneration, 
pension entitlements and share options, for those Directors who served during the year, are 
given in the audited sections of the Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 97, which form part 
of these Financial Statements. 

A summary of key management remuneration is as follows:

Salaries and fees (including pension compensation)

Social security costs1

Performance bonus

Benefits

Share-based payments2

2016  
£m

2.7

1.2

2.2

0.1

3.4

9.6

2015  
£m

2.6

2.8

2.3

0.1

3.4

11.2

1  Excluded from the Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors single figure of remuneration tables on page 86.
2  IFRS 2 ‘Share-Based Payment’ charge attributable to key management.

146

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
6.1 Key management and employees continued
Total staff numbers and costs are as follows:

6.2 Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates defined contribution and defined benefit pension schemes.

Average staff numbers (excluding sub-contractors, including Directors):

Housebuilding 

Commercial developments 

2016  
Number

Group

2015  
Number

6,106

25

5,952

25

Defined contribution schemes – The Group’s contributions to the schemes are charged in the 
Income Statement in the year in which the contributions fall due.

Staff costs (including Directors):

Wages and salaries including bonuses 

Redundancy costs

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments

Total staff costs

Notes

2016  
£m

Group

2015  
£m

Company

2015  
£m

2016  
£m

306.6

289.0

1.1

40.9

8.4

12.8

1.7

42.6

8.1

11.6

7.9

0.1

3.8

0.1

3.4

7.1

–

2.6

0.1

3.4

369.8

353.0

15.3

13.2

6.2

6.3

2.3

Staff costs for the Company in both years are stated after the recharge of staff to other 
Group companies.

Defined benefit scheme – The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected 
Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date. 
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur. They are 
recognised outside profit or loss and presented in the Statements of Comprehensive Income. 
Net interest is calculated by applying a discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset.

Past service cost, until the scheme ceased to offer future accrual of defined benefit pensions 
to employees from 30 June 2009, was recognised immediately to the extent that the benefits 
were already vested, and otherwise was amortised on a straight-line basis over the average 
period until the benefits become vested.

The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the Balance Sheet represents the present 
value of the defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, and as 
reduced by the fair value of the scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is 
limited to past service cost, plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future 
contributions to the scheme.

Defined benefit pension scheme – The Directors engage a qualified independent actuary to 
calculate the Group’s asset in respect of its defined benefit pension scheme. In calculating 
this asset, it is necessary for actuarial assumptions to be made, which include discount rates, 
salary and pension increases, price inflation, the long term rate of return upon scheme assets 
and mortality. As actual rates of increase and mortality may differ from those assumed, the 
pension asset may differ from that included in these Financial Statements.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

147

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
6.2 Retirement benefit obligations continued
6.2.1 Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates defined contribution retirement benefit schemes for all qualifying 
employees, under which it pays contributions to an independently administered fund. 
Contributions are based upon a fixed percentage of the employee’s pay and once these have 
been paid, the Group has no further obligations under these schemes.

2016  
£m

2015 
£m

The most recent full actuarial valuation of the Scheme was carried out at 30 November 2013. 
The results of this valuation have been updated to 30 June 2016 by a qualified independent 
actuary. The Group agreed with the Trustees of the Scheme to make contributions to the Scheme 
of £13.3m per annum until 30 November 2015 and then £9.5m per annum until 31 December 
2016 to address the Scheme’s actuarial deficit. The Group also continues to meet the Scheme’s 
administration expenses and Pension Protection Fund levy.

At the balance sheet date, there were outstanding contributions of £0.8m (2015: £1.1m).

The Scheme exposes the Group to a number of risks, the most significant being:

Contributions during the year

Risk

Description

Group defined contribution schemes Consolidated Income Statement charge

8.4

8.1

Volatile asset returns

At the balance sheet date, there were outstanding contributions of £0.6m (2015: £0.9m), which 
were paid on or before the due date.

6.2.2 Defined benefit scheme 
The Group operates a funded defined benefit pension scheme in Great Britain, the Barratt Group 
Pension & Life Assurance Scheme (the ‘Scheme’), which, with effect from 30 June 2009, ceased 
to offer future accrual of defined benefit pensions. Alternative defined contribution pension 
arrangements are in place for current employees.

The Scheme provides benefits to members based on their length of service and their salary in 
the final years leading up to retirement or date of ceasing active accrual if earlier. The Group 
operates the Scheme under the UK regulatory framework, with a legally separate fund that is 
Trustee administered. The Trustees are responsible for ensuring that the Scheme is sufficiently 
funded to meet current and future benefit payments and for the investment policy with regard 
to scheme assets. 

The Trustees must agree a funding plan with the Group such that any funding shortfall is 
expected to be met by additional contributions and investment performance. In order to assess 
the level of contributions, triennial valuations are carried out using prudent assumptions. 

The defined benefit obligation (‘DBO’) is calculated using a discount rate set with reference to high 
quality corporate bond yields. If assets underperform this discount rate, this will create a plan 
deficit. The Scheme holds a proportion of its assets in equities and other growth assets which 
are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long term. However, returns are likely to be 
volatile in the short term, potentially resulting in short term cash requirements and an increase 
in the defined benefit obligation recorded on the Balance Sheet. The allocation to growth assets 
is monitored to ensure it remains appropriate given the Scheme’s long term objectives.

Changes in bond yields

A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the funding and accounting liabilities, although 
this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the Scheme’s investments in corporate 
and government bonds. 

Inflation risk

Life expectancy

A significant proportion of the DBO is indexed in line with price inflation, with higher inflation 
leading to higher liabilities.

The majority of the Scheme’s obligations are to provide a pension for the life of each of the 
members, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the liabilities.

148

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
6.2 Retirement benefit obligations continued
6.2.2 Defined benefit scheme continued

The amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement were as follows:

For the purposes of calculating the accounting costs and obligations of the Scheme, the assets 
of the defined benefit scheme have been calculated at fair (bid) value. The liabilities of the 
Scheme have been calculated at each balance sheet date using the following assumptions:

Interest cost

Interest income

Principal actuarial assumptions

Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit obligations

Discount rate

Rate of price inflation

Weighted average assumptions to determine net cost

Discount rate

Rate of price inflation

2016

2015

Total pension income recognised in net finance costs in the  
Consolidated Income Statement

Total pension income recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement

2.90%

2.80%

3.80%

3.30%

3.80%

3.30%

4.30%

3.30%

The amounts recognised in the Group and Company Statements of Comprehensive Income were 
as follows:

Expected return less actual return on Scheme assets

Loss arising from changes in the assumptions underlying the present value of benefit obligations

Total pension cost recognised in the Group and Company Statements of  
Comprehensive Income

2016  
£m

(34.9)

43.9

9.0

2015  
£m

(25.1)

36.6

11.5

The amount included in the Group and Company Balance Sheets arising from obligations in 
respect of the Scheme is as follows:

Members are assumed to exchange 19% of their pension for cash on retirement. 
The assumptions have been chosen by the Group following advice from Mercer Limited, the 
Group’s actuarial advisers.

The following table illustrates the life expectancy for an average member on reaching age 65, 
according to the mortality assumptions used to calculate the Scheme liabilities:

Assumptions

Retired member born in 1951 (life expectancy at age 65)

Non-retired member born in 1971 (life expectancy at age 65)

Male 

Female 

23.4 years

25.9 years

25.2 years

27.9 years

Present value of funded obligations

Fair value of Scheme assets

The base mortality assumptions are based upon the S1NA mortality tables with an adjustment 
to allow for the Scheme members being 1.5 years younger than the population of the S1NA 
mortality tables. Allowance for future increases in life expectancy is made in line with the CMI 
2014 projections with a long term trend of 1.25% per annum (2015: 1.25% per annum).

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the Scheme liabilities 
are set out below:

Assumptions

Discount rate

Rate of inflation

Life expectancy

Change in 
assumption 

Decrease by 0.1%

Increase by 0.1%

Increase by 1 year

Increase in  
Scheme  
liabilities  
%

2.1

1.1

3.8

£m

8.5

4.6

15.3

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Surplus for funded Scheme/net asset recognised in the Group and Company Balance Sheets 
at 30 June

Net asset for defined benefit obligations at 1 July

Contributions paid to the Scheme

Income recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement (note 5.2)

Amounts recognised in the Group and Company Statements of Comprehensive Income

Net asset for defined benefit obligations at 30 June

2016  
£m

(5.3)

(11.4)

(0.4)

9.0

(8.1)

A deferred tax liability of £1.6m (2015: £1.1m) has been recognised in the Group and Company 
Balance Sheets in relation to the pension asset (note 2.6.3).

2015  
£m

(3.1)

(13.3)

(0.4)

11.5

(5.3)

149

2016  
£m

13.6

(14.0)

(0.4)

(0.4)

2015  
£m

13.9

(14.3)

(0.4)

(0.4)

2016  
£m

405.4

(413.5)

2015  
£m

367.5

(372.8)

(8.1)

(5.3)

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
6.2 Retirement benefit obligations continued
6.2.2 Defined benefit scheme continued
Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:

6.3 Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. 

Present value of benefit obligations at 1 July

Interest cost

Actuarial loss

Benefits paid from Scheme

Present value of benefit obligations at 30 June 

Movements in the fair value of Scheme assets were as follows:

Fair value of Scheme assets at 1 July

Interest income

Actuarial gain on Scheme assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid from Scheme

Fair value of Scheme assets at 30 June

The analysis of Scheme assets was as follows:

Quoted equity securities

Debt securities

Other

Total

The actual return on Scheme assets was as follows:

Actual return on Scheme assets

£m

96.3

315.8

1.4

413.5

2016  
%

23.3

76.4

0.3

100.0

2016  
£m

367.5

13.6

43.9

(19.6)

405.4

2016  
£m

372.8

14.0

34.9

11.4

(19.6)

413.5

£m

91.8

279.7

1.3

372.8

2016  
£m

48.9

2015  
£m

327.0

13.9

36.6

(10.0)

367.5

2015  
£m

330.1

14.3

25.1

13.3

(10.0) 

372.8

2015  
%

24.6

75.0

0.4

100.0

2015  
£m

39.4

The expected employer contribution to the Scheme in the year ending 30 June 2017 is £9.5m.

The Group has obtained legal advice on the rights to the Group’s defined benefit pension 
scheme’s assets after the death of the last member. Based on this advice, the Group has 
concluded that it is appropriate to recognise an asset related to this scheme.

Share-based payments – In accordance with the transitional provisions, IFRS 2 ‘Share-based 
Payments’ has been applied to all grants of equity instruments after 7 November 2002 that had 
not vested at 1 January 2005.

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instrument 
at the date of grant. Fair value is measured either using Black-Scholes, Present-Economic 
Value or Monte Carlo models depending on the characteristics of the scheme. The fair value 
is expensed in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on 
the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest where non-market vesting conditions 
apply. Non-vesting conditions are taken into account in the estimate of the fair value of the 
equity instruments.

Analysis of the Consolidated Income Statement charge:

Equity-settled share-based payments:

Long Term Performance Plan

Savings-Related Share Option Scheme

Senior Management Incentive Scheme

CFO Scheme

Deferred Bonus Plan

2016  
£m

2015  
£m

7.2

2.1

1.2

0.2

2.1

6.9

1.3

1.2

–

2.2

12.8

11.6

As at 30 June 2016, an accrual of £3.3m (2015: £7.7m) was recognised in respect of social security 
liabilities on share-based payments.

6.3.1 Share-based payments reserve
The share-based payments reserve represents the obligation of the Group in relation to equity-
settled share-based payment transactions. Details of movements in the share-based payments 
reserve are shown on the Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

150

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
6.3 Share-based payments continued
6.3.2 Outstanding equity-settled share-based payments
At 30 June 2016, the following options were outstanding:

Date of grant

Executive Share Option Scheme 

10 December 2009 (approved¹)

10 December 2009 (unapproved¹)

Total Executive Share Option Scheme options

Senior Management Share Option Plan

10 December 2009 (approved¹)

10 December 2009 (unapproved¹)

Total Senior Management Share Option Plan options

Savings-Related Share Option Scheme

28 March 2012 – 5 year plan

27 March 2013 – 3 year plan

27 March 2013 – 5 year plan

30 April 2014 – 3 year plan

30 April 2014 – 5 year plan

29 April 2015 – 3 year plan

29 April 2015 – 5 year plan

27 April 2016 – 3 year plan

27 April 2016 – 5 year plan

Total Savings-Related Share Option Scheme options

CFO Scheme

21 December 2015

21 December 2015

Total CFO Scheme options

Option price  
pence

2016  
Number

Not exercisable  
after 

118

121

118

121

125

205

205

349

349

447

447

482

482

10

10

8,350

9 December 2019

443,132

9 December 2019

451,482

281,229

9 December 2019

77,701

9 December 2019

358,930

1,350,144 30 November 2017

420,118 30 November 2016

266,535 30 November 2018

2,300,296 31 December 2017

361,814 31 December 2019

1,992,909 31 December 2018

209,954 31 December 2020

1,624,859 31 December 2019

146,652 31 December 2021

8,673,281

45,705

76,175

121,880

–

–

1   The Executive Share Option Scheme and the Senior Management Share Option Plan are divided into two sub-schemes, 
one of which is approved under the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 and the other which is not, and the 
exercise price is calculated differently for each sub-scheme in accordance with the rules of the sub-scheme.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Date of grant

Long Term Performance Plan 

23 October 2013 – Executive

20 October 2014 – Executive

19 October 2015 – Executive

21 December 2015 – Executive

19 October 2015 – Senior Management

Total Long Term Performance Plan awards

Deferred Bonus Plan²

2 October 2013

9 October 2014

19 October 2015

Total Co-Investment Plan awards

Senior Management Incentive Scheme

23 October 2013

20 October 2014

Total Senior Management Incentive Scheme awards

Total

Option price  
pence

2016  
Number

Not exercisable  
after 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,316,020

1,904,899

1,073,799

122,440

633,081

6,050,239

636,651

688,297

305,468

1,630,416

554,761

544,388

1,099,149

18,385,377

2   For awards prior to November 2015, the Deferred Bonus Plan utilises the rules of the Group’s Co-Investment Plan. 

For more information see page 81.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

151

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
 
 
6.3 Share-based payments continued
6.3.3 Further information relating to the share-based payment schemes
Long Term Performance Plan (‘LTPP’) and the Executive Share Option Scheme (‘ESOS’) 

The grant of awards under the LTPP and options under the ESOS are at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee taking into account individual performance and overall performance 
of the Group. Vesting under these schemes is dependent upon performance conditions based 
on total shareholder return, earnings per share and, for recent LTPP awards, return on capital 
employed. Further details can be found in the Remuneration report on pages 76 to 97.

Deferred Bonus Plan (‘DBP’) 

For any bonus deferred prior to November 2015, the Remuneration Committee utilised the 
rules of the Group’s Co-Investment Plan (‘CIP’) for the purposes of the DBP. From FY16, 
deferred shares will be held in accordance with the DBP as approved by the shareholders at 
the 2015 AGM. The Deferred Bonus Plan is currently utilised to hold shares awarded in respect 
of any bonus earned in excess of 100% of base salary. The Executive Directors also have the 
opportunity to voluntarily defer additional amounts of annual bonus up to a maximum of 25% of 
basic salary. The Remuneration Committee has the discretion to award matching shares against 
the deferred shares; however, no matching shares have been awarded to date. Further details 
are on page 81.

Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (‘Sharesave’)

Under the Sharesave, participants are required to make monthly contributions to a HM Revenue 
and Customs (‘HMRC’) approved savings contract with a bank or building society for a period of 
three or five years. On entering into the savings contract, participants are granted an option to 
acquire ordinary shares in the Company at an exercise price determined under the rules of the 
Sharesave. The Sharesave is open to all eligible employees as determined by the Board and is 
not subject to the satisfaction of any performance conditions.

Senior Management Share Option Plan (‘SMSOP’)

The Board approved the grant of share options to employees under the SMSOP, which are 
normally exercisable between three and ten years from the date of grant, provided the 
employee remains employed by the Group. The 2009/10 SMSOP vested on 10 December 2012. 
Individuals who participate in the SMSOP are not eligible to participate in the LTPP or ESOS; 
therefore Executive Directors do not participate in the SMSOP. There is currently no intention 
to make any further grants under the SMSOP. 

Senior Management Incentive Scheme (‘SMIS’)

Awards under the SMIS are at the discretion of the Chief Executive (or in his absence, the 
Chairman of the Board). Any awards under the SMIS must be held for a minimum of three years 
from the date of grant. Executive Directors and those individuals directly below this level are not 
eligible to participate in the SMIS. Any award granted under the SMIS is subject to performance 
conditions as set for the LTPP, excluding the total shareholder return condition, granted in the 
same financial year. 

CFO Scheme

The Company granted to Neil Cooper awards on joining the Company which were designed 
in quantum to compensate for awards which were forfeited by him on leaving his previous 
employment. They were structured to approximately mirror the vesting timescales and 
performance conditions of the Company’s LTPP awards made in 2013 and 2014, so his incentives 
are aligned with those of other Executives. Further details can be found in the Remuneration 
report on pages 88 to 89.

6.3.4 Number and weighted average exercise price of outstanding  
share-based payments
The number and weighted average exercise prices of options and awards made under the 
Group’s share option schemes were as follows:

Long Term Performance Plan

Outstanding at 1 July

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

Executive Share Option Scheme

Outstanding at 1 July

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

2016

2015

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price in  
pence

–

–

–

–

–

–

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price in  
pence

121

–

121

121

Number  
of award  
units

9,203,809

(414,273)

(4,620,159)

1,880,862

6,050,239

–

2016

Number of 
options

451,482

–

451,482

451,482

Weighted 
average  
exercise  
price in  
pence

–

–

–

–

–

–

Weighted 
average  
exercise  
price in  
pence

121

121

121

121

Number  
of award  
units

13,906,376

(288,226)

(6,590,688)

2,176,347

9,203,809

–

2015

Number of 
options

1,392,327

(940,845)

451,482

451,482

152

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued6.3 Share-based payments continued
6.3.4 Number and weighted average exercise price of outstanding  
share-based payments continued

Senior Management Share Option Plan

Outstanding at 1 July

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

Savings-Related Share Option Scheme

Outstanding at 1 July

Forfeited during the year

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

Deferred Bonus Plan

Outstanding at 1 July

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price in  
pence

119

119

119

119

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price in  
pence

294

358

482

177

355

205

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price in  
pence

–

–

–

–

–

–

2016

2015

Weighted 
average  
exercise  
price in  
pence

119

119

119

119

Number of 
options

1,358,461

(774,822)

583,639

583,639

Number of 
options

583,639

(224,709)

358,930

358,930

2016

2015

Weighted 
average  
exercise  
price in  
pence

203

243

447

124

294

125

Number of 
options

11,956,053

(885,674)

2,542,574

(3,840,423)

9,772,530

715,852

Number of 
options

9,772,530

(806,290)

1,782,338

(2,075,297)

8,673,281

420,188

2016

2015

Number  
of award  
units

2,844,708

(62,572)

(1,457,188)

305,468

1,630,416

–

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price in  
pence

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number  
of award  
units

2,192,596

–

(161,551)

813,663

2,844,708

–

Senior Management Incentive Scheme

Outstanding at 1 July

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during the year

Granted during the year

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

CFO Scheme

Outstanding at 1 July

Granted during the year

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price in  
pence

–

–

–

–

–

–

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price in  
pence

–

10

10

–

2016

2015

Number  
of award  
units

1,672,540

(141,818)

(431,573)

–

1,099,149

–

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price in  
pence

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number  
of award  
units

1,187,512

(154,120)

–

639,148

1,672,540

–

2016

2015

Number  
of award  
units

–

121,880

121,880

–

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price in  
pence

Number  
of award  
units

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The weighted average share price, at the date of exercise, of share options exercised during the 
year was 607.6p (2015: 478.4p). The weighted average life for all schemes outstanding at the end 
of the year was 1.8 years (2015: 1.8 years).

6.3.5 Fair value of options and awards granted in the year
Savings-Related Share Option Scheme

The weighted average fair value of the options granted during 2016 was 106.7p (2015: 119.8p) 
per award. The awards have been valued using a Black-Scholes model.

Long Term Performance Plan

The weighted average fair value of the options granted during 2016 was 538.9p (2015: 357.8p). 
The awards have been valued using a Black-Scholes model for the earnings per share element 
of the scheme and a Monte Carlo model for the total shareholder return element of the scheme. 

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

153

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 6.3 Share-based payments continued
6.3.5 Fair value of options and awards granted in the year continued
Deferred Bonus Plan

The weighted average fair value of the options granted during 2016 was 540.2p (2015: 323.0p) 
per award. The awards have been valued using a Black-Scholes model. 

CFO Scheme

The weighted average fair value of the options granted during 2016 was 550.9p per award. 
The awards have been valued using a Black-Scholes model for the earnings per share element 
of the scheme and a Monte Carlo model for the total shareholder return element of the scheme. 

Inputs used to determine fair value of options

The weighted average inputs to the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo models were as follows:

Grants  
2016

Sharesave

544p

482p

LTPP

630p

nil

CFOS

605p

10p

DBP Sharesave

632p

nil

536p

447p

LTPP

411p

nil

SMIS

411p

nil

Grants  
2015

DBP

370p

nil

Section

7

Commitments, contingencies and related parties

7.1 Operating lease obligations
7.1.1 The Group as lessee
At 30 June 2016, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments 
under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

Average share price

Average exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life

Risk free interest rate

Expected dividends

33.5%

33.5%

33.5%

33.5%

33.5%

33.5%

33.5%

33.5%

3.0 years

3.0 years 1.4 years

3.0 years 3.2 years

3.0 years

3.0 years 3.0 years

1.10%

5.17%

1.09%

5.17%

1.09%

5.17%

1.09%

5.17%

0.70%

4.51%

0.93%

4.51%

0.93%

4.51%

0.93%

4.51%

Within one year

More than one year and no later than five years

In five years or more

Land and 
buildings  
£m

16.4

23.2

27.4

67.0

2016  
Other  
£m

7.1

7.5

–

14.6

Land and 
buildings  
£m

15.0

22.1

27.0

64.1

Group

2015  
Other  
£m

7.4

8.9

0.2

16.5

Expected volatility was determined by reference to the historical volatility of the Group’s share 
price over a period consistent with the expected life of the options. The expected life used  
in the models has been adjusted, based on the Directors’ best estimate, for the effects of  
non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain office properties 
and motor vehicles. Motor vehicle leases have an average term of 1.8 years (2015: 2.2 years) 
to expiry. Property leases have an average term of 3.2 years (2015: 1.6 years) to expiry.

At 30 June 2016, the Company had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease 
payments under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

Within one year

More than one year and no later than five years

Land and 
buildings  
£m

2016  
Other  
£m

Land and 
buildings  
£m

0.6

0.1

0.7

0.7

0.9

1.6

0.7

0.7

1.4

Company

2015  
Other  
£m

0.5

0.5

1.0

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Company for certain office 
properties and motor vehicles. Motor vehicle leases have an average term of 1.6 years (2015: 2.0 
years) to expiry. Property leases have an average term of 1.2 years (2015: 1.8 years) to expiry.

154

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued 
 
7.1 Operating lease obligations continued
7.1.2 The Group as lessor
The Group has lease agreements with third parties for certain commercial properties, either 
in the process of development or which have been developed by the Group, and units on land 
to be subsequently developed for residential use. It is intended that the commercial properties, 
with their future rental income, will be sold to third parties in the normal course of business 
and therefore they are classified as work in progress until the date of sale. 

Property rental income

Carrying value of leased properties:

Stock properties

Land with rental units

Rent receivable during remaining lease period:

Within one year

More than one year and no later than five years 

Average lease term

Notes

2.3

2016  
£m

0.9

4.0

0.7

4.7

0.6

0.6

1.2

Group

2015  
£m

1.0

1.7

0.7

2.4

1.0

1.0

2.0

2016  
Years

1.0

2015  
Years

0.5 

7.2 Contingent liabilities
7.2.1 Contingent liabilities related to subsidiaries
The Company has guaranteed certain bank borrowings of its subsidiary undertakings.

Certain subsidiary undertakings have commitments for the purchase of trading stock entered 
into in the normal course of business.

In the normal course of business, the Group has given counter-indemnities in respect of 
performance bonds and financial guarantees. Management estimate that the bonds and 
guarantees amount to £482.0m (2015: £588.6m), and confirm that at the date of these Financial 
Statements the possibility of cash outflow is considered minimal and no provision is required.

Following correspondence with an industry-wide final salary pension scheme, there is a risk 
of an obligation arising in respect of section 75 pension scheme funding for employees of a 
subsidiary who left the Group on disposal of their business and assets. No provision has been 
recognised in relation to this matter as it is not considered probable that this will result in an 
outflow of economic resources at present and the amount of any potential outflow cannot be 
reliably estimated.

7.2.2 Contingent liabilities related to joint ventures and associates
The Group has given counter-indemnities in respect of performance bonds and financial 
guarantees to its joint ventures totalling £56.5m at 30 June 2016 (2015: £39.8m). The Group 
has also provided principal guarantees of £9.0m (2015: £12.0m) and cost and interest overrun 
guarantees in relation to the borrowings of a number of the Group’s London joint ventures. 
At 30 June 2016, no cost or interest overruns had been incurred (2015: £nil). The Group’s 
maximum exposure under these cost and interest overrun guarantees is estimated at £17.7m 
as at 30 June 2016 (2015: £15.7m).

At 30 June 2016, the Group has an obligation to repay £0.9m (2015: £0.9m) of grant monies 
received by a joint venture upon certain future disposals of land. 

The Group has also given a number of performance guarantees in respect of the obligations 
of its joint ventures, requiring the Group to complete development agreement contractual 
obligations in the event that the joint ventures do not perform as required under the terms 
of the related contracts.

There are no contingent liabilities in relation to associates at 30 June 2016.

7.2.3 Contingent liabilities related to legal claims
Provision is made for the Directors’ best estimate of all known material legal claims and all legal 
actions in progress. The Group takes legal advice as to the likelihood of success of claims and 
actions and no provision is made (other than for legal costs) where the Directors consider, based 
on such advice, that claims or actions are unlikely to succeed, or a sufficiently reliable estimate 
of the potential obligations cannot be made.

No contingent liability in respect of such claims has been recognised.

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

155

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information  
7.3 Related party transactions 
7.3.1 Remuneration of key personnel
Disclosures related to the remuneration of key personnel as defined in IAS 24 ‘Related Party 
Disclosures’ are given in note 6.1. There is no difference between transactions with key 
management personnel of the Company and the Group.

7.3.4 Transactions between the Group and its associates
The amount of outstanding loans due to the Group from its associates at 30 June 2016 was  
£nil (2015: £nil). There were no other amounts outstanding to the Group from its associates  
as at 30 June 2016.

The Group’s contingent liabilities relating to its associates are disclosed in note 7.2.2.

7.3.2 Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries
The Company has entered into transactions with its subsidiary undertakings in respect of 
funding and Group services (which include management accounting and audit, sales and 
marketing, IT, company secretarial, architects and purchasing). Recharges are made to the 
subsidiaries based on utilisation of these services.

The amount outstanding to the Company from subsidiary undertakings at 30 June 2016 totalled 
£75.9m (2015: £695.6m). 

During the year ended 30 June 2016, the Company made management and other charges to 
subsidiaries of £65.8m (2015: £63.3m) and received net interest on Group loans from subsidiaries 
of £33.4m (2015: £56.0m).

The Company and Group have entered into counter-indemnities in the normal course of business 
in respect of performance bonds.

7.3.3 Transactions between the Group and its joint ventures
The Group has entered into transactions with its joint ventures in respect of development 
management/other services (with charges made based on the utilisation of these services) and 
funding. These transactions totalled £14.3m (2015: £11.1m) and £1.3m (2015: £2.2m) respectively. 
In addition, one of the Group’s subsidiaries, BDW Trading Limited, contracts with a number of the 
Group’s joint ventures to provide construction services.

During the year the Group received dividends totalling £28.1m (2015: £27.0m) from its 
joint ventures.

The amount of outstanding loans and interest due to the Group from its joint ventures at 30 June 
2016 is disclosed in note 4.3.1. The amount of other outstanding payables to the Group from its 
joint ventures at 30 June 2016 totalled £0.4m (2015: £6.9m). 

The amount of outstanding loans and other amounts due from the Group to its joint ventures 
totalled £47.6m (2015: £nil).

The Group’s contingent liabilities relating to its joint ventures are disclosed in note 7.2.2.

7.3.5 Property purchase by a Director of Barratt Developments PLC
The Board and certain members of Senior Management are related parties within the definition 
of IAS 24 (Revised) ‘Related Party Disclosures’ (‘IAS 24’) and the Board are related parties 
within the definition of Chapter 11 of the UK Listing Rules (‘Chapter 11’). There is no difference 
between transactions with key personnel of the Company and transactions with key personnel 
of the Group.

The Group entered into the following transaction which, for the purposes of IAS 24 is considered 
to be a ‘related party transaction’.

In August 2014, Mark Clare, at the time, Group Chief Executive, reserved a flat (including a car 
parking space) from Fulham Wharf LLP, a joint venture partnership between BDW Trading 
Limited (the Company’s main trading subsidiary) and London and Quadrant Housing Trust (L&Q), 
at a purchase price of £1,692,350. This purchase was conducted at a fair and reasonable market 
price based on four independent market valuations and similar comparable transactions at 
that time. An amount of £2,500 was paid on reservation and a deposit of £166,735 was paid on 
13 October 2014. The remaining balance was paid on completion on 17 June 2016 in accordance 
with the Group’s normal terms of trading.

Fulham Wharf LLP is not controlled by and is not a ‘subsidiary undertaking’ of the Company.

On notification by Mark Clare of the above transaction, the Board sought advice from its legal 
advisers and corporate brokers in respect of the application of Chapter 11 and section 190 did 
not extend to LLPs and therefore the provisions of Chapter 11 and section 190 did not apply  
to this transaction. Consequently, no shareholder approval was required for this transaction.

In June 2016, David Thomas notified the Board of his and his connected person’s intention to 
buy one property each at the BDW Trading Limited site at Cane Hill. These transactions have 
not impacted these Financial Statements and further information relating to this can be found 
on pages 99 and 100.

There have been no ‘smaller related party transactions’ as defined in Listing Rule 11.1.10R  
for the year ended 30 June 2016 or in the year ended 30 June 2015.

156

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings
The entities listed below, and on the following pages, are subsidiaries of the Company or Group. 
All are incorporated in England & Wales or Scotland with the exception of SQ Holdings Limited 
which is incorporated in Guernsey. Unless otherwise stated, the results of these entities are 
consolidated within these financial statements.

Subsidiary

Barratt East Midlands Limited

Barratt East Scotland Limited1

Barratt Eastern Counties Limited1

Subsidiary

Acre Developments Limited1

Advance Housing Limited1

Ambrose Builders Limited1

Barratt Bristol Limited

Barratt Central Limited

Barratt Chester Limited1

Barratt Commercial Limited

Barratt Construction (Southern) Limited1

Barratt Corporate Secretarial Services Limited

Barratt Developments (International) Limited

Barratt Dormant (Atlantic Quay) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Blackpool) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Capella) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Cheadle Hulme) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Harlow) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Riverside Exchange Sheffield C2) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Riverside Exchange Sheffield L/M) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Riverside Quarter) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Riverside Sheffield Building C1) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Rugby) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Southampton) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Thetford) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Tyers Bros. Oakham) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (Walton) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (WB Construction) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (WB Developments) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (WB Properties Developments) Limited1

Barratt Dormant (WB Properties Northern) Limited1

Barratt East Anglia Limited1

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Barratt Edinburgh Limited1

Barratt Evolution Limited1

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Barratt Falkirk Limited1

Barratt Leeds Limited

Barratt London Horseferry Road Limited1

Barratt London Investments Limited1

Barratt London Limited

Barratt Manchester Limited

Barratt Newcastle Limited1

Barratt North London Limited

Barratt Northampton Limited

Barratt Northern Limited

Barratt Norwich Limited1

Barratt Pension Trustee Limited

Barratt Poppleton Limited1

Barratt Preston Limited1

Barratt Properties Limited1

Barratt Residential Asset Management Limited1

Barratt Scottish Holdings Limited1

Barratt South London Limited

Barratt South Wales Limited 

Barratt South West Limited1

Barratt Southern Counties Limited

Barratt Southern Limited

Barratt Southern Properties Limited1

Barratt Special Projects Limited1

Barratt St Mary’s Limited1

Barratt St Paul’s Limited1

Barratt Sutton Coldfield Limited1

Barratt Trade And Property Company Limited1

Barratt Urban Construction (East London) Limited1

Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

157

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information 7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings continued

Subsidiary

Barratt Urban Construction (Northern) Limited1

Barratt Urban Construction (Scotland) Limited1

Barratt West Midlands Limited 

Barratt West Scotland Limited

Barratt Woking Limited1

Barratt York Limited

Bart 225 Limited1

Base Regeneration LLP1

Base East Central Rochdale LLP1

Base Hattersley LLP1

Base Werneth Oldham LLP1

Basildon Regeneration (Barratt Wilson Bowden) Limited1

BDW (F.R.) Limited1

BDW (F.R. Commercial) Limited1

BDW Broadbridge Heath Limited1

BDW North Scotland Limited

BDW Trading Limited

Bradgate Development Services Limited1

Broad Oak Homes Limited1

C V (Ward) Limited1

Cameoplot Limited1

Cannon Wharf London LLP1

CHOQS 429 Limited1

Citystyle Limited

Crossbourne Construction Limited1

David Wilson Estates Limited1

David Wilson Homes (Anglia) Limited1

David Wilson Homes (East Midlands) Limited1

David Wilson Homes (Home Counties) Limited1

David Wilson Homes (North Midlands) Limited1

David Wilson Homes (Northern) Limited1

David Wilson Homes (South Midlands) Limited1

David Wilson Homes (Southern) Limited1

158

Class of  
share held

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

N/A

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

% of  
shares  
owned

Subsidiary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

David Wilson Homes (Western) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Land (No 9) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Land (No 10) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Land (No 11) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Land (No 12) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Land (No 13) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Land (No 14) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Land (No 15) Limited1

David Wilson Homes Limited1

David Wilson Homes Services Limited1

David Wilson Homes Yorkshire Limited1

Decorfresh Projects Limited1

Dicconson Holdings Limited1

E. Barker Limited1

E.Geary & Son Limited1

English Oak Homes Limited

Francis (Springmeadows) Limited1

Frenchay Developments Limited1

G.D. Thorner (Construction) Limited1

G.D. Thorner (Holdings) Limited1

Glasgow Trust Limited1

N/A

Hartswood House Limited

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Hawkstone (South West) Limited1

Heartland Development Company Limited1

Idle Works Limited1

J G Parker Limited1

James Harrison (Contracts) Limited1

Janellis (No. 2) Limited1

Kealoha 11 Limited1

Kealoha Limited1

Kingsoak Homes Limited

Knightsdale Homes Limited

Lindmere Construction Limited1

Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings continued

Subsidiary

Marple Development Company Limited1

Meridian Press Limited1

Milton Park Homes Limited1

Mountdale Homes Limited

Norfolk Garden Estates Limited1

North West Land Developments Limited1

Redbourne Builders Limited1

Roland Bardsley Homes Limited1

Scothomes Limited1

Scottish Homes Investment Company Limited1

Skydream Property Co. Limited1

SQ Holdings Limited1

Squires Bridge Homes Limited1

Squires Bridge Limited1

Swift Properties Limited1

The French House Limited1

The Tin Hat Regeneration Partnership LLP1

Tomnik Limited1

Trencherwood Commercial Limited1

Trencherwood Construction Limited1

Trencherwood Developments Limited1

Trencherwood Estates Limited1

Trencherwood Group Services Limited1

Trencherwood Homes (Holdings) Limited1

Trencherwood Homes (Midlands) Limited1

Trencherwood Homes (South Western) Limited1

Trencherwood Homes (Southern) Limited1

Trencherwood Homes Limited1

Trencherwood Housing Developments Limited1

Trencherwood Investments Limited1

Trencherwood Land Holdings Limited1

Trencherwood Land Limited1

Trencherwood Retirement Homes Limited1

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Subsidiary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

N/A

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Vizion (Milton Keynes) Limited1

Vizion (Mk) Properties LLP1

VSM (Bentley Priory 1) Limited1

VSM (Bentley Priory 2) Limited1

VSM (Bentley Priory 3) Limited1

VSM (Bentley Priory 4) Limited1

VSM (Bentley Priory 5) Limited1

VSM (Bentley Priory 6) Limited1

Ward (Showhomes) Limited1

Ward Brothers (Gillingham) Limited1

Ward Holdings Limited1

90%

Ward Homes (London) Limited1

100%

100%

100%

100%

Ward Homes (North Thames) Limited1

Ward Homes (South Eastern) Limited1

Ward Homes Group Limited1

Ward Homes Limited1

N/A

Ward Insurance Services Limited1

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Wards Construction (Industrial) Limited1

Wards Construction (Investments) Limited1

Wards Country Houses Limited1

Waterton Tennis Centre Limited1

William Corah & Son Limited1

William Corah Joinery Limited1

Wilson Bowden (Atlantic Quay Number 2) Limited1

Wilson Bowden (Ravenscraig) Limited 

Wilson Bowden City Homes Limited1

Wilson Bowden Developments Limited1

Wilson Bowden Group Services Limited1

Wilson Bowden Limited 

Yeovil Developments Limited1

Abbey Park (Ampleforth) Management Company Limited1, 2

Abbotts Meadow (Steventon) Management Company Limited1, 2

Adderbury Fields Management Company Limited1, 2

Class of  
share held

Ordinary

N/A

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

% of  
shares  
owned

100%

N/A

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

N/A

N/A

N/A

159

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Subsidiary

Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings continued

Subsidiary

Ambers Rise (Bexhill) Management Company Limited1, 2

Applegarth Manor (Oulton) Management Company Limited1, 2

Artisan Place Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Ash Tree Court Management Company Limited1, 4

Autumn Brook (Yate) Management Company Limited1, 2

Baggeridge Village Management Company Limited1, 2

Barley Fields Management Company Limited¹ ²

Barley Meadows (Southminster) Management Company Limited1, 2

Beach Road (Pelham Grange) Cottenham Management Company Limited1, 2

Beaufort Park (Wotton Bassett) Management Company Limited1, 2

Belle Vue (Doncaster) Management Company Limited1, 2

Bentley Priory (Stanmore) Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Bexley College (Tower HIll) Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Bilberry Chase Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Bishop Fields (Hereford) Management Company Limited1, 2

Blackwall Road (BDW) Resident Management Company Limited1, 2

Blossombank (Cannon Lane) Tonbridge Management Company1, 2

Bluebell Gate (East Grinstead) Management Company Limited1, 2

Bluebell Woods (Wyke) Management Company Limited1, 2

Bodington Manor (Adel) Management Company Limited1, 2

Broadstone Mead Management Company Limited1, 2

Brook Gardens Barnham Management Company Limited1, 2

Broomhill Park Estates Residents Association Limited¹

Brunel Gardens (Maidenhead) Management Company1, 2

Buckshaw Village Management Company Limited¹

Bure Meadows (Aylsham) Management Company Limited1, 2

Butterfly Mill (Horsford) Management Company Limited1, 2

Butts Lane (Maple Park) Management Company Limited1, 2

Canal Walk (Chichester) Management Company Limited1, 2

Cane Hill Park (Coulsdon) Management Company Limited1, 2

Canterbury Park (High Cross) Management Company Limited1, 2

Cardinal Park (Southampton) Management Company Limited1, 2

160

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

87%

N/A

50%

N/A

N/A

N/A

Castlegate & Mowbray Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Castle View (Newbury) Management Company Limited1, 2

Cathedral Walk (Wells) Management Company Limited1, 2

Cedar Ridge Management Company Limited1, 2

Central Area Heat Company Limited1, 2

Centurion Fields (Adel) Management Company Limited1, 2

Chatham House Management Limited1, 2

Cherry Tree Grove (West Parley) Management Company Limited1, 2

Cissbury Chase (Worthing) Management Company Limited1, 2

Clements Gate (Hawkwell) Residents Company Limited1, 2

Colliers Court (Speedwell) Management Company Limited1, 2

Coopers Edge (Parcel 8) Management Company Limited1, 2

Coppice Green Lane Management Company Limited1, 2

Copsewood Management Company Limited1, 2

Copseys Nursery (Havant) Management Company Limited1, 2

Croft Gardens (Spencers Wood) Management Company Limited1, 2

Daracombe Gardens Management Company Limited1, 2

Dehavilland Place (Hatfield) Management Company Limited1, 2

De Lacy Fields KM8 Management Company Limited1, 2

De Lacy Fields KM12 Management Company Limited1, 2

Doseley Park Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Dunnings Mills Management Company Limited1, 2

Earls Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Elm Tree Park Management Company (Beverley) Limited1, 2

Enterprise Way Management Company Limited1, 2

Eton Green Management Company Limited1, 2

Evolve (Gumley Road) Thurrock Management Company Limited1, 2

Fairways (Bedford) Management Company Limited1, 2

Burrium Gate Management Company Limited1

Ordinary

100%

Foundry Place (Crawley) Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Foxcote Mead Management Company Limited¹

Foxdown Overton Management Limited1, 4

Freemen’s Meadow Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Fusion (Sun Street) Management Company Limited1, 2

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

100%

N/A

N/A

N/A

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continued7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings continued

Subsidiary

Garnets Wharf (Otley) Management Company Limited1, 2

Gloucester Gate (Basildon) Management Company Limited1, 2

Grange Park (Hampsthwaite) Management Company Limited1, 2

Greylees Management Company Limited1, 2

GWQ Management Limited1, 4

H2363 Limited1, 2

Halstead Place Residents Company Limited1, 2

Hanham Hall Community Interest Company Limited1, 2

Harlow Gateway Limited1, 2

Hartley Brook (Netherton) Management Company Limited1, 2

Hawley Gardens Management Company Limited1, 2

Hazelmere Management Company Limited1, 4

Heathwood Park (Lindfield) Management Company Limited1, 2

Hewenden Ridge (Cullingworth) Management Company Limited1, 2

High Beeches (Sharston) Management Company Limited1, 2

Hollygate Park (Cotgrave) Management Company Limited1, 2

Impact and Willowbrook Management Company Limited1, 2

Interlink Park Management Company Limited1, 3

Kennett Heath Management Limited1, 2

Kiln Road Thundersley Management Company Limited1, 2

Kingley Gate (Littlehampton) Management Company Limited1, 2

Kingsdown Gate (Swindon) Management Company Limited1, 2

Kings Lodge (Chilwell) Management Company Limited1, 2

Leithfield Park (Godalming) Management Company Limited1, 2

Liberty Green (Hull) Management Company Limited1, 2

Liberty Rise Phase 1 (Hertford) Management Company Limited1, 2

Locksbridge Park (Andover) Management Company Limited1, 2

Lordswood Gardens Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Lyng Management Company Limited1, 2

Lyttleton Grange Management Company Limited1, 2

Madden Gardens Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Manor Farm (Denvilles) Management Company Limited1, 2

Market Square Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Subsidiary

Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Market Lakes (Barratt) Resident Management Company Limited1, 2

Martindale Place (Southwater) Management Company Limited1, 2

Martingale Chase (Newbury) Management Company Limited1, 2

Mayflower Green (Saxmundham) Residents Company Limited1, 2

Meadow View Watchfield Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Meridian Business Park Extension Management Company Limited1, 3

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

Milford Grange (Storrington) Management Company Limited1, 2

Montague Park (Buckhurst Farm) Management Company Limited1, 2

Montague Park (Wokingham) Management Company Limited1, 2

Montgomery Place Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Mulberry Park (Poringland) Management Company Limited1, 2

Nexus Point Management Company Limited1, 3

Nexus Point Management Company Number 2 Limited1

N.E. Horley Resident Management Company Limited1, 2

Newbery Corner Management Company Limited1, 2

New Central (Woking) Management Company Limited1, 2

Nightingale Rise (Swindon) Management Company Limited1, 2

Norton Farm Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A 

Nottingham Business Park Management Company Limited1, 3

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Nottingham Business Park (Orchard Place) Management Company Limited1, 3

NSQ Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Oaklands (Pontefract) Management Company Limited1, 2

Oakhurst Place (Bexhill) Management Company Limited1, 2

Oakwell Grange Management Company Limited1, 2

Oatley Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Old Cider Works Management Company Limited1, 2

Optimus Point Management Company Limited1

Orchard Gate (Kingston Bagpuize) Management Company Limited1, 2

Parklands Residents Soakway Management Company Limited1, 3

Pavillion Square (Pocklington) Management Company Limited1, 2

Peasedown Meadows Management Company Limited1, 2

Phoenix And Scorseby Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Phoenix Quarter – Apt – Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

29%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

80%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2%

2%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

100%

N/A

1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

161

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Class of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Subsidiary

7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings continued

Subsidiary

 Phoenix Quarter Estate Management Company Limited1, 2

Pilgrims Rest (Kempston) Management Company Limited1, 2

Poppy Fields, Charing Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Portman Square West Village Reading Management Company Limited1, 2

Preston Grange Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Priory Fields (Pontefract) Management Company Limited1, 2

Q Park (Dartford) Management Company Limited1, 2

Ravenhill Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Reflections 2 (Colchester) Residents Company Limited1, 2

Regency Place (Leatherhead) Management Company Limited1, 2

Ridgeway Residential Management Company Limited1, 2

Riverdown Park (Salisbury) Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Riverside Exchange Management Company Limited1,3

Ordinary/Preference

Riverside Meadow Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Romulus Management Company Limited1, 3

Ronkswood Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Runshaw Management Company Limited1

Salters Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Sandbrook Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Sandpiper Walk (West Wittering) Management Company Limited1, 2

Saunderson Gardens Management Company Limited1, 2

Saxon Place (Harrietsham) Resident Management Company Limited1, 2

Sholden Fields (Deal) Management Limited1, 2

Silkwood Gate (Wakefield) Management Company Limited1, 2

Silvas Grange (Heathfield) Management Company Limited1, 2

Spinney Fields Resident Management Company Limited1, 2

St. Andrews View (Morley) Management Company Limited1, 2

St. James Gardens (Wick) Management Company Limited1, 2

St. John’s Walk (Hoylandswaine)Management Company Limited1, 2

St. Laurence Meadows Management Company Limited1, 2

St Mary’s Park (Hartley Wintney) Management Company Limited1, 2

Stanstead Road (Caterham) Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

22.8

N/A

4%

N/A

Stanstead Road (Kingswood Place Elsenham) Management Company Limited1, 2

Stoneyfield Management Company Limited1

Swallows Field (Hemel Hempstead) Management Company Limited1, 2

Swanbourne Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Swan Mill (Newbury) Management Company Limited1, 2

Swinbrook Park (Carterton) Management Company Limited1, 2

Tenbury View Management Company Limited1, 2

The Abacot Fields Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

The Beeches (Nightingale Woods) Residential Management Company Limited1, 2

The Belt Open Space Management Company Limited1, 2

The Chase (Longfield) Residents Company Limited1, 2

The Chocolate Works Management Company Limited1, 2

The Fieldings (Worthing) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Foundry (Wakefield) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Gateway (Handsworth) Management Co Ltd1, 2

The Grange (Lightcliffe) Management Company1, 2

100%

The Hedgerows (Thurcroft) Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

The Larches (Offenham) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Limes (Lindfield) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Maltings (Wallingford) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Martlets (Crawley) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Meads (Frampton Cotterell) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Mounds Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

The Orchards Oakley Management Company Limited1

The Orchards (Roby) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Paddocks Management Company Limited1, 2

The Paddocks (Skelmanthorpe) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Paddocks (Knaresborough) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Sidings (Hull) Management Company1, 2

The Sidings (Stratford Road) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Spires (Chesterfield) Management Company Limited1, 2

The Vineyards Management Company Limited1, 2

Class of  
share held

N/A

Ordinary

% of  
shares  
owned

N/A

100%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

60%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

162

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther InformationNotes to the Financial Statements Year ended 30 June 2016 continuedClass of  
share held

% of  
shares  
owned

Subsidiary

Willowmead (Wiveliscombe) Management Company Limited1, 2

Winnington Village Community Management Company Limited1, 2

Withies Bridge Management Company Ltd1, 2

Woodhall Grange Management Company Limited1, 2

Woodthorne Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Woodlands Walk (Branton) Management Company Limited1, 2

Yarnfield Park Management Company Limited1, 2

Class of  
share held

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

% of  
shares  
owned

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1  Owned through another Group company.
2   Entity is limited by guarantee and is a temporary member of the Group. Assets are not held for the benefit of the Group 

and the entity has no profit or loss in the year.

3  The Group is a minority shareholder but has voting control. 
4  The Group does not own any shares but has control via directors who are employees of the Group.

7.4 Group subsidiary undertakings continued

Subsidiary

The Zone (Temple Quay) Management Company Limited1, 2

Tranby Fields Management Company Limited1, 2

Tickledown Limited1, 4

Trinity Square (NW9) Management Company Limited1, 2

Trinity Village Estate Company Limited1, 2

Trinity Village (Phase 1B) Residents Company Limited1, 2

Trinity Village (Phase 3) Residents Company Limited1, 2

Trinity Village (Phase 4) Residents Company Limited1, 2

Trumpington Meadows Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Trumpington (Phase 6 & 7) Management Company Limited1, 2

Trumpington (Phase 8 – 11) Management Company Limie1, 2

Upton C Management Company Limited1, 2

Victoria Park (Stone House) Management Company Limited1, 2

Victoria Walk Management Company Limited1, 2

Waters Edge (Mossley) Management Company Limited1, 2

WBD Blenheim Management Company Limited1

WBD (Chalfont Park) Limited1, 3

WBD (Chesterfield Management) Limited1

WBD (Chesterfield) Plot Management Company Limited1,

WBD (Kingsway Management) Limited1, 2

WBD (Riverside Exchange Sheffield B) Limited1

WBD Riverside Sheffield Building K Limited1

WBD (Wokingham) Limited1

Wedgwood Residents Management Company Limited1, 2

Westbridge Park (Auckley) Management Company Limited1, 2

West Central (Slough) Management Company Limited1, 2

Western Area Heat Company Limited1, 2

West Village Reading Management Limited1, 4

Weyside Place (Guildford) Management Company Limited1, 2

White Sands Management Company Limited1, 2

Wickhurst Green (Broadbridge Heath) Management Company Limited1, 2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

N/A

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

75%

1%

17%

25%

N/A

100%

100%

100%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1%

Willow Farm Management Company Limited1, 3

Ordinary

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

163

Strategic ReportGovernanceFinancial StatementsOther Information Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other Information

Other Information

Five Year Record, Financial Calendar, Group Advisers  
and Company Information
Five Year Record

Revenue (£m)

Profit before tax (£m)

Share capital and equity (£m)

Per ordinary share:

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Dividend (interim paid and final proposed (pence))

Special cash payment proposed (pence)

2016

4,235.2

682.3

4,010.2

55.1

18.3

12.4

2015

3,759.5

565.5

3,711.3

45.5

15.1

10.0

2014

3,157.0

390.6

3,354.0

31.2

10.3

–

2013  
(*restated)

2,606.2

104.5

3,073.2

7.7

2.5

–

2012

2,323.4

100.0

2,973.8

7.0

–

–

*   The Consolidated Income Statement and Statements of Comprehensive Income have been restated for 2013 following 

Group Advisers
Registrars
Capita Asset Services 
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent 
BR3 4TU 

Chartered Accountants  
and Statutory Auditor
Deloitte LLP 
London

Solicitors
Slaughter and May

Brokers and Investment Bankers
Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited 
Deutsche Bank AG

the adoption of IAS 19 (Revised) ‘Employee Benefits’.

Financial Calendar
The following dates have been announced:

Announcement

2016 Annual General Meeting and Trading update

Trading update

2017 Interim Results Announcement

Trading update

Trading update

2017 Annual Results Announcement

16 November 2016 

12 January 2017

22 February 2017

10 May 2017

12 July 2017

6 September 2017

Company Information
Registered in England and Wales. 
Company number 604574

Registered office
Barratt Developments PLC
Barratt House 
Cartwright Way 
Forest Business Park 
Bardon Hill 
Coalville 
Leicestershire 
LE67 1UF

Tel: 01530 278 278 
Fax: 01530 278 279

www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk

Corporate office
Barratt Developments PLC
Kent House 
1st Floor 
14 – 17 Market Place 
London 
W1W 8AJ

Tel: 020 7299 4898 
Fax: 020 7299 4851

164

Barratt Developments PLC – Annual Report and Accounts 2016

 
 
 
 
Visit us online 
www.barrattdevelopments.co.uk

B

a

r

r

a

t

t

D

e

v

e

l

o

p

m

e

n

t

s

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

6

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar. www.ry.com
Printed by Pureprint using their pureprint® environmental print technology. Pureprint is a CarbonNeutral® Company and 
is registered to the Environmental Management System, ISO 14001 and the Eco Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS). 
This report is printed on Amadeus 100 Offset containing 100% recycled fibres an Forest Stewardship Council® certified 
paper  which is manufactured in a ISO 14001 accredited paper mill.